WMX Info Model r02 Necb Explanation

WiMAX Information Model
WiMAX Interface Control Document (ICD)
Version: R02.00.01.08
Date: Thursday, February 08, 2007
Document Control Number: WMX-ICD-015
The information contained in this document is classified Motorola Confidential

Proprietary. The use and divulgence of any part of this information can seriously
affect the welfare and financial security of the company. The distribution of this
information to any individual not employed by MOTOROLA or to an
organization is strictly prohibited. Any MOTOROLA employee receiving this
document will be held strictly accountable for the discretion and judgment
associated with the use of this information.
R02.00.01.08 Page 1 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

MOTOROLA CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY
Repository Information
Compass Location: http://compass.mot.com/go/wimaximreports

VOB Location: /vob/mirs_common/rosemodel/document
Filename: WimaxNeView.pdf
Revision History
Revision Date Author Description/FTR# Release

R01.00.01 03/07/2006 Yongyu Zhao New NeView report to include all WiMAX 1.0
the NE attributes (configuration, and 2.0
inventory, factory tune, LMT,
state, stats).
R01.00.02 03/10/2006 Yongyu Zhao Updated per SECCB 98 WiMAX 1.0

and 2.0
R01.00.03 03/17/2006 Yongyu Zhao SECCB 98- partial. Pre-build WiMAX 1.0
required to meet AP I2 schedule. and 2.0
R01.00.04 03/22/2006 Yongyu Zhao SECCB 98 – Final WiMAX 1.0
Textual Convention re-dumped and 2.0
from the Model and sorted in
alphabetic order based on name
for easy lookup
R01.00.05 04/20/2006 Yongyu Zhao Added Class level and Attribute WiMAX 1.0
level Task Allocation and 2.0
Added Attribute level AP Impact,
CAPC Impact, CPE Impact and
HPVM Impact
Misc SECCBs
R01.00.06 07/20/2006 Ding Ma WiMAX 1.0 I3 WiMAX 1.0
and 2.0
R01.00.03.01 08/07/2006 Ding Ma Change Versioning Convention to WiMAX 1.0
[D|R][aa.bb.cc.dd.ee]: and 2.0
Where
D indicates a Draft version,
R indicates a Release version,
aa.bb is the system release,
cc represents an iteration,
dd is a subversion within a
specific iteration,
ee indicates a NE specific change
that doesn’t impact the EMS.
Only aa.bb.cc.dd portion is used
as IM document version. The full
aa.bb.cc.dd.ee is used as
ClearCase label for the UML
model.
R01.00.03.01 08/07/2006 Ding Ma Resolved issues for R1/I3 FTR. WiMAX 1.0
Miscellaneous BCCBs/SECCBs. and 2.0
R02.00.00.01 08/09/2006 Ding Ma BCCB 1798: Mobility Feature WiMAX 2.0
Licensing.
R02.00.01.08 Page 2 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

R01.00.03.02 09/20/2006 Renee He This version includes all I3 WiMAX 2.0

seccbs/bccbs. and 2.0
Note that 2.3GHz bandspins will
be implemented in R1 I2.
R02.00.01.02 10/06/2006 Renee He This version includes SECCB WiMAX 1.0
1110, 1103, 1112 and 1098. and 2.0
R02.00.01.03 10/16/2006 Ding Ma SECCB 1060, 1105, 1122, 1125, WiMAX 1.0
1127, 1138, 1130, 1128. and 2.0
R02.00.01.04 11/16/2006 Ding Ma SECCB 1146, 1162 WiMAX 1.0
and 2.0
R02.00.01.05 11/30/2006 Ding Ma SECCB 255, 1178, 1184 WiMAX 1.0
and 2.0
R02.00.01.06 12/13/2006 Ding Ma SECCB 1206, 1158, 1221, 1222, WiMAX 1.0
1213, 1196, 1220 and 2.0
R02.00.01.07 01/12/2007 Ding Ma Refresh changes for SECCB WiMAX 1.0
1206, 1158, 1221, 1222, 1213, and 2.0
1196, 1220
R02.00.01.08 02/08/2007 Ding Ma SECCB 1223, 1231, 1257 WiMAX 1.0
SECCB 1257 includes MIMO-B and 2.0
and Modem Redundancy.
General References
[1] The Unified Modeling Language User Guide, Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, and Ivar Jacobson,
Rational Software Corporation, ADDISON-WESLEY, ISBN 0-201-57168-4, 1999
[2] The Object Constraint Language – Precise Modeling with UML, Jos Warmer, and Anneke
Kleppe, IBM, ADDISON-WESLEY, ISBN 0-201-37940-6, 1999
R02.00.01.08 Page 3 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Acronyms and Definitions
3-DES Triple Data Encryption Standard

3GPP2 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2
AAA Authentication, Authorization and Accounting
AAS Adaptive Antenna System
ACCH Associated Control CHannel
ACG Access Control Gateway
ACK Acknowledgement
ACRS Alternate Call Routing Scheme
ADDTS ADD Traffic Specifications
AES-CBC AES in Cipher Block Chaining mode
AES-CCMP Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter mode with CBC MAC (cipher block
chaining Message authentication mode) Protocol
AES-CTR AES AES Counter mode
AES Advanced Encryption Standard
AF Assured Forwarding
AGC Automatic Gain Control
AK Authorization Key
AMC Adaptive Modulation and Coding
AMP Advanced Multimode Platform
AMR Adaptive Multi-Rate
ANI Automatic Number Identification
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AP Access Point
APD Advanced Packet Duplicator
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
ARQ Automatic Repeat reQuest
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASN-DP Access Service Network - Decision Point
ASN-EP Access Service Network - Enforcement Point
ASN.1 Abstract Syntax Notation One
ASN Access Service Network
ATDD Adaptive Time Division Duplexing
ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
AUC AUthentication Center
B2BUA Back to Back User Agent
BCC Block Convolutional Code
BCCH Broadcast Control CHannel
BCU Base Control Unit
BE Best Effort
BER Bit Error Rate
BH Back Haul
BHCA Busy Hour Call Attempts
BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying
BR Bandwidth Request
BRS Broadband Radio Service
BS Base Station
BSN Block Sequence Number
BSS Base Station System
BTC Block Turbo Code
BTE Backhaul Termination Equipment
BTS Base Transceiver System
R02.00.01.08 Page 4 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

BWA Broadband Wireless Access

BW Bandwidth
C/I Carrier-to-Interference Ratio
C/N Carrier-to-Noise Ratio
C7 Signalling System 7, International variant
CAC Call Admission Control
CA Certificate Authority
CAD Coverage Area Detection
CAMA Centralized Automated Message Accounting
CAMEL Customized Application Mobile Enhanced Logic
CAPC Cellular Access Point Controller
CBC Cipher Block Chaining
CCCH Common Control CHannel
CC Convolutional Coding
CCI Co-Channel Interference
CCS Common Channel Signaling
CCV Clock Comparison Value
CDMA Code Division Multiple Access.
CdPN Called Party Number
CDR Call Detail Record
CEPT European Conference of Postal and Telecommunications Administrations
CFNR Call Forwarding Not Reachable
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CFU Call Forwarding Unconditional, implemented at the cellular switch.
CgPN Calling Party Number, Caller ID
ChID Channel Identifier
CID Connection Identifier
CINR Carrier-to-interference-and-noise ratio
CIR Channel Impulse Response
CLID, CID Caller ID
CLP Cell Loss Priority
CMAC Cryptographic Message Authentication Code
CM Configuration Management
CMG Converged Mobility Gateway
CMIP Client Mobile IP
CNEOMI Common Network Element Operations & Maintenance Interface
CNID Caller Party Name ID
CoA Care of Address
CORBA Common Object Request Broker Architecture
CoS Class of Service
COTS Common Of-The-Shelf
CPCS Call Processing Configuration Server.
CP Cyclic Prefix
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
CPS Common Part Sublayer
CQICH. Channel Quality Indication Channel
CQICH Channel Quality Indication CHannel
CRC Cyclical Redundancy Checking
CSCF Centralized Scheduling Configuration
CSCH Centralized Scheduling
CS Convergence Sublayer
CSN Connectivity Service Network
CSP Connectivity Service Provider
R02.00.01.08 Page 5 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CTC HARQ Convolutional Turbo Coding

DAMA Demand Assigned Multiple Access
DAN Digital Access Network
DARS Digital Audio Radio Satellite
DBMS DataBase Management System
DCD Downlink Channel Descriptor
DELTS DELete Traffic Specifications
DES Data Encryption Standard
DFS Dynamic Frequency Selection
DHCP Dynamic Host Control Protocol
DIUC Downlink Interval Usage Code
DLAC Dispatch Location Area Controller
DL Down Link (BS -> MSS)
DM Device Management, Device Manager
DMMS Dual-Mode Mobile Station
DMMSU Dual Mode Mobile Subscriber Unit
DN Distinguished Name
DNS Domain Name Service
DoS Denial of Service (attack)
DPC Destination Point Code
DS0/T1 Digital Signal 0 (64 kb time slot) / T-carrier level 1(1.544 MHz carrier)
DSA Dynamic Service Addition
DSC Dynamic Service Change
DSCH Distributed Scheduling
DSCP DiffServe Code Points
DSD Dynamic Service Deletion
DSL Digital Subscriber Line
DSx Dynamic Service Addition, Change, Or Deletion
DTIM Delivery Traffic Indication Message - 802.11-ese for "a beacon that the SU
must receive, because broadcast/multicast frames are sent immediately
following that beacon"
DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (touch tone)
E-RAN Enterprise Radio Access Network
E.164 ITU specification, titled "International Public Telecommunication Numbering
Plan"; in fact, an E.164 number is merely a telephone number.
EAP Extensible Authentication Protocol
EAPOL Extensible Authentication Protocol Over LAN
ECB Electronic Code Book
EC Encryption Control
EDE Encrypt-Decrypt-Encrypt
EESS Earth Exploratory Satellite System
EF Expedited Forwarding
EKS Encryption Key Sequence
EMEA Europe, Middle East, and Africa
EM Element Manager
EML Element Management Layer.
EMS Element Management System
ESM Enterprise Seamless Mobility
ESP Encapsulating Security Payload
ESSID Extended Service Set IDentifier
EVM Error Vector Magnitude
FA Foreign Agent
FCAPS Fault, Configuration, Accounting, Performance, Security (management)
R02.00.01.08 Page 6 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

FCC Federal Communications Commision

FC Fragmentation Control
FCH Frame Control Header
FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
FEC Forward Error Correction
FFT Fast Fourier Transform
FIPS Federal Information Processing Standards
FM Fault Management
FNE Fixed Network Equipment
FPC Fast Power Control
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name.
FRU Field Replaceable Unit
FSH Fragmentation Subheader
FSN Fragment Sequence Number
FSS Fixed Satellite Service
FTP File Transfer Protocol
FUSC Full Use SubChannelization
GEMS Government & Enterprise Mobility Solutions business
GF Galois Field
GHz GigaHertz
GKEK Group Key Encryption Key
GPS Global Positioning Satellite
GQM Goal, Question, Metric (a process used to derive statistics)
GS Guard Symbol
GSM Global System for Mobile communications
GTT Global Title Translation
H-FDD Half-Duplex Frequency Division Duplex
HA Home Agent
HARQ Hybrid Automatic Request
HCS Header Check Sequence
HDLC High level Data Link Control
HEC Header Error Check
HLR Home Location Register.
HMAC Hashed Message Authentication Code
HO Hand Over
HPOV Hewlett Packard (HP) Open View
HT Header Type
HTTPS Secure HyperText Transport Protocol
HUMAN High-Speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Network
IANA Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
ICD Interface Control Document
iDEN Integrated Dispatch Enhanced Network
IE Information Element
IETF Internet Engineering Task Force
IM Instant Messaging or Information Model (depending on context)
IMPP Internet Messaging and Presence Protocol Working Group
IMSI International Mobile Station Identifier
IP Internet Protocol
IPsec IP Security Protocol
IRP Integration Reference Point
ISC International Soft-Switch Consortium
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
R02.00.01.08 Page 7 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

ITU-R International Telecommunications Union-Radio communications

ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Sector of ITU
ITU International Telecommunication Union
IVR Integrated Voice Response
JDBC Java DataBase Connectivity.
JTAPI Java Telephony Application Programming Interface
KEK Key Encryption Key
LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.
LDPC Low Density Parity Check
LLC Logical Link Control
LMS Least Mean Square
LMT Local Maintenance Terminal
LNA Low Noise Amplifier
LOS Line-Of-Sight
LoS Loss of Service
LSB Least Significant Bit
M3UA Mtp layer 3 User Adaptation layer
MAC Medium Access Control layer
MAN Metropolitan Area Network
MAP Mobile Application Part
Mb/s Megabit Per Second
MBd/s Megabaud Per Second
MBd Megabaud
MCC Mobile Country Code
MD5 Message Digest 5
MDS Multipoint Distribution Service
MGW Media GateWay
MHz MegaHertz
MIB Management Information Base
MIC Message Integrity Check
MIMO Multiple In - Multiple Out
MIP Mobile Internet Protorol
MIPS Millions of Instructions per Second
MMA Modular Messaging Architecture
MMDS Multichannel Multipoint Distribution Service
MM Mobility Management
MNC Mobile Network Code
MN Mobile Node
MOP Method Of Procedure
MOS Mean Opinion Score
MOU Minutes of Use
MPEG Moving Pictures Experts Group
MRD Marketing Requirements Document (subscriber group -- equivalent to
infrastructure TRD)
MSB Most Significant Bit
MSC Mobile Switching Center
MSH Mesh
MSK Master Secret Key
MS Mobile Station
MSS Mobile Subscriber Station (CPE, PCMCIA, or mobile handset)
MTP Message Transfer Part
MV Multi-Vantage
MVMV Multi-Vendor, Multi-Version
R02.00.01.08 Page 8 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

MVP Minimum Viable Product

NAI Network Access Identifier
NAP Network Access Provider
NAS Network Access Server
NBI North Bound Interface
NCFG Network Configuration
NE Network Element
NENT Network Entry
NI Noise plus Interference
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
NLOS Non-Line-Of-Sight
NML Network Management Layer. This refers to functions performed by the
network management framework (HPOV).
NM Network Management. This is the actual task of managing the WLAN
network and should be used when referring to the problem we are solving.
NMS Network Management System
NNI Network-To-Network Interface (Or Network Node Interface)
NNM Network Node Manager (HP OPOV term)
NOC Network Operations Center
nrtPS Non-real-time Polling Service
NSM Network Services Manager
NSP Network Service Provider
NTP Network Time Protocol
NxT1 N instances of T1
OAP Over the Air Programming.
OC-x Optical Carrier - level x
ODBC Open DataBase Connectivity. Industry standard API for communication with
relational databases
OFDMA Othogonal Frequency Domain Multiple Access
OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
OID Object Identifier
OMA Open Mobile Alliance
OPC Originating Point Code
OSPF Open Shortest Path First
OSS Operational Support Systems
OTA Over the Air
PAB Personal Address Book
PAM Presence and Availability Management Forum
PA Power Amplifier
PBR Piggyback Request
PBX Private Branch Exchange
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (or perhaps:
"People Can't Memorize Computer Industry Acronyms" depending on
context)
PCM Pulse Code Modulation
PC Paging Controller
PDA Personal Data Assistant
PDP Policy Decision Point
PDSN Packet Data Serving Node
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PHSF Payload Header Suppression Field
PHSI Payload Header Suppression Index
PHSM payload header suppression mask
R02.00.01.08 Page 9 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

PHS Payload Header Suppression

PHSS Payload Header Suppression Size
PHSV Payload Header Suppression Valid
PHY Physical Layer
PIM Personal Information Manager
PKCS Public-Key Cryptography Standards
PKM Privacy Key Management
PMD Physical Medium Dependent
PMIP Proxy Mobile IP
PMK Pairwise Master Key
PM Performance Management
PMP Point-To-Multipoint
PPP Point-To-Point Protocol
PRBS Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence
PS-Mode From 802.11 standard -- Power Save Mode.
pSAD Preliminary System Architecture Document
PSDN Packet Switch Data Network
PSH Packing Subheader
PS Physical Slot
PSTN Public Switch Telephony Network
PTI Payload Type Indicator
PtP Point To Point
PUSC Partial Use SubChannelization
PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit
QAM Quadature Amplitude Modulation
QoE Quality of Experience
QoS Quality of Service
QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
QTSS H.264 QuickTime Streaming Server
RACCH Random Access Control CHannel
RAN Radio Access Network
RCL Recent Call List
REQ Request
RFFE RF Front End
RF Radio Frequency
RLAN Radio Local Access Network
RMON Remote network MONitorning
RNG Ranging
RoHS Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances
RRM Radio Resource Management
RrtPS Real-Time Polling Service
RSA Rivest-Shamir-Adleman, RSA Security, Inc.
RSP Response
RS Reed-Solomon
RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication
RSS Receive Signal Strength
RTCP Real-time Transport Control Protocol
RTP Real-Time Transport Protocol
RxDS Receiver Delay Spread Clearing IntervaltgReceive/Transmit Transition Gap
Rx Receiver
SAC Send All Calls
SACS Subscriber Access Configuration Server
SADB Security Association Database
R02.00.01.08 Page 10 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

SAD System Architecture Description

SAID Security Association Identifier
SAP Service Access Point
SAR Synthetic Aperture Radar
SA Security Association
SCCAN Seamless Converged Communication Across Networks
SCCP Signaling Connection Control Part
SC Site Controller
SCTE Society Of Cable Telecommunications Engineers
SCTP Stream Control Transmission Protocol
SDK Software Development Kit
SDP Session Description Protocol, used in SIP messages to describe the
properties and the destination of the voice bearer.
SDU Service Data Unit
SFID Service Flow Identifier
SF Service Flow
SHA Secure Hash Algorithm
SH Side Haul
SIGTRAN SIGnalling TRANsport
SIM Subscriber Identity Module
SIP Session Initiation Protocol
SI Slip Indicator
SLA Service Level Agreement
SMMS Single-Mode Mobile Station
SMPP Short Message Peer-to-peer Protocol
SMS-GWMSC Short Message Service - GateWay MSC
SMS-IWMSC Short Message Service - InterWorking MSC
SMSC Short Message Service Center
SMS Short Message Service
SMTP Simple Mail Transport Protocol
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SNR Signal-To-Noise Ratio
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
SPD Security Policy Database
SRRS SIP Registrar and Redirect Service
SRTP Secure RTP
SS7 Signalling System Seven
SSE Seamless Service Experience. Obsoleted by SCCAN.
SSH Secure SHell,
SSL Secure Sockets Layer
SS Subscriber Station (A 802.16d term also found in 16e, Obsoleted by MSS.)
SSTG Subscriber Station Transition Gap
STC Space Time Coding
STP Signaling Transfer Point
SUA Sccp User Adaptation layer
SVC Switched Virtual Circuit
T1 First level of T-carrier
TBD To Be Determined
TCAP Transaction Capabilities Application Part
TCCH Temporary Control CHannel
TCH Traffic CHannel
TCM Trellis Coded Modulation
TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
R02.00.01.08 Page 11 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

TCP Transmission Control Protocol

TC Transmission Convergence Sublayer
TDD Tim Domain Duplex
TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
TDM Time Division Multiplexing
TEK Traffic Encryption Key
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol
TI-SCCP Transport Independent SCCP
TKIP Temporal Key Interchange Protocol
TLS Transport Layer Security
TLV Type/Length/Value
TMN Telecommunications Management Network
TRAD Technical Requirements and Architecture Document
TRD Technical Requirements Document (in the Infrastructure sense)
TTG Transmit/Receive Transition Gap
TxAA Transmit Adaptive Antenna
U-NII Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure
UANC Urban Area Network Code
UA User Agent
UDP User Datagram Protocol
UEP User End Point
UGS Unsolicited Grant Service
UIUC Uplink Interval Usage Code
UL Up Link (MSS -> BS)
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
UNI User-To-Network Interface Or User-Network Interface
URI Universal Resource Identifier
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
UW Unique Word
VCB Vehicular Client Bridge
VCI Virtual Channel Identifier
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
VLR Visited Location Register.
VLSM Variable Length Subnet Mask
VoIP Voice over IP
VPI Virtual Path Identifier
VPN Virtual Private Network
VP Virtual Path
WAN Wide Area Network.
WEEE Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment
WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy
WiFi Wireless-FIdelity (A logo from the Wi-Fi Alliance)
WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
HUMAN High-speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Networks
MAN Metropolitan Area Networks
WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
WPA WiFi Protected Access
WPS Wireless Priority Service
WSM Wireless Services Manager
WSR Wreless LAN System Release
XCDR Transcoder
XML eXtensible Markup Language
R02.00.01.08 Page 12 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Terms and Phrases
IPSec policy - A set of rules used to determine how to apply IPsec to packets exchanged
between a given interface.
Configuration File Ordering - The order of attributes in the CM file (NECB, BCC) are required to
be ordered by the SNMP OID.
Some UML and SNMP Notations
• Class
A class is an abstraction of a set of objects which share the same attributes and behaviors.
• Class Diagram
A class diagram depicts the classes within a model. It provides a graphical representation of the
attributes and operations for each class and the relationships among the classes in a model.
• Stereotype
A generic class can be extended by a stereotype, which is depicted as a keyword surrounded by guillemot
characters. The WiMAX Information Model uses stereotypes to define the information specific to SNMP protocol. For
example, the <<Trap>> stereotype indicates a class is defined as a trap instead of a normal object class, and the
“NOTIFICATION-TYPE” properties are expected to be filled in.
On the attributes level, there are 3 stereotypes that are use to capture SNMP concepts widely used in the IEEE 802.16f
MIBs.
Index: indicates the key fields in a SNMP MIB table.
VirtualIndex: when one table extends the data in another table, the extending table can use the columns defined in the
extended table as virtual indices. The columns tagged as “VirtualIndex” are not physically stored in the extending
table, but the OIDs for the objects in the extending table are constructed as if these columns existed.
ImpliedIndex: if a lowest level index of a table is of type variable length string and is stereotyped as “ImpliedIndex”,
then the length of the string value is not considered when sorting the rows of objects in the table. The alphabetical
order is used instead.
• MAXACCESS
A value of “not-accessible” indicates either table entry or index column which cannot be used as
operand in any operation.
A value of “accessible-for-notify” means an object can only be used for event reporting operation.
A value of “read-only” indicates an object that can only be used in information retrieval and event
reporting operation during the execution of an application (usually the agent). Any explicit change to the
object initiated from the user will cause the re-initialization of the application.
A value of “read-write” indicates an object that can be retrieved and modified during the execution of
an application. Specifically, objects with “read-write” access can be changed through direct SNMP Set
operation. And these changes will not trigger re-initialization of either the platform or the application.
A value of “read-create” indicates an object that can be created, retrieved, modified and deleted during
the execution of an application. Usually, this access class can be specified for table columns. SNMP Set
operation is supposed to be used to modify these objects.
These values are ordered, from least to greatest: "not-accessible", "accessible-for-notify", "read-only",
"read-write", "read-create". A greater value also means all less values are automatically supported. If any
columnar object in a conceptual row has "read-create" as its maximal level of access, then no other
columnar object of the same conceptual row may have a maximal access of "read-write".
WiMAX Tag Definitions
• Presentation Name
Presentation name at the EMS if configured or displayed to the operator.
• Scope:
R02.00.01.08 Page 13 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Per Management Domain | Per CAPC | Per BTS | Per Sector | Per Neighbor Sector | Per Paging
Group
Found in one or more parameters or tables (use a * for all boxes of a type) -- any of MSO, CAPC,
BTS, WBS BTS, CPY BTS, CPE, All CapC, All BTS, Sector . . ., <BOX>*.
• Object Category:
EMS/Operator Usage of the data (see table below).
Class Access Description
Configuration Written Normally configured data.
Advanced Configured on advanced settings screens only, Changed rarely

Written
Configuration if at all. Generally has a default value.
Displayed to operator (constant or calculated based on a

Derived Value Written
formula) and downloaded to boxes
Factory Constants supplied by NE in NE load not displayed to operator,

Written
Configuration but downloaded to boxes.
Variables used for NE control that are written by the manager,

Action Written i.e. Reset, execute diagnostics routine, reset card. Read-write,
Read-create must be supported on this attribute.
Inventory Read Inventory data reported to and audited by manager
Object state (admin, operational) reported to and readable by

State Read
manager
Other data that changes real-time in the NE, such as actual

Realtime Status Read transmit power at the br. Polled by the EMS when requested by
operator or per ICD.
Realtime Realtime performance data whose latest value is readable on

Read
Statistics demand.
Non-realtime performance data that is collected at the end of

Collected
None* the statistics interval. * Not available in the MIB unless
Statistics
Realtime is also specified.
NoAccess None No access by manager, and defaulted in MIB by NE if needed.
• Supported by Network Elements:
BTS | CAPC |BTS & CAPC | CPE/HPVM | CPE/HPVM & BTS | CPE/HPVM & CAPC |
MSS(HPVM) | MSS(HPVM) & BTS | MSS(HPVM) & CAPC | All | BTS & CAPC & MSS | CPE
• Motorola Value Range:
Range as restricted by Motorola, if different.
• Motorola Default Value:
Default as modified by Motorola, if different.
R02.00.01.08 Page 14 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Special Note:
The <optional> values of some SNMP and/or WiMAX fields in this report are not optional, will be
replaced by real values when they are available.
R02.00.01.08 Page 15 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Table Of Contents
1.1 RULES ........................................................................................................................................... 46
1.1.1 Information Model Rules ...................................................................................................... 46
1.1.1.1 System Topology ............................................................................................................................. 46
1.1.1.2 BTS Topology Rules........................................................................................................................ 46
1.1.1.3 MSS Rules ....................................................................................................................................... 46
1.1.1.4 Paging Group Association Rules...................................................................................................... 47
1.1.1.5 CAPC Rules ..................................................................................................................................... 47
1.1.1.6 HPVM Rules .................................................................................................................................... 47
1.1.1.7 CPE Topology Rules........................................................................................................................ 47
1.1.1.8 Connectivity Rules........................................................................................................................... 47
1.1.1.9 Miscellaneous Rules ........................................................................................................................ 47
1.2 OVERVIEW: ................................................................................................................................... 48
1.3 NAME: APCONFIGURATION .......................................................................................................... 48
1.3.1 wmanIfBsServiceClassTable ............................................................................................... 48
1.3.1.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 49
1.3.1.2 wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex .............................................................................................................. 49
1.3.1.3 wmanIfBsQosServiceClassName..................................................................................................... 49
1.3.1.4 wmanIfBsQoSTrafficPriority........................................................................................................... 50
1.3.1.5 wmanIfBsQoSMaxSustainedRate .................................................................................................... 50
1.3.1.6 wmanIfBsQoSMinReservedRate ..................................................................................................... 51
1.3.1.7 wmanIfBsQoSToleratedJitter........................................................................................................... 51
1.3.1.8 wmanIfBsQoSMaxLatency .............................................................................................................. 52
1.3.1.9 wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType..................................................................................................... 52
1.3.1.10 wmanIfBsQosScArqEnable ......................................................................................................... 53
1.3.1.11 wmanIfBsQosScArqWindowSize................................................................................................ 53
1.3.1.12 wmanIfBsQosScArqBlockLifetime ............................................................................................. 53
1.3.1.13 wmanIfBsQosScArqSyncLossTimeout ....................................................................................... 54
1.3.1.14 wmanIfBsQosScArqDeliverInOrder............................................................................................ 55
1.3.1.15 wmanIfBsQosScArqRxPurgeTimeout ......................................................................................... 55
1.3.1.16 wmanIfBsQosScArqBlockSize.................................................................................................... 56
1.3.1.17 wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy......................................................................................................... 56
1.3.1.18 wmanIfBsQoSServiceClassRowStatus ........................................................................................ 57
1.3.2 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleTable ............................................................................................ 57
1.3.2.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 58
1.3.2.2 wmanIfBsSfId .................................................................................................................................. 58
1.3.2.3 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIndex ......................................................................................................... 58
1.3.2.4 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePriority ...................................................................................................... 59
1.3.2.5 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosLow.................................................................................................. 59
1.3.2.6 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosHigh ................................................................................................. 60
1.3.2.7 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosMask ................................................................................................ 60
1.3.2.8 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpProtocol.................................................................................................. 61
1.3.2.9 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpAddressType.......................................................................................... 61
1.3.2.10 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr........................................................................................ 62
1.3.2.11 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceMask....................................................................................... 62
1.3.2.12 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestAddr ........................................................................................... 62
1.3.2.13 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestMask........................................................................................... 63
1.3.2.14 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleSourcePortStart..................................................................................... 63
1.3.2.15 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd ...................................................................................... 64
1.3.2.16 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleDestPortStart......................................................................................... 64
1.3.2.17 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleDestPortEnd.......................................................................................... 65
1.3.2.18 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsSize ................................................................................................. 65
1.3.2.19 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsMask ............................................................................................... 66
1.3.2.20 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsVerify.............................................................................................. 66
1.3.2.21 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleBitMap.................................................................................................. 67
1.3.2.22 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleRowStatus............................................................................................. 68
R02.00.01.08 Page 16 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.3 wmanIfBsRegisteredSsTable............................................................................................... 68
1.3.3.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 69
1.3.3.2 wmanIfBsSsMacAddress ................................................................................................................. 69
1.3.4 wmanIfBsConfigurationTable ............................................................................................ 69
1.3.4.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 70
1.3.4.2 wmanIfBsDcdInterval ...................................................................................................................... 70
1.3.4.3 wmanIfBsUcdInterval ...................................................................................................................... 71
1.3.4.4 wmanIfBsUcdTransition .................................................................................................................. 71
1.3.4.5 wmanIfBsDcdTransition .................................................................................................................. 71
1.3.4.6 wmanIfBsInitialRangingInterval...................................................................................................... 72
1.3.4.7 wmanIfBsSsRangRespProcTime ..................................................................................................... 72
1.3.4.8 wmanIfBsT9Timeout ....................................................................................................................... 73
1.3.4.9 wmanIfBsT17Timeout ..................................................................................................................... 73
1.3.4.10 wmanIfBsAutoSfidEnabled ......................................................................................................... 74
1.3.5 wmanIfBsCapabilitiesConfigTable ..................................................................................... 74
1.3.5.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 75
1.3.5.2 wmanIfBsCapCfgUplinkCidSupport ............................................................................................... 75
1.3.5.3 wmanIfBsCapCfgArqSupport .......................................................................................................... 76
1.3.5.4 wmanIfBsCapCfgDsxFlowControl .................................................................................................. 76
1.3.5.5 wmanIfBsCapCfgMacCrcSupport ................................................................................................... 76
1.3.5.6 wmanIfBsCapCfgPkmFlowControl ................................................................................................. 77
1.3.5.7 wmanIfBsCapCfgAuthPolicyControl .............................................................................................. 77
1.3.5.8 wmanIfBsCapCfgMaxNumOfSupportedSA .................................................................................... 78
1.3.5.9 wmanIfBsCapCfgMacCsSupportBitMap......................................................................................... 78
1.3.5.10 wmanIfBsCapCfgMaxNumOfClassifier...................................................................................... 78
1.3.5.11 wmanIfBsCapCfgPhsSupport ...................................................................................................... 79
1.3.5.12 wmanIfBsCapCfgPduConstruction.............................................................................................. 79
1.3.5.13 wmanIfBsCapCfgTtgTransitionGap............................................................................................ 80
1.3.5.14 wmanIfBsCapCfgRtgTransitionGap............................................................................................ 80
1.3.6 wmanIfBsPkmBaseTable .................................................................................................... 80
1.3.6.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 81
1.3.6.2 wmanIfBsPkmDefaultAuthLifetime ................................................................................................ 81
1.3.6.3 wmanIfBsPkmDefaultTekLifetime .................................................................................................. 82
1.3.6.4 wmanIfBsPkmAuthWaitTimeout..................................................................................................... 82
1.3.6.5 wmanIfBsPkmReauthWaitTimeout ................................................................................................. 82
1.3.6.6 wmanIfBsPkmAuthGraceTime ........................................................................................................ 83
1.3.6.7 wmanIfBsPkmOpWaitTimeout........................................................................................................ 83
1.3.6.8 wmanIfBsPkmRekeyWaitTimeout .................................................................................................. 84
1.3.6.9 wmanIfBsPkmTekGraceTime.......................................................................................................... 84
1.3.6.10 wmanIfBsPkmAuthRejectWaitTimeout ...................................................................................... 84
1.3.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkChannelTable ............................................................................... 85
1.3.7.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 85
1.3.7.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq ................................................................................................. 86
1.3.7.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngCodes ........................................................................................................ 86
1.3.7.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes ................................................................................................ 86
1.3.7.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaBWReqCodes ....................................................................................................... 87
1.3.7.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart .............................................................................................. 87
1.3.7.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd ............................................................................................... 88
1.3.7.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes.................................................................................................. 88
1.3.7.9 wmanIfBsOfdmaPermutationBase ................................................................................................... 89
1.3.7.10 wmanIfBsOfdmaULAllocSubchBitmap ...................................................................................... 90
1.3.7.11 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst............................................................................... 90
1.3.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkChannelTable .......................................................................... 91
1.3.8.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 91
1.3.8.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaBsEIRP ................................................................................................................. 92
1.3.8.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaTTG ...................................................................................................................... 92
1.3.8.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaRTG ...................................................................................................................... 93
1.3.8.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS.................................................................................................... 93
1.3.8.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq ............................................................................................ 94
1.3.8.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaBsId....................................................................................................................... 94
R02.00.01.08 Page 17 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.8.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaMacVersion .......................................................................................................... 95

1.3.8.9 wmanIfBsOfdmaFrameDurationCode ............................................................................................. 95
1.3.8.10 wmanIfBsOfdmaSizeCqichIdField.............................................................................................. 96
1.3.8.11 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst .................................................................................... 97
1.3.9 wmanIfCmnBsSsConfigurationTable................................................................................. 97
1.3.9.1 ifIndex.............................................................................................................................................. 98
1.3.9.2 wmanIfCmnInvitedRangRetries....................................................................................................... 98
1.3.9.3 wmanIfCmnDSxReqRetries............................................................................................................. 98
1.3.9.4 wmanIfCmnDSxRespRetries ........................................................................................................... 99
1.3.9.5 wmanIfCmnT7Timeout.................................................................................................................... 99
1.3.9.6 wmanIfCmnT8Timeout.................................................................................................................. 100
1.3.9.7 wmanIfCmnT10Timeout................................................................................................................ 100
1.3.9.8 wmanIfCmnT22Timeout................................................................................................................ 100
1.3.10 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTable .......................................................................................... 101
1.3.10.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 101
1.3.10.2 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteIndex................................................................................................... 102
1.3.10.3 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataEncryptAlg.................................................................................. 103
1.3.10.4 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataAuthentAlg.................................................................................. 103
1.3.10.5 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTekEncryptAlg ................................................................................... 104
1.3.11 wmanDevCmnDeviceConfig ............................................................................................. 104
1.3.11.1 wmanDevCmnResetDevice ....................................................................................................... 104
1.3.12 wmanPriDeviceInfo........................................................................................................... 105
1.3.12.1 wmanPriDeviceType ................................................................................................................. 105
1.3.12.2 wmanPriDeviceManufacturerId................................................................................................. 105
1.3.12.3 wmanPriDeviceCarrierId ........................................................................................................... 106
1.3.12.4 wmanPriDeviceHardwareId....................................................................................................... 106
1.3.12.5 wmanPriDeviceModelNumber .................................................................................................. 106
1.3.13 wmanPriLicensedFeatureTable ........................................................................................ 107
1.3.13.1 wmanPriLicensedFeatureIndex.................................................................................................. 107
1.3.13.2 wmanPriLicensedFeatureName ................................................................................................. 108
1.3.13.3 wmanPriLicenseStatus............................................................................................................... 108
1.3.13.4 wmanPriLicensedFeatureRowStatus ......................................................................................... 108
1.3.14 ifTable ................................................................................................................................ 109
1.3.14.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 109
1.3.14.2 ifDescr ....................................................................................................................................... 109
1.3.14.3 ifType ........................................................................................................................................ 110
1.3.14.4 ifSpeed....................................................................................................................................... 110
1.3.14.5 ifPhysAddress............................................................................................................................ 111
1.3.14.6 ifAdminStatus ............................................................................................................................ 112
1.3.14.7 ifOperStatus ............................................................................................................................... 113
1.3.15 radiusAuthServerTable...................................................................................................... 113
1.3.15.1 radiusAuthServerIndex .............................................................................................................. 114
1.3.15.2 radiusAuthServerAddress .......................................................................................................... 114
1.3.15.3 radiusAuthClientServerPortNumber .......................................................................................... 114
1.3.16 wmanIfBsScanTriggerTable ............................................................................................. 115
1.3.16.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 115
1.3.16.2 wmanIfBsScanTriggerIndex ...................................................................................................... 115
1.3.16.3 wmanIfBsScanTriggerType....................................................................................................... 116
1.3.16.4 wmanIfBsScanTriggerFunction ................................................................................................. 116
1.3.16.5 wmanIfBsScanTriggerAction .................................................................................................... 117
1.3.16.6 wmanIfBsScanTriggerValue...................................................................................................... 117
1.3.16.7 wmanIfBsScanTriggerAverage.................................................................................................. 118
1.3.16.8 wmanIfBsScanTriggerRowStatus.............................................................................................. 118
1.3.17 wmanIfBsNeighborTable .................................................................................................. 119
1.3.17.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 119
1.3.17.2 wmanIfBsNbrIndex ................................................................................................................... 119
1.3.17.3 wmanIfBsNbrBsId ..................................................................................................................... 120
1.3.17.4 wmanIfBsNbrPreamble ............................................................................................................. 120
1.3.17.5 wmanIfBsNbrAdvertiseInterval................................................................................................. 121
1.3.17.6 wmanIfBsResourceRetainTime ................................................................................................. 121
R02.00.01.08 Page 18 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.17.7 wmanIfBsHoRetransmissionTime ............................................................................................. 121

1.3.17.8 wmanIfBsNbrAddress ............................................................................................................... 122
1.3.17.9 wmanIfBsNbrAddressType ....................................................................................................... 122
1.3.17.10 wmanIfBsNbrWithSameCellularAccessPoint ........................................................................... 123
1.3.17.11 wmanIfBsNbrRowStatus ........................................................................................................... 123
1.3.18 wmanIfBsPagingGroupTable ........................................................................................... 123
1.3.18.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 124
1.3.18.2 wmanIfBsPagingGroupIndex .................................................................................................... 124
1.3.18.3 wmanIfBsPagingGroupId .......................................................................................................... 124
1.3.18.4 wmanIfBsPagingControllerId .................................................................................................... 125
1.3.18.5 wmanIfBsPagingCycle .............................................................................................................. 125
1.3.18.6 wmanIfBsPagingOffset.............................................................................................................. 126
1.3.18.7 wmanIfBsPagingRetryCount ..................................................................................................... 126
1.3.18.8 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress .......................................................................................... 127
1.3.18.9 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddressType .................................................................................. 127
1.3.18.10 wmanIfBsPagingGroupRowStatus ............................................................................................ 127
1.3.19 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationTable............................................................................... 128
1.3.19.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 128
1.3.19.2 wmanIfBsReqDuration .............................................................................................................. 128
1.3.19.3 wmanIfBsPagingIntervalLength ................................................................................................ 129
1.3.19.4 wmanIfBsIdleModeTimeout...................................................................................................... 129
1.3.19.5 wmanIfBsMRHTimer ................................................................................................................ 129
1.3.19.6 wmanIfBsDregCommandRetries ............................................................................................... 130
1.3.19.7 wmanIfBsT46 ............................................................................................................................ 130
1.3.19.8 wmanIfBsInitIdleModeHighThreshold...................................................................................... 131
1.3.19.9 wmanIfBsInitIdleModeLowThreshold ...................................................................................... 131
1.3.19.10 wmanIfBsSystemIdleModeTimer.............................................................................................. 131
1.3.19.11 wmanIfBsLeaseRetainTime....................................................................................................... 132
1.3.19.12 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationRowStatus ................................................................................ 132
1.3.20 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationTable................................................................................. 133
1.3.20.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 133
1.3.20.2 wmanIfBsMsgGuardTimer1 ...................................................................................................... 133
1.3.20.3 wmanIfBsMsgGuardTimer2 ...................................................................................................... 134
1.3.20.4 wmanIfBsMipDeliveryStyle...................................................................................................... 134
1.3.20.5 wmanIfBsMipRegReqRetries .................................................................................................... 134
1.3.20.6 wmanIfBsMipRegReqTimer...................................................................................................... 135
1.3.20.7 wmanIfBsMipIcmpAdvertFaMissLimit .................................................................................... 135
1.3.20.8 wmanIfBsL2MobUpdateRetries ................................................................................................ 135
1.3.20.9 wmanIfBsL2MobUpdateInterval ............................................................................................... 136
1.3.20.10 wmanIfBsMipSecurityReplayMethod ....................................................................................... 136
1.3.20.11 wmanIfBsMipSecurityReplayTime ........................................................................................... 137
1.3.20.12 wmanIfBsRegistrationMobilitySupport..................................................................................... 137
1.3.20.13 wmanIfBsNbrAdvMinIntervalPagGrp....................................................................................... 138
1.3.20.14 wmanIfBsPmnTriggerSolicitationTimer.................................................................................... 138
1.3.20.15 wmanIfBsMinSolicitationRetryTimer ....................................................................................... 138
1.3.20.16 wmanIfBsMaxSolicitationRetryTimer....................................................................................... 139
1.3.20.17 wmanIfBsBearerForwardActive ................................................................................................ 139
1.3.20.18 wmanIfBsBearerForwardIdle .................................................................................................... 140
1.3.20.19 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationRowStatus.................................................................................. 140
1.3.21 wmanIfBsFaTable ............................................................................................................. 140
1.3.21.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 141
1.3.21.2 wmanIfBsFaIndex...................................................................................................................... 141
1.3.21.3 wmanIfBsFaAddress.................................................................................................................. 141
1.3.21.4 wmanIfBsFaAddressType ......................................................................................................... 142
1.3.21.5 wmanIfBsFaMaxRegLifetime ................................................................................................... 142
1.3.21.6 wmanIfBsFaMaxAdvLifetime ................................................................................................... 142
1.3.21.7 wmanIfBsFaRegistrationRequired............................................................................................. 143
1.3.21.8 wmanIfBsFaRowStatus ............................................................................................................. 143
1.3.22 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerTable.......................................................................................... 143
1.3.22.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 144
R02.00.01.08 Page 19 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.22.2 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerIndex .................................................................................................. 144

1.3.22.3 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerType ................................................................................................... 144
1.3.22.4 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerFunction ............................................................................................. 145
1.3.22.5 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerAction ................................................................................................ 145
1.3.22.6 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerValue.................................................................................................. 146
1.3.22.7 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerAverage.............................................................................................. 146
1.3.22.8 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerRowStatus .......................................................................................... 147
1.3.23 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerTable.......................................................................................... 147
1.3.23.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 147
1.3.23.3 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerIndex................................................................................................... 148
1.3.23.4 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerType.................................................................................................... 149
1.3.23.5 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerFunction.............................................................................................. 149
1.3.23.6 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerAction ................................................................................................. 150
1.3.23.7 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerValue .................................................................................................. 150
1.3.23.8 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerAverage .............................................................................................. 150
1.3.23.9 wmanIfBsHoNbrRowStatus ...................................................................................................... 151
1.3.24 wmanIfBsDhcpServerTable .............................................................................................. 151
1.3.24.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 152
1.3.24.2 wmanIfBsDhcpServerIndex....................................................................................................... 152
1.3.24.3 wmanIfBsDhcpServerAddress................................................................................................... 152
1.3.24.4 wmanIfBsDhcpServerAddressType........................................................................................... 153
1.3.24.5 wmanIfBsDhcpServerRowStatus............................................................................................... 153
1.3.25 wmanIfBsNbrDcdConfigTable ......................................................................................... 153
1.3.25.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 153
1.3.25.3 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaBsEIRP..................................................................................................... 154
1.3.25.4 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTTG.......................................................................................................... 155
1.3.25.5 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaRTG.......................................................................................................... 155
1.3.25.6 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS ....................................................................................... 156
1.3.25.7 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq................................................................................ 156
1.3.25.8 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaBsId .......................................................................................................... 156
1.3.25.9 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst ............................................................................ 157
1.3.25.10 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQDlMaxRetrans ............................................................................... 157
1.3.25.11 wmanIfBsNbrDefaultRSSIAveParam........................................................................................ 158
1.3.25.12 wmanIfBsNbrDefaultCINRAveParam ...................................................................................... 158
1.3.25.13 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaMacVersion .............................................................................................. 158
1.3.25.14 wmanIfBsNbrPagingIntervalLength.......................................................................................... 159
1.3.25.15 wmanIfBsNbrDcdConfigRowStatus.......................................................................................... 159
1.3.26 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupTable..................................................................................... 160
1.3.26.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 160
1.3.26.3 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupIndex .............................................................................................. 161
1.3.26.4 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupId .................................................................................................... 161
1.3.26.5 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupRowStatus ...................................................................................... 161
1.3.27 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerTable....................................................................................... 162
1.3.27.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 162
1.3.27.3 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerIndex................................................................................................ 163
1.3.27.4 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerType................................................................................................. 163
1.3.27.5 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerFunction........................................................................................... 163
1.3.27.6 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerAction .............................................................................................. 164
1.3.27.7 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerValue ............................................................................................... 164
1.3.27.8 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerAverage ........................................................................................... 165
1.3.27.9 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerRowStatus........................................................................................ 165
1.3.28 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerTable ................................................................................... 166
1.3.28.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 166
1.3.28.3 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerIndex ............................................................................................ 167
1.3.28.4 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerType ............................................................................................. 167
R02.00.01.08 Page 20 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.28.5 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerFunction ....................................................................................... 168

1.3.28.6 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerAction .......................................................................................... 168
1.3.28.7 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerValue............................................................................................ 168
1.3.28.8 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerAverage........................................................................................ 169
1.3.28.9 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerRowStatus .................................................................................... 169
1.3.29 wmanIfBsNbrUcdConfigTable ......................................................................................... 170
1.3.29.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 170
1.3.29.3 wmanIfBsNbrContentionBasedReservationTimeout................................................................. 171
1.3.29.4 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq..................................................................................... 171
1.3.29.5 wmanIfBsNbrInitialRangingInterval ......................................................................................... 171
1.3.29.6 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaStartOfRngCodes ..................................................................................... 172
1.3.29.7 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaInitRngCodes............................................................................................ 172
1.3.29.8 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes.................................................................................... 173
1.3.29.9 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaBWReqCodes........................................................................................... 173
1.3.29.10 wmanIfBsNbrHandoverRangingCodes...................................................................................... 174
1.3.29.11 wmanIfBsNbrInitialRangingBackoffStart ................................................................................. 174
1.3.29.12 wmanIfBsNbrInitialRangingBackoffEnd .................................................................................. 174
1.3.29.13 wmanIfBsNbrBWReqRangingBackoffStart .............................................................................. 175
1.3.29.14 wmanIfBsNbrBWReqRangingBackoffEnd ............................................................................... 175
1.3.29.15 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart ................................................................................. 176
1.3.29.16 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd................................................................................... 176
1.3.29.17 wmanIfBsNbrHoRangingBackoffStart ...................................................................................... 177
1.3.29.18 wmanIfBsNbrHoRangingBackoffEnd ....................................................................................... 177
1.3.29.19 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPermutationBase ...................................................................................... 177
1.3.29.20 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaULAllocSubchBitmap.............................................................................. 178
1.3.29.21 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst....................................................................... 179
1.3.29.22 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQUlMaxRetrans ............................................................................... 179
1.3.29.23 wmanIfBsNbrNormalizedCN2 .................................................................................................. 179
1.3.29.24 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaSizeCqichIdField...................................................................................... 181
1.3.29.25 wmanIfBsNbrNormalizedCNSounding ..................................................................................... 181
1.3.29.26 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval ............................................................................ 182
1.3.29.27 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTxPowerReportThreshold ........................................................................ 182
1.3.29.28 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTxPowerReportAlphaPAvg...................................................................... 183
1.3.29.29 wmanIfBsNbrUcdConfigRowStatus.......................................................................................... 183
1.3.30 wmanIfBsServiceClassExtTable ....................................................................................... 183
1.3.30.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 184
1.3.30.2 wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex........................................................................................................ 184
1.3.30.3 wmanIfBsArqRetryTimeoutTransmitterDelay .......................................................................... 184
1.3.30.4 wmanIfBsArqRetryTimeoutReceiverDelay............................................................................... 185
1.3.30.5 wmanIfBsQoSScDataDeliveryServiceType .............................................................................. 185
1.3.30.6 wmanIfBsQoSScUnsolicitedGrantInterval ................................................................................ 186
1.3.30.7 wmanIfBsQoSScUnsolicitedPollingInterval.............................................................................. 186
1.3.30.8 wmanIfBsQoSScDirection......................................................................................................... 187
1.3.30.9 wmanIfBsQoSScHARQ ............................................................................................................ 187
1.3.30.10 wmanIfBsQoSSfInactivityTimer ............................................................................................... 187
1.3.30.11 wmanIfBsQoSScEtherUserPriorityMap .................................................................................... 188
1.3.30.12 wmanIfBsQoSScDSCPMap....................................................................................................... 188
1.3.30.13 wmanIfBsQoSScTimeBase........................................................................................................ 189
1.3.30.14 wmanIfBsQoSScPagingPreference............................................................................................ 189
1.3.30.15 wmanIfBsQoSScTrafficIndicationPreference............................................................................ 190
1.3.30.16 wmanIfBsQoSScSNFeedback ................................................................................................... 190
1.3.30.17 wmanIfBsQoSSA....................................................................................................................... 190
1.3.30.18 wmanIfBsServiceClassExtRowStatus........................................................................................ 191
1.3.31 wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkChannelExtTable .................................................................. 191
1.3.31.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 192
1.3.31.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQDlMaxRetrans ..................................................................................... 192
1.3.31.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaMaxHARQDlSubBursts ................................................................................. 192
1.3.31.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaIDCell............................................................................................................. 193
1.3.31.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaPermBase........................................................................................................ 193
1.3.31.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaDlFeedbackAllocationThreshold.................................................................... 193
R02.00.01.08 Page 21 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.31.7 wmanIfBsMaxNumberDlMacArqCids ...................................................................................... 194

1.3.31.8 wmanIfBsDlMimoBCinrOffset ................................................................................................. 194
1.3.31.9 wmanIfBsDlMimoModeFBCycle.............................................................................................. 195
1.3.31.10 wmanIfBsDlAlamoutiCinrOffset............................................................................................... 195
1.3.31.11 wmanIfBsDlTxaaEbfCinrOffset ................................................................................................ 196
1.3.31.12 wmanIfBsDlTxaaMrtCinrOffset................................................................................................ 196
1.3.31.13 wmanIfBsDlTxaaTxFailOffset .................................................................................................. 196
1.3.32 wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkChannelExtTable ....................................................................... 197
1.3.32.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 197
1.3.32.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQUlMaxRetrans ..................................................................................... 197
1.3.32.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaMaxHARQUlSubBursts ................................................................................. 198
1.3.32.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaUlTimeAllocationExponent ........................................................................... 198
1.3.32.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaUlFeedbackAllocationThreshold.................................................................... 199
1.3.32.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval .................................................................................. 199
1.3.32.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportThreshold .............................................................................. 200
1.3.32.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportAlphaPAvg............................................................................ 200
1.3.32.9 wmanIfBsOfdmaSubchannelRotation........................................................................................ 200
1.3.32.10 wmanIfBsUplinkDiversityType................................................................................................. 201
1.3.32.11 wmanIfBsUlSdmaCinrOffset..................................................................................................... 201
1.3.33 wmanIfBsConfigurationExtTable .................................................................................... 202
1.3.33.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 202
1.3.33.2 wmanIfBsT47 ............................................................................................................................ 202
1.3.33.3 wmanIfBsPmcReqTimer............................................................................................................ 203
1.3.33.4 wmanIfBsPmcRspMaxResend................................................................................................... 203
1.3.33.5 wmanIfBsManagementResourceHoldingTimer......................................................................... 203
1.3.33.6 wmanIfBsULInactivityTimer .................................................................................................... 204
1.3.33.7 wmanIfBsDeregEligibleIdleTimer............................................................................................. 204
1.3.33.8 wmanIfBsRepReqTimer ............................................................................................................ 205
1.3.33.9 wmanIfBsHoAuthorizationPolicy.............................................................................................. 205
1.3.33.10 wmanIfBsIpAddressRefreshBit ................................................................................................. 206
1.3.33.11 wmanIfBsSlpidUpdate............................................................................................................... 206
1.3.33.12 wmanIfBsSATag1 ..................................................................................................................... 206
1.3.33.13 wmanIfBsSATag2 ..................................................................................................................... 207
1.3.33.14 wmanIfBsSATag3 ..................................................................................................................... 207
1.3.33.15 wmanIfBsSATag4 ..................................................................................................................... 208
1.3.33.16 wmanIfBsSATag5 ..................................................................................................................... 208
1.3.33.17 wmanIfBsCertWave1................................................................................................................. 209
1.3.33.18 wmanIfBsHarqEnable................................................................................................................ 210
1.3.34 wmanIfBsCapabilitiesConfigExtTable ............................................................................. 210
1.3.34.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 210
1.3.34.2 wmanIfBsCapCfgMacMsgAuth ................................................................................................ 211
1.3.34.3 wmanIfBsMaxNumberTransportCids........................................................................................ 211
1.3.34.4 wmanIfBsMaxNumberClassifiersPerCid................................................................................... 212
1.3.34.5 wmanIfBsMaxNumberPhsRulesPerCid..................................................................................... 212
1.3.35 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleExtTable..................................................................................... 212
1.3.35.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 213
1.3.35.2 wmanIfBsSfId............................................................................................................................ 213
1.3.35.3 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIndex................................................................................................... 214
1.3.35.4 wmanIfBsClassifierActionRule ................................................................................................. 214
1.3.35.5 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleExtRowStatus ..................................................................................... 215
1.3.36 wmanIfBsRangingTable.................................................................................................... 215
1.3.36.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 215
1.3.36.2 wmanIfBsRangingRegionChannels ........................................................................................... 216
1.3.36.3 wmanIfBsRangingRegionSymbols............................................................................................ 216
1.3.36.4 wmanIfBsBwRequestRangingInterval....................................................................................... 216
1.3.36.5 wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffStart ....................................................................................... 217
1.3.36.6 wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffEnd......................................................................................... 217
1.3.36.7 wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffStart .................................................................................... 218
1.3.36.8 wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffEnd ..................................................................................... 218
1.3.36.9 wmanIfBsRangingFreqOffsetLimit ........................................................................................... 218
R02.00.01.08 Page 22 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.36.10 wmanIfBsRangingTimingOffsetLimit....................................................................................... 219

1.3.36.11 wmanIfBsHandoverRangingCodes............................................................................................ 219
1.3.36.12 wmanIfBsHoRangingBackoffStart ............................................................................................ 220
1.3.36.13 wmanIfBsHoRangingBackoffEnd ............................................................................................. 220
1.3.36.14 wmanIfBsInitialRangingCINRDetectionLevel.......................................................................... 221
1.3.36.15 wmanIfBsPeriodicRangingCINRDetectionLevel ...................................................................... 221
1.3.37 wmanIfBsRFMeasurementTable...................................................................................... 221
1.3.37.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 222
1.3.37.2 wmanIfBsCQICHMaxLength.................................................................................................... 222
1.3.37.3 wmanIfBsCQICHMaxPeriod..................................................................................................... 222
1.3.37.4 wmanIfBsCQICHDuration ........................................................................................................ 223
1.3.37.5 wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType ........................................................................................... 223
1.3.37.6 wmanIfBsNoiseInterferenceAveParam...................................................................................... 224
1.3.37.7 wmanIfBsDefaultCINRAveParam............................................................................................. 225
1.3.37.8 wmanIfBsDefaultRSSIAveParam.............................................................................................. 225
1.3.37.9 wmanIfBsNoiseInterferenceUplinkInterval ............................................................................... 225
1.3.37.10 wmanIfBsPwrCntrlOffsetPerMss .............................................................................................. 226
1.3.37.11 wmanIfBsPwrCntrlThresholdPerMss ........................................................................................ 226
1.3.37.12 wmanIfBsNormalizedCNSounding ........................................................................................... 227
1.3.37.13 wmanIfBsNormalizedCN2 ........................................................................................................ 227
1.3.37.14 wmanIfBsAckConfidenceThreshold.......................................................................................... 229
1.3.37.15 wmanIfBsFastFeedbackConfidenceThreshold........................................................................... 229
1.3.37.16 wmanIfBsDlStcCINRMeasurementType .................................................................................. 230
1.3.38 wmanIfBsSleepModeTable................................................................................................ 231
1.3.38.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 231
1.3.38.2 wmanIfBsMaxInitSleepWindow ............................................................................................... 231
1.3.38.3 wmanIfBsMaxFinalSleepBase................................................................................................... 232
1.3.38.4 wmanIfBsMaxFinalSleepExponent ........................................................................................... 232
1.3.38.5 wmanIfBsMinSleepListenInterval ............................................................................................. 232
1.3.38.6 wmanIfBsMaxSleepListenInterval ............................................................................................ 233
1.3.39 wmanIfBsPhyTable ........................................................................................................... 233
1.3.39.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 234
1.3.39.2 wmanIfBsDownlinkUplinkRatio ............................................................................................... 235
1.3.39.3 wmanIfBsChannelBW ............................................................................................................... 235
1.3.39.4 wmanIfBsAvgTxPower ............................................................................................................. 236
1.3.39.5 wmanIfBsFFTSize ..................................................................................................................... 236
1.3.39.6 wmanIfBsRFBand ..................................................................................................................... 237
1.3.40 wmanIfBsSchedulerTable ................................................................................................. 237
1.3.40.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 237
1.3.40.2 wmanIfBsSchedulerAlpha ......................................................................................................... 238
1.3.40.3 wmanIfBsSchedulerBeta ........................................................................................................... 238
1.3.40.4 wmanIfBsSchedulerCINROffset ............................................................................................... 238
1.3.40.5 wmanIfBsSchedulerDownlinkMCS........................................................................................... 239
1.3.40.6 wmanIfBsSchedulerUplinkMCS ............................................................................................... 240
1.3.40.7 wmanIfBsMapCodingType ....................................................................................................... 240
1.3.40.8 wmanIfBsMapCodingRate ........................................................................................................ 240
1.3.40.9 wmanIfBsMapDiversityType .................................................................................................... 241
1.3.40.10 wmanIfBsMapPermutation ........................................................................................................ 241
1.3.40.11 wmanIfBsBroadcastCodingType ............................................................................................... 242
1.3.40.12 wmanIfBsBroadcastCodingRate................................................................................................ 242
1.3.40.13 wmanIfBsBroadcastDiversityType............................................................................................ 243
1.3.40.14 wmanIfBsBroadcastPermutation ............................................................................................... 243
1.3.40.15 wmanIfBsNumberDownlinkUnicastZones ................................................................................ 244
1.3.40.16 wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1DiversityType...................................................................... 244
1.3.40.17 wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType ................................................................. 245
1.3.40.18 wmanIfBsNumberUplinkUnicastZones..................................................................................... 246
1.3.40.19 wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType ............................................................................................ 246
1.3.40.20 wmanIfBsMapMessageType ..................................................................................................... 246
1.3.40.21 wmanIfBsRepRspTimer ............................................................................................................ 247
1.3.40.22 wmanIfBsCirStartPoint.............................................................................................................. 248
R02.00.01.08 Page 23 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.40.23 wmanIfBsSdmaAllocationStartPoint ......................................................................................... 248

1.3.41 wmanIfBsAcBandwidthTable ........................................................................................... 249
1.3.41.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 249
1.3.41.2 wmanIfBsPcntAcBandwidthDl.................................................................................................. 250
1.3.41.3 wmanIfBsPcntAcBandwidthUl.................................................................................................. 250
1.3.42 wmanIfBsBackhaulBandwidthTable................................................................................ 250
1.3.42.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 251
1.3.42.2 wmanIfBsAggBackhaulBandwidthUl........................................................................................ 251
1.3.42.3 wmanIfBsAggBackhaulBandwidthDl........................................................................................ 251
1.3.43 wmanIfBsNetworkSignalingTrafficPriorityTable............................................................ 252
1.3.43.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 252
1.3.43.2 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassOAM ........................................................................................ 252
1.3.43.3 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRt ............................................................................................. 253
1.3.43.4 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassNrt ............................................................................................ 253
1.3.43.5 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRowStatus ................................................................................ 254
1.3.44 wmanIfBsNspVlanConfigTable ........................................................................................ 254
1.3.44.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 254
1.3.44.2 wmanIfBsNspVlanMappingIndex ............................................................................................. 255
1.3.44.3 wmanIfBsNspName................................................................................................................... 255
1.3.44.4 wmanIfBsNspDomain ............................................................................................................... 255
1.3.44.5 wmanIfBsNspVlanId ................................................................................................................. 256
1.3.44.6 wmanIfBsNspVlanConfigRowStatus ........................................................................................ 256
1.3.45 wmanIfBsVlanAlarmThresholdTable............................................................................... 257
1.3.45.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 257
1.3.45.2 wmanIfBsVlanPktDropLowThreshold ...................................................................................... 257
1.3.45.3 wmanIfBsVlanPktDropHighThreshold...................................................................................... 258
1.3.45.4 wmanIfBsVlanAlarmThresholdRowStatus................................................................................ 258
1.3.46 wmanBtsPhysical............................................................................................................... 258
1.3.46.1 wmanBtsRFHeadType............................................................................................................... 259
1.3.46.2 wmanBtsBCUType.................................................................................................................... 259
1.3.46.3 wmanBtsModemConfiguration.................................................................................................. 259
1.3.46.4 wmanBtsSoftwareVersion ......................................................................................................... 260
1.3.46.5 wmanBtsNodeAdminStatus....................................................................................................... 260
1.3.46.6 wmanBtsNodeOperStatus .......................................................................................................... 260
1.3.46.7 wmanBtsDhcpTrans................................................................................................................... 261
1.3.46.8 wmanBtsTaskProbingCount ...................................................................................................... 261
1.3.46.9 wmanBtsTransportCidsPeak...................................................................................................... 262
1.3.46.10 wmanBtsCapcAddressType....................................................................................................... 262
1.3.46.11 wmanBtsCapcAddress ............................................................................................................... 262
1.3.46.12 wmanBtsTimeZoneName .......................................................................................................... 263
1.3.46.13 wmanBtsUtcTzOffset ................................................................................................................ 263
1.3.46.14 wmanBtsDstStartWeek.............................................................................................................. 263
1.3.46.15 wmanBtsDstStartDay ................................................................................................................ 264
1.3.46.16 wmanBtsDstStartMonth............................................................................................................. 264
1.3.46.17 wmanBtsDstEndWeek ............................................................................................................... 265
1.3.46.18 wmanBtsDstEndDay.................................................................................................................. 265
1.3.46.19 wmanBtsDstEndMonth.............................................................................................................. 265
1.3.46.20 wmanBtsDstMidntOffset ........................................................................................................... 266
1.3.46.21 wmanBtsDstMagnitude ............................................................................................................. 266
1.3.46.22 wmanBtsModemMultiplexMode ............................................................................................... 267
1.3.46.23 wmanBtsModemRedundancyMode........................................................................................... 267
1.3.47 wmanBtsFruTable ............................................................................................................. 267
1.3.47.1 wmanBtsFruType ...................................................................................................................... 268
1.3.47.2 wmanBtsFruSlotNumber ........................................................................................................... 268
1.3.47.3 wmanBtsFruAdminStatus .......................................................................................................... 269
1.3.47.4 wmanBtsFruOperStatus ............................................................................................................. 269
1.3.47.5 wmanBtsFruEidBoardType ....................................................................................................... 269
1.3.47.6 wmanBtsFruEidPartNumber...................................................................................................... 270
1.3.47.7 wmanBtsFruEidSerialNumber ................................................................................................... 270
1.3.47.8 wmanBtsFruEidDescription....................................................................................................... 270
R02.00.01.08 Page 24 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.47.9 wmanBtsFruEidHalCompatibility ............................................................................................. 271

1.3.47.10 wmanBtsFruEidKitNumber ....................................................................................................... 271
1.3.47.11 wmanBtsFruEidKitSerialNumber.............................................................................................. 271
1.3.47.12 wmanBtsFruEidMacAddress ..................................................................................................... 272
1.3.47.13 wmanBtsFruEidHwCapability................................................................................................... 272
1.3.47.14 wmanBtsFruFpgaVersion .......................................................................................................... 273
1.3.47.15 wmanBtsPowerSupplyType....................................................................................................... 273
1.3.47.16 wmanBtsPowerSupplyVendor ................................................................................................... 273
1.3.47.17 wmanBtsFruCageId ................................................................................................................... 274
1.3.47.18 wmanBtsFruBoardId.................................................................................................................. 274
1.3.47.19 wmanBtsTcxoCal ...................................................................................................................... 274
1.3.48 wmanBtsEthernetConf ...................................................................................................... 275
1.3.48.1 wmanBtsEthernetLinkSpeed...................................................................................................... 275
1.3.48.2 wmanBtsEthernetDuplex ........................................................................................................... 275
1.3.48.3 wmanBtsEthernetAutonegotiate ................................................................................................ 276
1.3.48.4 wmanBtsEthernetAutoMidiX .................................................................................................... 276
1.3.49 wmanBtsLinkTable............................................................................................................ 277
1.3.49.1 wmanBtsLinkType .................................................................................................................... 277
1.3.49.2 wmanBtsLinkNumber................................................................................................................ 277
1.3.49.3 wmanBtsLinkAdminStatus ........................................................................................................ 278
1.3.49.4 wmanBtsLinkOperStatus ........................................................................................................... 278
1.3.50 wmanBtsInternalDevTable................................................................................................ 278
1.3.50.1 wmanBtsDevType ..................................................................................................................... 278
1.3.50.2 wmanBtsDevNumber................................................................................................................. 279
1.3.50.3 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 279
1.3.50.4 wmanBtsDevAdminStatus......................................................................................................... 280
1.3.50.5 wmanBtsDevOperStatus ............................................................................................................ 280
1.3.50.6 wmanBtsDevEidBoardType ...................................................................................................... 280
1.3.50.7 wmanBtsDevEidPartNumber..................................................................................................... 281
1.3.50.8 wmanBtsDevSerialNumber ....................................................................................................... 281
1.3.50.9 wmanBtsDevEidDescription...................................................................................................... 281
1.3.50.10 wmanBtsDevEidHalCompatibility ............................................................................................ 282
1.3.50.11 wmanBtsDevEidKitNumber ...................................................................................................... 282
1.3.50.12 wmanBtsDevEidKitSerialNumber............................................................................................. 282
1.3.50.13 wmanBtsDevEidMacAddress .................................................................................................... 283
1.3.50.14 wmanBtsDevEidHwCapability.................................................................................................. 283
1.3.50.15 wmanBtsDevFpgaVersion ......................................................................................................... 283
1.3.50.16 wmanBtsDevRFType ................................................................................................................ 284
1.3.50.17 wmanBtsDevSupChnlBW ......................................................................................................... 284
1.3.51 wmanBtsSectorConfigTable.............................................................................................. 285
1.3.51.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 285
1.3.51.2 wmanBtsSectorMacAddress ...................................................................................................... 285
1.3.51.3 wmanIfBtsSectorConfigRowStatus ........................................................................................... 285
1.3.52 wmanBtsRadiusSharedSecretTable .................................................................................. 286
1.3.52.2 wmanBtsRadiusSharedSecret .................................................................................................... 286
1.3.53 wmanBtsMeasurement ...................................................................................................... 287
1.3.53.1 apDlBhUtil................................................................................................................................. 287
1.3.53.2 apDlBhUtilThresh...................................................................................................................... 287
1.3.53.3 apUlBhUtil................................................................................................................................. 288
1.3.53.4 apUlBhUtilThresh...................................................................................................................... 288
1.3.53.5 apBhBw01 ................................................................................................................................. 289
1.3.53.6 apBhBw02 ................................................................................................................................. 289
1.3.53.7 apBhBw03 ................................................................................................................................. 289
1.3.53.8 apBhBw04 ................................................................................................................................. 290
1.3.53.9 apBhBw05 ................................................................................................................................. 290
1.3.53.10 apBhBw06 ................................................................................................................................. 290
1.3.53.11 apBhBw07 ................................................................................................................................. 290
1.3.53.12 apBhBw08 ................................................................................................................................. 291
1.3.53.13 apBhBw09 ................................................................................................................................. 291
R02.00.01.08 Page 25 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.14 apBhBw10 ................................................................................................................................. 291

1.3.53.15 apBhBw11 ................................................................................................................................. 292
1.3.53.16 apBhBw12 ................................................................................................................................. 292
1.3.53.17 apBhBw13 ................................................................................................................................. 292
1.3.53.18 apBhBw14 ................................................................................................................................. 293
1.3.53.19 apBhBw15 ................................................................................................................................. 293
1.3.53.20 apBhBw16 ................................................................................................................................. 293
1.3.53.21 apBhIngressPkt .......................................................................................................................... 294
1.3.53.22 apBhEgressPkt........................................................................................................................... 294
1.3.53.23 apArpReqSnd............................................................................................................................. 294
1.3.53.24 apArpReqRefreshSnd ................................................................................................................ 295
1.3.53.25 apArpReSnd............................................................................................................................... 295
1.3.53.26 apPmipReg................................................................................................................................. 296
1.3.53.27 apPmipRegFail .......................................................................................................................... 296
1.3.53.28 apPmipRereg ............................................................................................................................. 296
1.3.53.29 apPmipReregFail ....................................................................................................................... 296
1.3.53.30 apPmipDereg ............................................................................................................................. 297
1.3.53.31 apPmipDeregFail ....................................................................................................................... 297
1.3.53.32 apLinkContReq.......................................................................................................................... 297
1.3.53.33 apLinkContNoRsp ..................................................................................................................... 298
1.3.54 wmanBtsSectorMeasurementTable................................................................................... 298
1.3.54.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 298
1.3.54.2 apUsersActSlp ........................................................................................................................... 299
1.3.54.3 apUserActSleepThresh .............................................................................................................. 299
1.3.54.4 apUserActSleepPeak.................................................................................................................. 300
1.3.54.5 apTransportCids......................................................................................................................... 300
1.3.54.6 apTransportCidsThresh.............................................................................................................. 300
1.3.54.7 apTransportCidsPeak ................................................................................................................. 301
1.3.54.8 apMapSlotsUsed ........................................................................................................................ 301
1.3.54.9 apDlMacBroadcastSlotsUsed .................................................................................................... 301
1.3.54.10 apDlUnicastSlotsused ................................................................................................................ 302
1.3.54.11 apTotalDlSlotsAvail .................................................................................................................. 302
1.3.54.12 apUlSlotsused ............................................................................................................................ 302
1.3.54.13 apTotalUlSlotsAvail .................................................................................................................. 303
1.3.54.14 apDlPagingSlotsUsed ................................................................................................................ 303
1.3.54.15 apDlRsrvSlotsCbrCir ................................................................................................................. 304
1.3.54.16 apDlAvgMcsCbrCir................................................................................................................... 304
1.3.54.17 apDlCbrCirBwThresh................................................................................................................ 304
1.3.54.18 apUlRsrvSlotsCbrCir ................................................................................................................. 305
1.3.54.19 apUlCbrCirBwThresh................................................................................................................ 305
1.3.54.20 apDlSlotsBe ............................................................................................................................... 306
1.3.54.21 apDIMcsBe................................................................................................................................ 306
1.3.54.22 apUlSlotsBe ............................................................................................................................... 306
1.3.54.23 apDIPayloadKBCbr................................................................................................................... 307
1.3.54.24 apDIPayloadKBCir.................................................................................................................... 307
1.3.54.25 apDlPayloadKBBe..................................................................................................................... 307
1.3.54.26 apUIPayloadKCbr...................................................................................................................... 308
1.3.54.27 apUIPayloadKCir ...................................................................................................................... 308
1.3.54.28 apUlPayloadKBBe..................................................................................................................... 309
1.3.54.29 apPageCycles............................................................................................................................. 309
1.3.54.30 apPageCycleTimeout................................................................................................................. 309
1.3.54.31 apDropPageAp........................................................................................................................... 310
1.3.54.32 apDropPagesMss ....................................................................................................................... 310
1.3.54.33 apFlowNotChgdAi..................................................................................................................... 310
1.3.54.34 apFlowNotAdmAi ..................................................................................................................... 311
1.3.54.35 apFlowNotAdmMem ................................................................................................................. 311
1.3.54.36 apDlCbrBurstSuccTxSucc ......................................................................................................... 311
1.3.54.37 apDlCbrBurstTxAllFail ............................................................................................................. 312
1.3.54.38 apUlCbrBurstSuccRxSucc......................................................................................................... 312
1.3.54.39 apUlCbrBurstRxOppAllFail ...................................................................................................... 312
1.3.54.40 apDlCirBurstTxSucc.................................................................................................................. 313
R02.00.01.08 Page 26 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.41 apDlCirBurstTxAllFail .............................................................................................................. 313

1.3.54.42 apUlCirBurstSuccRxSucc.......................................................................................................... 313
1.3.54.43 apUlCirBurstRxOppAllFail ....................................................................................................... 314
1.3.54.44 apDIBeBurstTxSucc .................................................................................................................. 314
1.3.54.45 apDIBeBurstTxAllFail............................................................................................................... 314
1.3.54.46 apUIBeBurstRxSucc.................................................................................................................. 315
1.3.54.47 apUlBeBurstRxOppallFail......................................................................................................... 315
1.3.54.48 apFlowNotAdmBh..................................................................................................................... 315
1.3.54.49 apFlowNotChgdBh .................................................................................................................... 316
1.3.54.50 apLocUpdPgChg........................................................................................................................ 316
1.3.54.51 apPwrDn .................................................................................................................................... 316
1.3.54.52 apFullMobHoTime .................................................................................................................... 317
1.3.54.53 apMobScnReqSnd ..................................................................................................................... 317
1.3.54.54 apMobScnReptRcv .................................................................................................................... 317
1.3.54.55 apMobHoIndRcv ....................................................................................................................... 318
1.3.54.56 apMobHoAbortRcv ................................................................................................................... 318
1.3.54.57 apMobHoAdvise........................................................................................................................ 319
1.3.54.58 apHoRngReqRcv ....................................................................................................................... 319
1.3.54.59 apHoRngReqRcvUnexp............................................................................................................. 319
1.3.54.60 apHoRngRspSucc ...................................................................................................................... 320
1.3.54.61 apInitialRangingReq .................................................................................................................. 320
1.3.54.62 apInitialRangingReqFail............................................................................................................ 320
1.3.54.63 apPeriodicRangingReq .............................................................................................................. 321
1.3.54.64 apPeriodicRangingFail .............................................................................................................. 321
1.3.54.65 apArqBlockTransUl................................................................................................................... 321
1.3.54.66 apArqBlockFailUl...................................................................................................................... 322
1.3.54.67 apArqBlockTransDl................................................................................................................... 322
1.3.54.68 apArqBlockFailDl...................................................................................................................... 322
1.3.54.69 apArqHybridTransDl ................................................................................................................. 323
1.3.54.70 apArqHybridDlFail.................................................................................................................... 323
1.3.54.71 apArqHybridTransUl ................................................................................................................. 323
1.3.54.72 apArqHybridUlFail.................................................................................................................... 324
1.3.54.73 apPktDlBe.................................................................................................................................. 324
1.3.54.74 apPktUlBe.................................................................................................................................. 324
1.3.54.75 apPktDlQueueLatBe .................................................................................................................. 325
1.3.54.76 apPktUlQueueLatBe .................................................................................................................. 325
1.3.54.77 apPktLossDlBeQueue................................................................................................................ 325
1.3.54.78 apPktLossDlBeRetry ................................................................................................................. 326
1.3.54.79 apPktDlCir ................................................................................................................................. 326
1.3.54.80 apPktUlCir ................................................................................................................................. 326
1.3.54.81 apPktDlQueueLatCir ................................................................................................................. 327
1.3.54.82 apPktDlAirLatCir ...................................................................................................................... 327
1.3.54.83 apPktUlQueueLatCir ................................................................................................................. 328
1.3.54.84 apPktLossDlCirQueue ............................................................................................................... 328
1.3.54.85 apPktLossDlCirRetry................................................................................................................. 328
1.3.54.86 apPktDlCbr ................................................................................................................................ 329
1.3.54.87 apPktUlCbr ................................................................................................................................ 329
1.3.54.88 apPktDlQueueLatCbr ................................................................................................................ 330
1.3.54.89 apPktDlAirLatCbr...................................................................................................................... 330
1.3.54.90 apPktDlIntArrJit ........................................................................................................................ 330
1.3.54.91 apPktDLSchJit ........................................................................................................................... 331
1.3.54.92 apPktULSchJit ........................................................................................................................... 331
1.3.54.93 apMissGrantUlCbr..................................................................................................................... 332
1.3.54.94 apPktLossDlCbrQueue .............................................................................................................. 332
1.3.54.95 apPktLossDlCbrRetry................................................................................................................ 332
1.3.55 wmanBtsSecurityConfig .................................................................................................... 333
1.3.55.1 wmanBtsRadiusRetryTimeout................................................................................................... 333
1.3.55.2 wmanBtsRadiusRetries.............................................................................................................. 333
1.3.55.3 wmanBtsEapSessionTimeout .................................................................................................... 334
1.3.55.4 wmanBtsEnableAclFirewallRules ............................................................................................. 334
1.3.55.5 wmanBtsEnableIdsRules ........................................................................................................... 334
R02.00.01.08 Page 27 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.55.6 wmanBtsIPSecApplicationStatus............................................................................................... 335

1.3.56 wmanBtsLmtOnly .............................................................................................................. 335
1.3.56.1 wmanBtsNodeAddressType ...................................................................................................... 336
1.3.56.2 wmanBtsNodeAddress............................................................................................................... 336
1.3.56.3 wmanBtsNodeSubnetType ........................................................................................................ 336
1.3.56.4 wmanBtsNodeSubnet................................................................................................................. 337
1.3.56.5 wmanBtsNodeDnsServerType................................................................................................... 337
1.3.56.6 wmanBtsNodeDnsServer........................................................................................................... 337
1.3.56.7 wmanBtsNodeSecDnsServerType ............................................................................................. 338
1.3.56.8 wmanBtsNodeSecDnsServer ..................................................................................................... 338
1.3.56.9 wmanBtsNodeGatewayType ..................................................................................................... 338
1.3.56.10 wmanBtsNodeGateway ............................................................................................................. 339
1.3.56.11 wmanBtsUseDHCP ................................................................................................................... 339
1.3.56.12 wmanBtsNodeEmsAddressType ............................................................................................... 339
1.3.56.13 wmanBtsNodeEmsAddress........................................................................................................ 340
1.3.56.14 wmanBtsVlanNumber ............................................................................................................... 340
1.3.56.15 wmanBtsNodeName .................................................................................................................. 341
1.3.56.16 wmanBtsBackhaulType ............................................................................................................. 341
1.3.57 wmanBtsDefaultAAAProfile ............................................................................................. 341
1.3.57.1 wmanBtsHoSvcClass................................................................................................................. 342
1.3.57.2 wmanBtsTotalMaxULBandwidth.............................................................................................. 342
1.3.57.3 wmanBtsTotalMaxDLBandwidth.............................................................................................. 342
1.3.57.4 wmanBtsTotalMaxCommitedBandwidthUL ............................................................................. 343
1.3.57.5 wmanBtsTotalMaxCommitedBandwidthDL ............................................................................. 343
1.3.57.6 wmanBtsUserPriority ................................................................................................................ 343
1.3.57.7 wmanBtsCovergenceSublayer ................................................................................................... 344
1.3.57.8 wmanBtsServiceFlow ................................................................................................................ 344
1.3.58 wmanBtsArpParms ............................................................................................................ 345
1.3.58.1 wmanBtsArpRetryCount ........................................................................................................... 345
1.3.58.2 wmanBtsArpRetryTimer ........................................................................................................... 345
1.3.58.3 wmanBtsArpRetryInterval......................................................................................................... 346
1.3.58.4 wmanBtsArpCacheTimer .......................................................................................................... 346
1.3.58.5 wmanBtsArpPriorityTag............................................................................................................ 346
1.3.59 wmanBtsMisc..................................................................................................................... 347
1.3.59.1 wmanBtsSaChallengeTimer ...................................................................................................... 347
1.3.59.2 wmanBtsSaChallengeMaxResends............................................................................................ 347
1.3.59.3 wmanBtsSaTekTimer ................................................................................................................ 348
1.3.59.4 wmanBtsPmkLifetime ............................................................................................................... 348
1.3.59.5 wmanBtsPrivateParm1............................................................................................................... 348
1.3.60 wmanBtsTimers ................................................................................................................. 349
1.3.60.1 wmanBtsLVCReqTimer ............................................................................................................ 349
1.3.60.2 wmanBtsLVCRspTimer ............................................................................................................ 349
1.3.60.3 wmanBtsLCCStartTimer ........................................................................................................... 349
1.3.60.4 wmanBtsLCCReqTimer ............................................................................................................ 350
1.3.60.5 wmanBtsLCCRspTimer............................................................................................................. 350
1.3.60.6 wmanBtsTCPReconnMinTimer................................................................................................. 350
1.3.60.7 wmanBtsTCPReconnMaxTimer................................................................................................ 351
1.3.60.8 wmanBtsLVCRetryTimer.......................................................................................................... 351
1.3.60.9 wmanBtsSrvHoPrepareTimer .................................................................................................... 351
1.3.60.10 wmanBtsTrgHoInitTimer .......................................................................................................... 352
1.3.60.11 wmanBtsSrvHoInitTimer........................................................................................................... 352
1.3.60.12 wmanBtsHoLastPacketTimer .................................................................................................... 352
1.3.60.13 wmanBtsIdleLastPacketTimer................................................................................................... 352
1.3.60.14 wmanBtsNeighborUpdateTimer ................................................................................................ 353
1.3.61 wmanBtsVlanMeasurementTable ..................................................................................... 353
1.3.61.1 wmanIfBsNspVlanId ................................................................................................................. 353
1.3.61.2 apVlanPacketDrop..................................................................................................................... 354
1.3.61.3 apVlanDlPackets........................................................................................................................ 354
1.3.61.4 apVlanUlPackets........................................................................................................................ 354
1.4 NAME: CAPCCONFIGURATION ................................................................................................... 355
R02.00.01.08 Page 28 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.4.1.1 wmanPriDeviceType...................................................................................................................... 355
1.4.1.2 wmanPriDeviceManufacturerId ..................................................................................................... 355
1.4.1.3 wmanPriDeviceCarrierId ............................................................................................................... 356
1.4.1.4 wmanPriDeviceHardwareId ........................................................................................................... 356
1.4.1.5 wmanPriDeviceModelNumber....................................................................................................... 356
1.4.2 ifTable ................................................................................................................................ 357
1.4.2.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 357
1.4.2.2 ifDescr............................................................................................................................................ 358
1.4.2.3 ifType............................................................................................................................................. 358
1.4.2.4 ifSpeed ........................................................................................................................................... 358
1.4.2.5 ifPhysAddress ................................................................................................................................ 359
1.4.2.6 ifAdminStatus ................................................................................................................................ 360
1.4.2.7 ifOperStatus ................................................................................................................................... 361
1.4.3 radiusAuthClient................................................................................................................ 361
1.4.3.1 radiusAuthClientIdentifier ............................................................................................................. 362
1.4.4.1 radiusAuthServerIndex .................................................................................................................. 362
1.4.4.2 radiusAuthServerAddress............................................................................................................... 363
1.4.4.3 radiusAuthClientServerPortNumber .............................................................................................. 363
1.4.5 wmanIfBsPagingGroupTable ........................................................................................... 364
1.4.5.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 364
1.4.5.2 wmanIfBsPagingGroupIndex......................................................................................................... 364
1.4.5.3 wmanIfBsPagingGroupId............................................................................................................... 365
1.4.5.4 wmanIfBsPagingControllerId ........................................................................................................ 365
1.4.5.5 wmanIfBsPagingBcastRetryCount................................................................................................. 366
1.4.5.6 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress............................................................................................... 366
1.4.5.7 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddressType....................................................................................... 366
1.4.5.8 wmanIfBsPagingGroupRowStatus................................................................................................. 367
1.4.6 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationTable............................................................................... 367
1.4.6.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 367
1.4.6.2 wmanIfBsSystemIdleModeTimer .................................................................................................. 368
1.4.6.3 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationRowStatus .................................................................................... 368
1.4.7 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationTable................................................................................. 368
1.4.7.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 369
1.4.7.2 wmanIfBsMipRegistrationFlags .................................................................................................... 369
1.4.7.3 wmanIfCapcMipIcmpAdvertFaMissLimit..................................................................................... 370
1.4.7.4 wmanIfBsMaxRegLifetime............................................................................................................ 370
1.4.7.5 wmanIfBsMnRegRetryTimer......................................................................................................... 371
1.4.7.6 wmanIfBsMnRegRetryCount......................................................................................................... 371
1.4.7.7 wmanIfBsPmnTriggerSolicitationTimer ........................................................................................ 371
1.4.7.8 wmanIfBsMinSolicitationRetryTimer............................................................................................ 372
1.4.7.9 wmanIfBsMaxSolicitationRetryTimer ........................................................................................... 372
1.4.7.10 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationRowStatus.................................................................................. 373
1.4.8 wmanIfBsPagingGroupBsTable ....................................................................................... 373
1.4.8.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 373
1.4.8.2 wmanIfBsPagingGroupIndex......................................................................................................... 374
1.4.8.3 wmanIfBsPagingGroupMemberId ................................................................................................. 374
1.4.8.4 wmanIfBsPagingGroupPrimCapcPayloadAddressType ................................................................ 374
1.4.8.5 wmanIfBsPagingGroupPrimCapcPayloadAddress ........................................................................ 375
1.4.8.6 wmanIfBsPagingGroupBsRowStatus............................................................................................. 375
1.4.9 wmanIfBsNetworkSignalingTrafficPriorityTable............................................................ 376
1.4.9.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 376
1.4.9.2 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassOAM ............................................................................................ 377
1.4.9.3 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRt.................................................................................................. 377
1.4.9.4 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassNrt ................................................................................................ 377
1.4.9.5 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRowStatus .................................................................................... 378
1.4.10 wmanCapcPhysical............................................................................................................ 378
1.4.10.1 wmanCapcSoftwareVersion ...................................................................................................... 378
1.4.10.2 wmanCapcType ......................................................................................................................... 379
R02.00.01.08 Page 29 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.10.3 wmanCapcChassisTypeIdentifier .............................................................................................. 379

1.4.10.4 wmanCapcNodeAdminStatus .................................................................................................... 379
1.4.10.5 wmanCapcNodeOperStatus ....................................................................................................... 380
1.4.10.6 wmanCapcNodePrimNtpServerType......................................................................................... 380
1.4.10.7 wmanCapcNodePrimNtpServer................................................................................................. 380
1.4.10.8 wmanCapcNodeSecNtpServerType........................................................................................... 381
1.4.10.9 wmanCapcNodeSecNtpServer................................................................................................... 381
1.4.10.10 wmanCapcAgentRefreshOp ...................................................................................................... 381
1.4.10.11 wmanCapcUpgradeTypeOp....................................................................................................... 382
1.4.11 wmanCapcFruTable .......................................................................................................... 382
1.4.11.1 wmanCapcFruType.................................................................................................................... 382
1.4.11.2 wmanCapcFruSlot ..................................................................................................................... 383
1.4.11.3 wmanCapcFruBoardManufacturer............................................................................................. 383
1.4.11.4 wmanCapcFruBoardProductName ............................................................................................ 384
1.4.11.5 wmanCapcFruBoardSerialNumber ............................................................................................ 384
1.4.11.6 wmanCapcFruBoardPartNumber............................................................................................... 384
1.4.11.7 wmanCapcFruProductManufacturer .......................................................................................... 384
1.4.11.8 wmanCapcFruProductPoductName ........................................................................................... 385
1.4.11.9 wmanCapcFruProductPartNumber ............................................................................................ 385
1.4.11.10 wmanCapcFruProductVersionNumber ...................................................................................... 385
1.4.11.11 wmanCapcFruProductSerialNumber ......................................................................................... 386
1.4.11.12 wmanCapcFruProductInventoryAssetId .................................................................................... 386
1.4.11.13 wmanCapcFruFirmwareSoftwareVersion.................................................................................. 386
1.4.11.14 wmanCapcFruAppSoftwareVersion .......................................................................................... 387
1.4.11.15 wmanCapcFruAdminStatus ....................................................................................................... 387
1.4.11.16 wmanCapcFruOperStatus .......................................................................................................... 388
1.4.11.17 wmanCapcMacAddress ............................................................................................................. 388
1.4.11.18 wmanCapcLogicalId.................................................................................................................. 388
1.4.11.19 wmanCapcIfTableIndex............................................................................................................. 389
1.4.12 wmanCapcPayloadModuleConfigTable ........................................................................... 389
1.4.12.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 389
1.4.12.2 wmanCapcPayloadAddress ....................................................................................................... 390
1.4.12.3 wmanCapcPayloadAddressType ............................................................................................... 390
1.4.12.4 wmanCapcPayloadSubnet ......................................................................................................... 391
1.4.12.5 wmanCapcPayloadSubnetType ................................................................................................. 391
1.4.12.6 wmanCapcPayloadPrimDnsServer ............................................................................................ 392
1.4.12.7 wmanCapcPayloadPrimDnsServerType .................................................................................... 392
1.4.12.8 wmanCapcPayloadSecDnsServer .............................................................................................. 392
1.4.12.9 wmanCapcPayloadSecDnsServerType...................................................................................... 393
1.4.12.10 wmanCapcPayloadGateway ...................................................................................................... 393
1.4.12.11 wmanCapcPayloadGatewayType .............................................................................................. 393
1.4.12.12 wmanCapcPayloadHostname .................................................................................................... 394
1.4.12.13 wmanCapcPayloadVlanId ......................................................................................................... 394
1.4.12.14 wmanCapcPayloadRowStatus ................................................................................................... 395
1.4.13 wmanCapcBtsConfigTable................................................................................................ 395
1.4.13.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 395
1.4.13.2 wmanCapcBtsId......................................................................................................................... 396
1.4.13.3 wmanCapcBtsAddressType....................................................................................................... 396
1.4.13.4 wmanCapcBtsAddress ............................................................................................................... 396
1.4.13.5 wmanCapcBtsVlanId ................................................................................................................. 397
1.4.13.6 wmanCapcBtsRowStatus........................................................................................................... 397
1.4.14 wmanCapcConfig .............................................................................................................. 397
1.4.14.1 wmanCapcL2UpdateRetryTimeout ........................................................................................... 398
1.4.14.2 wmanCapcL2UpdateRetries ...................................................................................................... 398
1.4.14.3 wmanCapcL2UpdateCacheTimeout .......................................................................................... 398
1.4.14.4 wmanCapcLeaseValidationCriteria ........................................................................................... 399
1.4.14.5 wmanCapcCpuNormalizationFactor.......................................................................................... 399
1.4.14.6 wmanCapcIoNormalizationFactor ............................................................................................. 400
1.4.14.7 wmanCapcCmsPollingInterval .................................................................................................. 400
1.4.14.8 wmanCapcResourceLoggingRate.............................................................................................. 400
R02.00.01.08 Page 30 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.14.9 wmanCapcResourceLoggingPeriods ......................................................................................... 401

1.4.14.10 wmanCapcEnableLoadShed ...................................................................................................... 401
1.4.14.11 wmanCapcCpuLoadShedHighLevel1........................................................................................ 402
1.4.14.12 wmanCapcCpuLoadShedLowLevel1 ........................................................................................ 402
1.4.14.21 wmanCapcSsLoadShedHighLevel1........................................................................................... 406
1.4.14.22 wmanCapcSsLoadShedLowLevel1 ........................................................................................... 407
1.4.14.31 wmanCapcLogFileSize.............................................................................................................. 410
1.4.14.32 wmanCapcLogDiskHighMark ................................................................................................... 411
1.4.14.33 wmanCapcArpRetryInterval ...................................................................................................... 411
1.4.14.34 wmanCapcArpRetries................................................................................................................ 412
1.4.15 wmanCapcInternalDevTable ............................................................................................ 412
1.4.15.3 wmanCapcIntFruHardwareVersion ........................................................................................... 413
1.4.15.4 wmanCapcIntFruBoardManufacturer ........................................................................................ 413
1.4.15.5 wmanCapcIntFruBoardProductName ........................................................................................ 414
1.4.15.6 wmanCapcIntFruBoardSerialNumber........................................................................................ 414
1.4.15.7 wmanCapcIntFruBoardPartNumber .......................................................................................... 414
1.4.15.8 wmanCapcIntFruProductManufacturer...................................................................................... 415
1.4.15.9 wmanCapcIntFruProductPoductName....................................................................................... 415
1.4.15.10 wmanCapcIntFruProductPartNumber........................................................................................ 415
1.4.15.11 wmanCapcIntFruProductVersionNumber.................................................................................. 416
1.4.15.12 wmanCapcIntFruProductSerialNumber..................................................................................... 416
1.4.15.13 wmanCapcIntFruProductInventoryAssetId................................................................................ 416
1.4.15.14 wmanCapcIntFruFirmwareSoftwareVersion ............................................................................. 417
1.4.15.15 wmanCapcIntFruAppSoftwareVersion...................................................................................... 417
1.4.15.16 wmanCapcIntMacAddress......................................................................................................... 417
1.4.16 wmanCapcLinkTable......................................................................................................... 418
1.4.16.1 wmanCapcLinkType.................................................................................................................. 418
1.4.16.2 wmanCapcLinkId ...................................................................................................................... 418
1.4.16.3 wmanCapcLinkAdminStatus ..................................................................................................... 419
1.4.16.4 wmanCapcLinkOperStatus ........................................................................................................ 419
1.4.17 wmanCapcEthernetConfTable.......................................................................................... 419
1.4.17.3 wmanCapcEthernetLinkSpeed................................................................................................... 421
1.4.17.4 wmanCapcEthernetDuplex ........................................................................................................ 421
1.4.17.5 wmanCapcEthernetAutonegotiate ............................................................................................. 421
1.4.17.6 wmanCapcEthernetAutoMdiX .................................................................................................. 422
1.4.17.7 wmanCapcMtuSize.................................................................................................................... 422
1.4.18 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretTable ............................................................................... 423
1.4.18.2 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecret ................................................................................................. 423
1.4.19 wmanCapcSecurityConfig................................................................................................. 424
R02.00.01.08 Page 31 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.19.1 wmanCapcRadiusRetryTimeout ................................................................................................ 424

1.4.19.2 wmanCapcRadiusRetries ........................................................................................................... 424
1.4.19.3 wmanCapcEapSessionTimeout.................................................................................................. 425
1.4.19.4 wmanCapcEapMaxSessionThreshold........................................................................................ 425
1.4.19.5 wmanCapcAuthenticationRealm ............................................................................................... 426
1.4.19.6 wmanCapcCompCASStExeTime .............................................................................................. 426
1.4.19.7 wmanCapcStatSampleRateLow................................................................................................. 426
1.4.19.8 wmanCapcStatSampleRateHigh ................................................................................................ 427
1.4.20 wmanCapcMeasurement ................................................................................................... 427
1.4.20.1 capcScIoUtilAvg........................................................................................................................ 428
1.4.20.2 capcScIoUtilPeakThresh............................................................................................................ 428
1.4.21 wmanCapcPayloadMeasurementTable............................................................................. 428
1.4.21.1 wmanCapcLogicalIdIndex......................................................................................................... 428
1.4.21.2 capcCpuAvg .............................................................................................................................. 429
1.4.21.3 capcCpuPeakThresh .................................................................................................................. 429
1.4.21.4 capcPayLdIoAvg ....................................................................................................................... 429
1.4.21.5 capcPayLdIoPeakThresh ........................................................................................................... 430
1.4.21.6 capcMssMax.............................................................................................................................. 430
1.4.21.7 capcEapMax .............................................................................................................................. 430
1.4.21.8 capcEapThrottle......................................................................................................................... 431
1.4.21.9 capcInterCapcHo ....................................................................................................................... 431
1.4.21.10 capcInterCapcHoSucc................................................................................................................ 431
1.4.21.11 capcArpReqSnd ......................................................................................................................... 432
1.4.21.12 capcArpReqRefreshSnd............................................................................................................. 432
1.4.21.13 capcArpReSnd ........................................................................................................................... 432
1.4.21.14 capcPmipReg ............................................................................................................................. 433
1.4.21.15 capcPmipRegFail....................................................................................................................... 433
1.4.21.16 capcPmipRereg .......................................................................................................................... 433
1.4.21.17 capcPmipReregFail.................................................................................................................... 434
1.4.21.18 capcPmipDereg.......................................................................................................................... 434
1.4.21.19 capcPmipDeregFail.................................................................................................................... 434
1.4.22 wmanCapcPagingGroupMeasurementTable ................................................................... 435
1.4.22.2 wmanIfBsPagingGroupId .......................................................................................................... 435
1.4.22.3 capcMssMaxPgGrp.................................................................................................................... 435
1.4.22.4 capcInitPagesSent ...................................................................................................................... 436
1.4.22.5 capcPageRetrySent .................................................................................................................... 436
1.4.22.6 capcIdleModeRlsReq................................................................................................................. 436
1.4.22.7 capcRlsLeaseReq....................................................................................................................... 437
1.4.22.8 capcRevokeLeaseReq ................................................................................................................ 437
1.4.22.9 capcSecContextReq ................................................................................................................... 437
1.4.22.10 capcObBearSnd ......................................................................................................................... 438
1.4.22.11 capcMobileMss.......................................................................................................................... 438
1.4.23 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretProxyTable ..................................................................... 438
1.4.23.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 439
1.4.23.2 wmanCapcBtsId......................................................................................................................... 439
1.4.23.3 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretAAAProxy ............................................................................... 439
1.4.23.4 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretProxyRowStatus....................................................................... 440
1.4.24 wmanCapcNodeIpConfig .................................................................................................. 440
1.4.24.1 wmanCapcNodeAddress............................................................................................................ 440
1.4.24.2 wmanCapcNodeAddressType.................................................................................................... 441
1.4.24.3 wmanCapcNodeSubnet.............................................................................................................. 441
1.4.24.4 wmanCapcNodeSubnetType ..................................................................................................... 441
1.4.24.5 wmanCapcNodePrimDnsServer ................................................................................................ 442
1.4.24.6 wmanCapcNodePrimDnsServerType ........................................................................................ 442
1.4.24.7 wmanCapcNodeSecDnsServer .................................................................................................. 442
1.4.24.8 wmanCapcNodeSecDnsServerType .......................................................................................... 443
1.4.24.9 wmanCapcNodeGateway........................................................................................................... 443
1.4.24.10 wmanCapcNodeGatewayType .................................................................................................. 443
1.4.24.11 wmanCapcNodeEmsAddress..................................................................................................... 444
R02.00.01.08 Page 32 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.24.12 wmanCapcNodeEmsAddressType............................................................................................. 444

1.4.24.13 wmanCapcNodeVlanId.............................................................................................................. 444
1.4.24.14 wmanCapcNodeUseDHCP ........................................................................................................ 445
1.4.24.15 wmanCapcNodeHostname......................................................................................................... 445
1.4.24.16 wmanCapcNodeDomainName................................................................................................... 446
1.4.25 wmanCapcLinkManagerConfig........................................................................................ 446
1.4.25.1 wmanCapcControlListenPortTcp4Ap........................................................................................ 447
1.4.25.2 wmanCapcListenPortUdp4Radius ............................................................................................. 447
1.4.25.3 wmanCapcNumThreadsIncomingTcp ....................................................................................... 447
1.4.25.4 wmanCapcNumThreadsIncomingUdp....................................................................................... 448
1.4.25.5 wmanCapcControlLccTimer...................................................................................................... 448
1.4.25.6 wmanCapcLvdStartTimer.......................................................................................................... 449
1.4.25.7 wmanCapcTcpNoDelay............................................................................................................. 449
1.4.25.8 wmanCapcLvcRspTimer ........................................................................................................... 449
1.4.25.9 wmanCapcLvcRetryTimer......................................................................................................... 450
1.4.25.10 wmanCapcLccControlRspTimer ............................................................................................... 450
1.4.25.11 wmanCapcLccControlStartTimer .............................................................................................. 451
1.4.25.12 wmanCapcControlDscp ............................................................................................................. 451
1.4.25.13 wmanCapcControlUserPriority.................................................................................................. 452
1.4.25.14 wmanCapcRedirectedBearerDscp ............................................................................................. 452
1.4.26 wmanCapcSwUpgradeConfig ........................................................................................... 452
1.4.26.1 wmanCapcPayloadStabilizationTimer....................................................................................... 453
1.4.26.2 wmanCapcControllerStabilizationTimer ................................................................................... 453
1.4.26.3 wmanCapcInstallTimer.............................................................................................................. 454
1.4.26.4 wmanCapcUpgradeStatusTimer ................................................................................................ 454
1.4.27 wmanCapcInternalPlatformPayloadMeasurementTable ................................................ 454
1.4.27.2 capcPayloadNormCurrCpuUsage .............................................................................................. 455
1.4.27.3 capcPayloadNormPeakCpuUsage.............................................................................................. 455
1.4.27.4 capcPayloadNormAvgCpuUsage .............................................................................................. 456
1.4.27.5 capcPayloadNormCurrKernalCpu ............................................................................................. 456
1.4.27.6 capcPayloadNormPeakKernalCpu............................................................................................. 456
1.4.27.7 capcPayloadNormAvgKernalCpu.............................................................................................. 457
1.4.27.8 capcPayloadTotalPhyMem ........................................................................................................ 457
1.4.27.9 capcPayloadTotalUsedPhyMem ................................................................................................ 457
1.4.27.10 capcPayloadTotalNonUtilPhyMem ........................................................................................... 458
1.4.27.11 capcPayloadTotalUtilSwapSpace .............................................................................................. 458
1.4.27.12 capcPayloadTotalFreeSwapSpace ............................................................................................. 458
1.4.27.13 capcPayloadTotalUsedPhyMemNonCapc ................................................................................. 459
1.4.27.14 capcPayloadCurrDbSize ............................................................................................................ 459
1.4.27.15 capcPayloadPeakDbSize............................................................................................................ 459
1.4.28 wmanCapcInternalPlatformAppPayloadMeasurementTable.......................................... 460
1.4.28.2 capcAppIndex............................................................................................................................ 460
1.4.28.3 capcPayloadAppNormCurrCpuUsage ....................................................................................... 461
1.4.28.4 capcPayloadAppNormPeakCpuUsage....................................................................................... 461
1.4.28.5 capcPayloadAppNormAvgCpuUsage........................................................................................ 461
1.4.28.6 capcPayloadAppCurrPhyMem .................................................................................................. 461
1.4.28.7 capcPayloadAppPeakPhyMem .................................................................................................. 462
1.4.28.8 capcPayloadAppAvgPhyMem................................................................................................... 462
1.4.28.9 capcPayloadAppCurrCpalBuffMem.......................................................................................... 462
1.4.28.10 capcPayloadAppPeakCpalBuffMem ......................................................................................... 463
1.4.28.11 capcPayloadAppAvgCpalBuffMem .......................................................................................... 463
1.4.29 wmanCapcInternalPlatformMeasurementTable.............................................................. 463
1.4.29.2 capcScNormCurrCpuUsage....................................................................................................... 464
1.4.29.3 capcScNormPeakCpuUsage ...................................................................................................... 464
1.4.29.4 capcScNormAvgCpuUsage ....................................................................................................... 465
1.4.29.5 capcScNormCurrKernalCpu ...................................................................................................... 465
1.4.29.6 capcScNormPeakKernalCpu...................................................................................................... 465
R02.00.01.08 Page 33 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.29.7 capcScNormAvgKernalCpu ...................................................................................................... 466

1.4.29.8 capcScTotalPhyMem................................................................................................................. 466
1.4.29.9 capcScTotalUsedPhyMem......................................................................................................... 466
1.4.29.10 capcScTotalNonUtilPhyMem .................................................................................................... 467
1.4.29.11 capcScTotalUtilSwapSpace ....................................................................................................... 467
1.4.29.12 capcScTotalFreeSwapSpace ...................................................................................................... 467
1.4.29.13 capcScTotalUsedPhyMemNonCapc.......................................................................................... 468
1.4.30 wmanCapcInternalPlatformAppMeasurementTable ....................................................... 468
1.4.30.2 capcAppIndex............................................................................................................................ 469
1.4.30.3 capcScAppNormCurrCpuUsage ................................................................................................ 469
1.4.30.4 capcScAppNormPeakCpuUsage................................................................................................ 469
1.4.30.5 capcScAppNormAvgCpuUsage................................................................................................. 470
1.4.30.6 capcScAppCurrPhyMem ........................................................................................................... 470
1.4.30.7 capcScAppPeakPhyMem........................................................................................................... 470
1.4.30.8 capcScAppAvgPhyMem............................................................................................................ 470
1.4.30.9 capcScAppCurrCpalBuffMem................................................................................................... 471
1.4.30.10 capcScAppPeakCpalBuffMem .................................................................................................. 471
1.4.30.11 capcScAppAvgCpalBuffMem ................................................................................................... 471
1.4.31 wmanCapcInternalLmPayloadMeasurementTable.......................................................... 472
1.4.31.2 capcLmMsgSentAllAp .............................................................................................................. 472
1.4.31.3 capcLmMsgRecAllAp ............................................................................................................... 473
1.4.32 wmanCapcInternalAuthMeasurementTable .................................................................... 473
1.4.32.1 capcGenericEvent4 .................................................................................................................... 473
1.4.32.2 capcUserLogins ......................................................................................................................... 474
1.4.33 wmanCapcInternalAuthPayloadMeasurementTable....................................................... 474
1.4.33.2 capcInvalidMSecInitAuthMsgRec............................................................................................. 474
1.4.33.3 capcInvalidMSecEapRspMsgRec.............................................................................................. 475
1.4.33.4 capcInvalidAAARspAuth .......................................................................................................... 475
1.4.33.5 capcRadiusAccessAcceptMsgRec ............................................................................................. 475
1.4.33.6 capcRadiusAccessChallengeMsgRec ........................................................................................ 476
1.4.33.7 capcRadiusAccessRejMsgRec................................................................................................... 476
1.4.33.8 capcAAARspInvalidEAPAuthFields......................................................................................... 476
1.4.33.9 capcOutstandAuthContexts ....................................................................................................... 477
1.4.33.10 capcNewedAuthContexts........................................................................................................... 477
1.4.33.11 capcEAPRspTimerExp .............................................................................................................. 477
1.4.33.12 capcAAARspTimerExp ............................................................................................................. 478
1.4.33.13 capcAuthUpdateCfg .................................................................................................................. 478
1.4.33.14 capcMsgRecStandby.................................................................................................................. 478
1.4.33.15 capcOutstandAccReq................................................................................................................. 479
1.4.33.16 capcDBWriteFailMem............................................................................................................... 479
1.4.33.17 capcDBWriteFailConn............................................................................................................... 479
1.4.33.18 capcDBWriteFailOther .............................................................................................................. 479
1.4.33.19 capcAPMsgRecNoAuthContext ................................................................................................ 480
1.4.33.20 capcAAAMsgRecNoAuthContext............................................................................................. 480
1.4.33.21 capcAuthRecMsgNotExpInCurrentState ................................................................................... 480
1.4.33.22 capcAuthStateChg ..................................................................................................................... 481
1.4.33.26 capcGenericEventCurrNum....................................................................................................... 482
1.4.33.27 capcRadiusAccReqAPProxied................................................................................................... 482
1.4.33.28 capcRadiusAuthAttemptForPrimaryAaa ................................................................................... 483
1.4.33.29 capcRadiusAuthAttemptForSecondaryAaa ............................................................................... 483
1.4.33.30 capcRadiusAuthReAttemptForPrimaryAaa............................................................................... 483
1.4.33.31 capcRadiusAuthReAttemptForSecondaryAaa ........................................................................... 484
1.4.33.32 capcRadiusAccAcceptForPrimaryAaa....................................................................................... 484
1.4.33.33 capcRadiusAccAcceptForSecondaryAaa................................................................................... 484
R02.00.01.08 Page 34 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.33.34 capcRadiusAccRejectForPrimaryAaa........................................................................................ 484

1.4.33.35 capcRadiusAccRejectForSecondaryAaa.................................................................................... 485
1.4.33.36 capcRadiusInitialAccAcceptForPrimaryAaa ............................................................................. 485
1.4.33.37 capcRadiusInitialAccAcceptForSecondaryAaa ......................................................................... 485
1.4.33.38 capcRadiusAccRequestRetransmittedForPrimaryAaa............................................................... 486
1.4.33.39 capcRadiusAccRequestRetransmittedForSecondaryAaa........................................................... 486
1.4.33.40 capcRadiusMsgSentToPrimaryAaa ........................................................................................... 486
1.4.33.41 capcRadiusMsgSentToSecondaryAaa ....................................................................................... 487
1.4.33.42 capcRadiusMsgReceivedFromPrimaryAaa ............................................................................... 487
1.4.33.43 capcRadiusMsgReceivedFromSecondaryAaa ........................................................................... 487
1.4.33.44 capcInitialAccAcceptForFixed .................................................................................................. 488
1.4.33.45 capcMobileSSInitNtwrkEntry ................................................................................................... 488
1.4.33.46 capcAvgNumOfMobileSSs........................................................................................................ 488
1.4.33.47 capcMobileSSMax..................................................................................................................... 489
1.4.33.48 capcFixedSSMax ....................................................................................................................... 489
1.4.33.49 capcAvgNumOfFixedSSs .......................................................................................................... 489
1.4.34 wmanCapcIpSecPolicyTable............................................................................................. 490
1.4.34.3 wmanCapcIpSecApplicationStatus............................................................................................ 491
1.4.35 wmanCapcMobilityConfig................................................................................................. 491
1.4.35.1 wmanCapcLeaseXfrTimer......................................................................................................... 491
1.4.35.2 wmanCapcCntxtXfrTimer ......................................................................................................... 492
1.4.35.3 wmanCapcCntxtLifeTimer ........................................................................................................ 492
1.4.35.4 wmanCapcLocUpdateConfirmTimer......................................................................................... 493
1.4.35.5 wmanCapcHoInitTimer ............................................................................................................. 493
1.4.35.6 wmanCapcBearerFrwrdIntervalTimer ....................................................................................... 493
1.4.35.7 wmanCapcLeaseDurationTimer ................................................................................................ 494
1.4.35.8 wmanCapcLeaseRevokeRspTimer ............................................................................................ 494
1.4.36 wmanCapcInternalMeasurement...................................................................................... 495
1.4.36.1 capcPs1AvgPowerCurrent ......................................................................................................... 495
1.4.36.2 capcPs1AvgPowerVoltage......................................................................................................... 495
1.4.36.3 capcPs1PeakPowerCurrent ........................................................................................................ 496
1.4.36.4 capcPs1PeakPowerVoltage........................................................................................................ 496
1.4.36.5 capcPs1CurrPowerCurrent......................................................................................................... 496
1.4.36.6 capcPs1CurrPowerVoltage ........................................................................................................ 497
1.4.36.7 capcPs2AvgPowerCurrent ......................................................................................................... 497
1.4.36.8 capcPs2AvgPowerVoltage......................................................................................................... 497
1.4.36.9 capcPs2PeakPowerCurrent ........................................................................................................ 497
1.4.36.10 capcPs2PeakPowerVoltage........................................................................................................ 498
1.4.36.11 capcPs2CurrPowerCurrent......................................................................................................... 498
1.4.36.12 capcPs2CurrPowerVoltage ........................................................................................................ 498
1.4.37 wmanCapcModuleConfigTable ........................................................................................ 499
1.4.37.3 wmanCapcSystemLogFileSize .................................................................................................. 500
1.4.38 wmanCapcInternalMobPayloadMeasurementTable........................................................ 500
1.4.38.2 capcTotalLLCUpdatesSent........................................................................................................ 501
1.4.38.3 capcTotalApPowerDowns ......................................................................................................... 501
1.4.38.4 capcTotalInitSessionsNoResp.................................................................................................... 502
1.4.38.5 capcTotalIdleModeInterPgGrpLU ............................................................................................. 502
1.4.38.6 capcTotalIdleLUWithoutPgGrpChanges ................................................................................... 502
1.4.38.7 capcAvgIdleBufferUtil .............................................................................................................. 503
1.4.38.8 capcPeakIdleBufferUtil ............................................................................................................. 503
1.4.38.9 capcCurrentIdleBufferUtil ......................................................................................................... 503
1.5 NAME: CPECONFIGURATION ...................................................................................................... 504
1.5.1 wmanIfSsConfigurationTable........................................................................................... 504
1.5.1.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 504
1.5.1.2 wmanIfSsLostDLMapInterval........................................................................................................ 504
R02.00.01.08 Page 35 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.1.3 wmanIfSsLostULMapInterval........................................................................................................ 505

1.5.1.4 wmanIfSsContentionRangRetries .................................................................................................. 505
1.5.1.5 wmanIfSsRequestRetries ............................................................................................................... 505
1.5.1.6 wmanIfSsRegRequestRetries ......................................................................................................... 506
1.5.1.7 wmanIfSsT1Timeout...................................................................................................................... 506
1.5.1.10 wmanIfSsT4Timeout ................................................................................................................. 507
1.5.1.12 wmanIfSsT12Timeout ............................................................................................................... 508
1.5.1.17 wmanIfSsSBCRequestRetries.................................................................................................... 510
1.5.2 wmanIfSsChannelMeasurementTable ............................................................................. 510
1.5.2.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 510
1.5.2.2 wmanIfSsHistogramIndex.............................................................................................................. 511
1.5.2.3 wmanIfSsChannelNumber ............................................................................................................. 511
1.5.2.4 wmanIfSsStartFrame...................................................................................................................... 511
1.5.2.5 wmanIfSsDuration ......................................................................................................................... 511
1.5.2.6 wmanIfSsBasicReport.................................................................................................................... 512
1.5.2.7 wmanIfSsMeanCinrReport............................................................................................................. 512
1.5.2.8 wmanIfSsStdDeviationCinrReport................................................................................................. 513
1.5.2.9 wmanIfSsMeanRssiReport............................................................................................................. 513
1.5.2.10 wmanIfSsStdDeviationRssiReport............................................................................................. 513
1.5.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthTable .................................................................................................. 514
1.5.3.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 514
1.5.3.2 wmanIfSsPkmAuthState ................................................................................................................ 514
1.5.3.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthKeySequenceNumber...................................................................................... 515
1.5.3.4 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresOld ...................................................................................................... 515
1.5.3.5 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresNew..................................................................................................... 515
1.5.3.6 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReset ............................................................................................................... 516
1.5.3.7 wmanIfSsPkmAuthentInfos ........................................................................................................... 516
1.5.3.8 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRequests .......................................................................................................... 516
1.5.3.9 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReplies ............................................................................................................ 517
1.5.3.10 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejects ........................................................................................................ 517
1.5.3.11 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalids ....................................................................................................... 517
1.5.3.12 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorCode ......................................................................................... 518
1.5.3.13 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorString........................................................................................ 518
1.5.3.14 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorCode ........................................................................................ 518
1.5.3.15 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorString....................................................................................... 519
1.5.3.16 wmanIfSsPkmAuthGraceTime .................................................................................................. 519
1.5.3.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekGraceTime.................................................................................................... 520
1.5.3.18 wmanIfSsPkmAuthWaitTimeout............................................................................................... 520
1.5.3.19 wmanIfSsPkmReauthWaitTimeout ........................................................................................... 520
1.5.3.20 wmanIfSsPkmOpWaitTimeout.................................................................................................. 521
1.5.3.21 wmanIfSsPkmRekeyWaitTimeout............................................................................................. 521
1.5.3.22 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectWaitTimeout..................................................................................... 522
1.5.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekTable .................................................................................................... 522
1.5.4.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 522
1.5.4.2 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAId.................................................................................................................. 523
1.5.4.3 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAType............................................................................................................. 523
1.5.4.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataEncryptAlg ................................................................................................ 523
1.5.4.5 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataAuthentAlg................................................................................................ 524
1.5.4.6 wmanIfSsPkmTekEncryptAlg ....................................................................................................... 524
1.5.4.7 wmanIfSsPkmTekState .................................................................................................................. 524
1.5.4.8 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeySequenceNumber ....................................................................................... 525
1.5.4.9 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresOld ........................................................................................................ 525
1.5.4.10 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresNew .................................................................................................. 525
1.5.4.11 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRequests................................................................................................. 526
R02.00.01.08 Page 36 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.4.12 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyReplies ................................................................................................... 526

1.5.4.13 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejects ................................................................................................... 526
1.5.4.14 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalids......................................................................................................... 527
1.5.4.15 wmanIfSsPkmTekAuthPends .................................................................................................... 527
1.5.4.16 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorCode .................................................................................... 527
1.5.4.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorString................................................................................... 528
1.5.4.18 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorCode.......................................................................................... 528
1.5.4.19 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorString ........................................................................................ 529
1.5.5 wmanIfSsDeviceCertTable ................................................................................................ 529
1.5.5.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 529
1.5.5.2 wmanIfSsDeviceCert ..................................................................................................................... 530
1.5.5.3 wmanIfSsDeviceManufCert........................................................................................................... 530
1.5.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkChannelTable ............................................................................. 530
1.5.6.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 530
1.5.6.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaCtBasedResvTimeout.......................................................................................... 531
1.5.6.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq................................................................................................ 531
1.5.6.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngCodes ...................................................................................................... 531
1.5.6.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes............................................................................................... 532
1.5.6.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaBWReqCodes...................................................................................................... 532
1.5.6.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart ............................................................................................ 533
1.5.6.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd ............................................................................................. 533
1.5.6.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes ................................................................................................ 533
1.5.6.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaPermutationBase ............................................................................................. 534
1.5.6.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaBinStatRepMAXPeriod .................................................................................. 534
1.5.6.12 wmanIfSsOfdmaSafetyChaRetryTimer ..................................................................................... 534
1.5.6.13 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst ............................................................................. 535
1.5.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkChannelTable......................................................................... 535
1.5.7.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 535
1.5.7.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsEIRP................................................................................................................ 536
1.5.7.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaTTG..................................................................................................................... 536
1.5.7.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaRTG..................................................................................................................... 536
1.5.7.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS .................................................................................................. 537
1.5.7.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq........................................................................................... 537
1.5.7.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsId ..................................................................................................................... 537
1.5.7.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaMacVersion......................................................................................................... 538
1.5.7.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaFrameDurationCode ............................................................................................ 538
1.5.7.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaSizeCqichIdField ............................................................................................ 538
1.5.7.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst .................................................................................. 539
1.5.8 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleTable....................................................................................... 539
1.5.8.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 540
1.5.8.2 wmanIfCmnCpsSfId ...................................................................................................................... 540
1.5.8.3 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIndex.................................................................................................... 540
1.5.8.4 wmanIfCmnClassifierRulePriority................................................................................................. 541
1.5.8.5 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosLow ............................................................................................ 541
1.5.8.6 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosHigh............................................................................................ 541
1.5.8.7 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosMask........................................................................................... 542
1.5.8.8 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpProtocol ............................................................................................ 542
1.5.8.9 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr ...................................................................................... 542
1.5.8.10 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask ................................................................................. 543
1.5.8.11 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestAddr...................................................................................... 543
1.5.8.12 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestMask ..................................................................................... 544
1.5.8.13 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortStart ............................................................................... 544
1.5.8.14 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd ................................................................................ 544
1.5.8.15 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortStart ................................................................................... 545
1.5.8.16 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortEnd .................................................................................... 545
1.5.9 wmanIfCmnPhsRuleTable ................................................................................................ 545
1.5.9.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 546
1.5.9.3 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsIndex........................................................................................................ 547
1.5.9.4 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsField ........................................................................................................ 547
R02.00.01.08 Page 37 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.9.5 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsMask........................................................................................................ 547

1.5.9.6 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsSize.......................................................................................................... 548
1.5.9.7 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsVerify ...................................................................................................... 548
1.5.10 wmanIfCmnCpsServiceFlowTable ................................................................................... 549
1.5.10.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 549
1.5.10.2 wmanIfCmnCpsSfMacAddress ................................................................................................. 549
1.5.10.3 wmanIfCmnCpsSfId .................................................................................................................. 550
1.5.10.4 wmanIfCmnCpsSfCid................................................................................................................ 550
1.5.10.5 wmanIfCmnCpsSfDirection ...................................................................................................... 550
1.5.10.6 wmanIfCmnCpsSfState ............................................................................................................. 551
1.5.10.7 wmanIfCmnCpsTrafficPriority.................................................................................................. 551
1.5.10.8 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxSustainedRate ........................................................................................... 551
1.5.10.9 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxTrafficBurst .............................................................................................. 552
1.5.10.10 wmanIfCmnCpsMinReservedRate ............................................................................................ 552
1.5.10.11 wmanIfCmnCpsToleratedJitter.................................................................................................. 552
1.5.10.12 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxLatency..................................................................................................... 553
1.5.10.13 wmanIfCmnCpsFixedVsVariableSduInd................................................................................... 553
1.5.10.14 wmanIfCmnCpsSduSize ............................................................................................................ 554
1.5.10.15 wmanIfCmnCpsSfSchedulingType ........................................................................................... 554
1.5.10.16 wmanIfCmnCpsArqEnable........................................................................................................ 554
1.5.10.17 wmanIfCmnCpsArqWindowSize .............................................................................................. 555
1.5.10.18 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockLifetime............................................................................................ 555
1.5.10.19 wmanIfCmnCpsArqSyncLossTimeout ...................................................................................... 555
1.5.10.20 wmanIfCmnCpsArqDeliverInOrder .......................................................................................... 556
1.5.10.21 wmanIfCmnCpsArqRxPurgeTimeout........................................................................................ 556
1.5.10.22 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockSize................................................................................................... 557
1.5.10.23 wmanIfCmnCpsMinRsvdTolerableRate.................................................................................... 557
1.5.10.24 wmanIfCmnCpsReqTxPolicy .................................................................................................... 557
1.5.10.25 wmanIfCmnSfCsSpecification .................................................................................................. 558
1.5.10.26 wmanIfCmnCpsTargetSaid........................................................................................................ 558
1.5.11 wmanDevSsConfigFileEncodingTable............................................................................. 558
1.5.11.1 wmanDevSsDeviceIndex........................................................................................................... 559
1.5.11.2 wmanDevSsVendorId................................................................................................................ 559
1.5.11.3 wmanDevSsHwId ...................................................................................................................... 559
1.5.11.4 wmanDevSsSwVersion.............................................................................................................. 560
1.5.14 ifTable ................................................................................................................................ 563
1.5.14.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 563
1.5.14.2 ifPhysAddress............................................................................................................................ 564
1.5.15 wmanMssFreqConfigTable............................................................................................... 565
1.5.15.1 wmanMssFreqConfigIndex........................................................................................................ 565
1.5.15.2 wmanMssFreqConfigBand ........................................................................................................ 566
1.5.15.3 wmanMssFreqConfigChannelBw.............................................................................................. 566
1.5.15.4 wmanMssFreqConfigRowStatus ............................................................................................... 566
1.5.16 wmanMssSpFreqTable ...................................................................................................... 567
1.5.16.1 wmanMssSpFreqIndex .............................................................................................................. 567
1.5.16.2 wmanMssSpFrequency .............................................................................................................. 567
1.5.16.3 wmanMssSpFreqRowStatus ...................................................................................................... 568
1.5.17 wmanMssNapNspTable..................................................................................................... 568
1.5.17.1 wmanMssNapNspIndex............................................................................................................. 568
1.5.17.2 wmanMssNap ............................................................................................................................ 568
1.5.17.3 wmanMssNspId ......................................................................................................................... 569
1.5.17.4 wmanMssNspRealm .................................................................................................................. 569
R02.00.01.08 Page 38 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.17.5 wmanMssNapNspRowStatus..................................................................................................... 570

1.5.18 wmanMssInfo .................................................................................................................... 570
1.5.18.1 wmanMssInfoNai ...................................................................................................................... 570
1.5.18.2 wmanMssInfoModelNum .......................................................................................................... 570
1.5.18.3 wmanMssInfoManufacturer....................................................................................................... 571
1.5.18.4 wmanMssInfoSerialNum ........................................................................................................... 571
1.5.18.5 wmanMssInfoHwRev ................................................................................................................ 571
1.5.18.6 wmanMssInfoSwVersion........................................................................................................... 572
1.5.18.7 wmanMssInfoConfigVerNum ................................................................................................... 572
1.5.18.8 wmanMssInfoMacAddress ........................................................................................................ 572
1.5.18.9 wmanMssInfoDomainName ...................................................................................................... 573
1.5.18.10 wmanMssInfoUserName ........................................................................................................... 573
1.5.18.11 wmanMssInfoVendorId ............................................................................................................. 573
1.5.18.12 wmanMssSnmpV3KeyLifetime................................................................................................. 574
1.5.18.13 wmanMssInfoBootVersion ........................................................................................................ 574
1.5.19 wmanMssStatistics............................................................................................................. 574
1.5.19.1 wmanMssRssiDnlink ................................................................................................................. 575
1.5.19.2 wmanMssHarqRetrySnd............................................................................................................ 575
1.5.19.3 wmanMssHarqRetryRcv............................................................................................................ 575
1.5.19.4 wmanMssHarqRetryExceeded................................................................................................... 576
1.5.19.5 wmanMssArqRetrySnd.............................................................................................................. 576
1.5.19.6 wmanMssArqRetryRcv ............................................................................................................. 576
1.5.19.7 wmanMssArqRetryExceeded .................................................................................................... 577
1.5.19.8 wmanMssPduSndQpsk12 .......................................................................................................... 577
1.5.19.10 wmanMssPduSnd16Qam12 ....................................................................................................... 578
1.5.19.12 wmanMssPduRcvQpsk12 .......................................................................................................... 579
1.5.19.14 wmanMssPduRcv16Qam12....................................................................................................... 579
1.5.19.20 wmanMssInitRangingFail.......................................................................................................... 581
1.5.19.21 wmanMssPeriodicRangingFail .................................................................................................. 582
1.5.19.22 wmanMssBandwidthRangingFail.............................................................................................. 582
1.5.20 wmanCpeRemoteLoginAccess........................................................................................... 582
1.5.20.1 wmanCpeRemoteLoginEnabled ................................................................................................ 583
1.5.20.2 wmanCpeRemoteLoginPassword .............................................................................................. 583
1.5.20.3 wmanCpeRemoteLoginIPAddr.................................................................................................. 583
1.5.20.4 wmanCpeRemoteLoginNetmask ............................................................................................... 584
1.5.20.5 wmanCpeRemoteLoginPortNum............................................................................................... 584
1.6 NAME: HPVMCONFIGURATION .................................................................................................. 585
1.6.1 wmanIfSsConfigurationTable........................................................................................... 585
1.6.1.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 585
1.6.1.2 wmanIfSsLostDLMapInterval........................................................................................................ 585
1.6.1.3 wmanIfSsLostULMapInterval........................................................................................................ 586
1.6.1.4 wmanIfSsContentionRangRetries .................................................................................................. 586
1.6.1.5 wmanIfSsRequestRetries ............................................................................................................... 586
1.6.1.6 wmanIfSsRegRequestRetries ......................................................................................................... 587
R02.00.01.08 Page 39 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.6.1.17 wmanIfSsSBCRequestRetries.................................................................................................... 590
1.6.2 wmanIfSsChannelMeasurementTable ............................................................................. 591
1.6.2.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 591
1.6.2.2 wmanIfSsHistogramIndex.............................................................................................................. 591
1.6.2.3 wmanIfSsChannelNumber ............................................................................................................. 592
1.6.2.4 wmanIfSsStartFrame...................................................................................................................... 592
1.6.2.5 wmanIfSsDuration ......................................................................................................................... 592
1.6.2.6 wmanIfSsBasicReport.................................................................................................................... 593
1.6.2.7 wmanIfSsMeanCinrReport............................................................................................................. 593
1.6.2.8 wmanIfSsStdDeviationCinrReport................................................................................................. 593
1.6.2.9 wmanIfSsMeanRssiReport............................................................................................................. 594
1.6.2.10 wmanIfSsStdDeviationRssiReport............................................................................................. 594
1.6.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthTable .................................................................................................. 594
1.6.3.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 595
1.6.3.2 wmanIfSsPkmAuthState ................................................................................................................ 595
1.6.3.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthKeySequenceNumber...................................................................................... 595
1.6.3.4 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresOld ...................................................................................................... 596
1.6.3.5 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresNew..................................................................................................... 596
1.6.3.6 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReset ............................................................................................................... 597
1.6.3.7 wmanIfSsPkmAuthentInfos ........................................................................................................... 597
1.6.3.8 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRequests .......................................................................................................... 597
1.6.3.9 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReplies ............................................................................................................ 598
1.6.3.10 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejects ........................................................................................................ 598
1.6.3.11 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalids ....................................................................................................... 598
1.6.3.12 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorCode ......................................................................................... 598
1.6.3.13 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorString........................................................................................ 599
1.6.3.14 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorCode ........................................................................................ 599
1.6.3.15 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorString....................................................................................... 600
1.6.3.16 wmanIfSsPkmAuthGraceTime .................................................................................................. 600
1.6.3.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekGraceTime.................................................................................................... 601
1.6.3.18 wmanIfSsPkmAuthWaitTimeout............................................................................................... 601
1.6.3.19 wmanIfSsPkmReauthWaitTimeout ........................................................................................... 601
1.6.3.20 wmanIfSsPkmOpWaitTimeout.................................................................................................. 602
1.6.3.21 wmanIfSsPkmRekeyWaitTimeout............................................................................................. 602
1.6.3.22 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectWaitTimeout..................................................................................... 602
1.6.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekTable .................................................................................................... 603
1.6.4.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 603
1.6.4.2 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAId.................................................................................................................. 604
1.6.4.3 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAType............................................................................................................. 604
1.6.4.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataEncryptAlg ................................................................................................ 604
1.6.4.5 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataAuthentAlg................................................................................................ 605
1.6.4.6 wmanIfSsPkmTekEncryptAlg ....................................................................................................... 605
1.6.4.7 wmanIfSsPkmTekState .................................................................................................................. 605
1.6.4.8 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeySequenceNumber ....................................................................................... 606
1.6.4.9 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresOld ........................................................................................................ 606
1.6.4.10 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresNew .................................................................................................. 606
1.6.4.11 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRequests................................................................................................. 607
1.6.4.12 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyReplies ................................................................................................... 607
1.6.4.13 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejects ................................................................................................... 607
1.6.4.14 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalids......................................................................................................... 608
1.6.4.15 wmanIfSsPkmTekAuthPends .................................................................................................... 608
1.6.4.16 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorCode .................................................................................... 608
1.6.4.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorString................................................................................... 609
1.6.4.18 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorCode.......................................................................................... 609
1.6.4.19 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorString ........................................................................................ 609
1.6.5 wmanIfSsDeviceCertTable ................................................................................................ 610
1.6.5.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 610
1.6.5.2 wmanIfSsDeviceCert ..................................................................................................................... 610
R02.00.01.08 Page 40 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.5.3 wmanIfSsDeviceManufCert........................................................................................................... 611

1.6.6 wmanIfSsNotificationObjectsTable .................................................................................. 611
1.6.6.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 611
1.6.6.2 wmanIfSsMacAddress ................................................................................................................... 612
1.6.6.3 wmanIfSsUnknownTlv .................................................................................................................. 612
1.6.6.4 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceType..................................................................................................... 612
1.6.6.5 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceFailReason ........................................................................................... 613
1.6.6.6 wmanIfSsRssiStatus....................................................................................................................... 613
1.6.6.7 wmanIfSsRssiStatusInfo ................................................................................................................ 613
1.6.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkChannelTable ............................................................................. 614
1.6.7.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 614
1.6.7.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaCtBasedResvTimeout.......................................................................................... 614
1.6.7.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq................................................................................................ 615
1.6.7.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngCodes ...................................................................................................... 615
1.6.7.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes............................................................................................... 615
1.6.7.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaBWReqCodes...................................................................................................... 616
1.6.7.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart ............................................................................................ 616
1.6.7.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd ............................................................................................. 616
1.6.7.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes ................................................................................................ 617
1.6.7.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaPermutationBase ............................................................................................. 617
1.6.7.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaBinStatRepMAXPeriod .................................................................................. 618
1.6.7.12 wmanIfSsOfdmaSafetyChaRetryTimer ..................................................................................... 618
1.6.7.13 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst ............................................................................. 618
1.6.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkChannelTable......................................................................... 619
1.6.8.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 619
1.6.8.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsEIRP................................................................................................................ 619
1.6.8.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaTTG..................................................................................................................... 620
1.6.8.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaRTG..................................................................................................................... 620
1.6.8.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS .................................................................................................. 620
1.6.8.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq........................................................................................... 621
1.6.8.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsId ..................................................................................................................... 621
1.6.8.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaMacVersion......................................................................................................... 621
1.6.8.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaFrameDurationCode ............................................................................................ 621
1.6.8.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaSizeCqichIdField ............................................................................................ 622
1.6.8.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst .................................................................................. 623
1.6.9 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleTable....................................................................................... 623
1.6.9.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 623
1.6.9.3 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIndex.................................................................................................... 624
1.6.9.4 wmanIfCmnClassifierRulePriority................................................................................................. 624
1.6.9.5 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosLow ............................................................................................ 625
1.6.9.6 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosHigh............................................................................................ 625
1.6.9.7 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosMask........................................................................................... 625
1.6.9.8 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpProtocol ............................................................................................ 626
1.6.9.9 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr ...................................................................................... 626
1.6.9.10 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask ................................................................................. 626
1.6.9.11 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestAddr...................................................................................... 627
1.6.9.12 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestMask ..................................................................................... 627
1.6.9.13 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortStart ............................................................................... 628
1.6.9.14 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd ................................................................................ 628
1.6.9.15 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortStart ................................................................................... 628
1.6.9.16 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortEnd .................................................................................... 629
1.6.10 wmanIfCmnPhsRuleTable ................................................................................................ 629
1.6.10.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 629
1.6.10.3 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsIndex ................................................................................................... 630
1.6.10.4 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsField .................................................................................................... 631
1.6.10.5 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsMask ................................................................................................... 631
1.6.10.6 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsSize ..................................................................................................... 632
1.6.10.7 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsVerify.................................................................................................. 632
R02.00.01.08 Page 41 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.11 wmanIfCmnCpsServiceFlowTable ................................................................................... 632

1.6.11.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 633
1.6.11.2 wmanIfCmnCpsSfMacAddress ................................................................................................. 633
1.6.11.4 wmanIfCmnCpsSfCid................................................................................................................ 634
1.6.11.5 wmanIfCmnCpsSfDirection ...................................................................................................... 634
1.6.11.6 wmanIfCmnCpsSfState ............................................................................................................. 634
1.6.11.7 wmanIfCmnCpsTrafficPriority.................................................................................................. 635
1.6.11.8 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxSustainedRate ........................................................................................... 635
1.6.11.9 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxTrafficBurst .............................................................................................. 635
1.6.11.10 wmanIfCmnCpsMinReservedRate ............................................................................................ 636
1.6.11.11 wmanIfCmnCpsToleratedJitter.................................................................................................. 636
1.6.11.12 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxLatency..................................................................................................... 636
1.6.11.13 wmanIfCmnCpsFixedVsVariableSduInd................................................................................... 637
1.6.11.14 wmanIfCmnCpsSduSize ............................................................................................................ 637
1.6.11.15 wmanIfCmnCpsSfSchedulingType ........................................................................................... 638
1.6.11.16 wmanIfCmnCpsArqEnable........................................................................................................ 638
1.6.11.17 wmanIfCmnCpsArqWindowSize .............................................................................................. 638
1.6.11.18 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockLifetime............................................................................................ 639
1.6.11.19 wmanIfCmnCpsArqSyncLossTimeout ...................................................................................... 639
1.6.11.20 wmanIfCmnCpsArqDeliverInOrder .......................................................................................... 639
1.6.11.21 wmanIfCmnCpsArqRxPurgeTimeout........................................................................................ 640
1.6.11.22 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockSize................................................................................................... 640
1.6.11.23 wmanIfCmnCpsMinRsvdTolerableRate.................................................................................... 640
1.6.11.24 wmanIfCmnCpsReqTxPolicy .................................................................................................... 641
1.6.11.25 wmanIfCmnSfCsSpecification .................................................................................................. 641
1.6.11.26 wmanIfCmnCpsTargetSaid........................................................................................................ 642
1.6.12 wmanDevSsConfigFileEncodingTable............................................................................. 642
1.6.12.1 wmanDevSsDeviceIndex........................................................................................................... 642
1.6.12.2 wmanDevSsVendorId................................................................................................................ 643
1.6.12.3 wmanDevSsHwId ...................................................................................................................... 643
1.6.12.4 wmanDevSsSwVersion.............................................................................................................. 643
1.6.15 ifTable ................................................................................................................................ 646
1.6.15.1 ifIndex........................................................................................................................................ 647
1.6.15.2 ifPhysAddress............................................................................................................................ 647
1.6.16.1 radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses .................................................................................. 649
1.6.16.2 radiusAuthClientIdentifier ......................................................................................................... 649
1.6.17.2 radiusAuthClientRoundTripTime .............................................................................................. 650
1.6.17.3 radiusAuthClientAccessRequests .............................................................................................. 650
1.6.17.4 radiusAuthClientAccessRetransmissions................................................................................... 651
1.6.17.5 radiusAuthClientAccessAccepts................................................................................................ 651
1.6.17.6 radiusAuthClientAccessRejects................................................................................................. 652
1.6.17.7 radiusAuthClientAccessChallenges ........................................................................................... 652
1.6.17.8 radiusAuthClientMalformedAccessResponses .......................................................................... 652
1.6.17.9 radiusAuthClientBadAuthenticators .......................................................................................... 653
1.6.17.10 radiusAuthClientPendingRequests............................................................................................. 653
1.6.17.11 radiusAuthClientTimeouts......................................................................................................... 653
1.6.17.12 radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes .............................................................................................. 654
1.6.17.13 radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped.............................................................................................. 654
R02.00.01.08 Page 42 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.18 wmanMssFreqConfigTable............................................................................................... 654

1.6.18.1 wmanMssFreqConfigIndex........................................................................................................ 655
1.6.18.2 wmanMssFreqConfigBand ........................................................................................................ 655
1.6.18.3 wmanMssFreqConfigChannelBw.............................................................................................. 655
1.6.18.4 wmanMssFreqConfigRowStatus ............................................................................................... 656
1.6.19 wmanMssSpFreqTable ...................................................................................................... 656
1.6.19.1 wmanMssSpFreqIndex .............................................................................................................. 656
1.6.19.2 wmanMssSpFrequency .............................................................................................................. 656
1.6.19.3 wmanMssSpFreqRowStatus ...................................................................................................... 657
1.6.20 wmanMssNapNspTable..................................................................................................... 657
1.6.20.1 wmanMssNapNspIndex............................................................................................................. 658
1.6.20.2 wmanMssNap ............................................................................................................................ 658
1.6.20.3 wmanMssNspId ......................................................................................................................... 658
1.6.20.4 wmanMssNspRealm .................................................................................................................. 659
1.6.20.5 wmanMssNapNspRowStatus..................................................................................................... 659
1.6.21 wmanMssInfo .................................................................................................................... 659
1.6.21.1 wmanMssInfoNai ...................................................................................................................... 660
1.6.21.2 wmanMssInfoModelNum .......................................................................................................... 660
1.6.21.3 wmanMssInfoSerialNum ........................................................................................................... 660
1.6.21.4 wmanMssInfoHwRev ................................................................................................................ 661
1.6.21.5 wmanMssInfoSwVersion........................................................................................................... 661
1.6.21.6 wmanMssInfoConfigVerNum ................................................................................................... 661
1.6.21.7 wmanMssInfoDomainName ...................................................................................................... 661
1.6.21.8 wmanMssInfoUserName ........................................................................................................... 662
1.6.21.9 wmanMssInfoVendorId ............................................................................................................. 662
1.6.21.10 wmanMssSnmpV3KeyLifetime................................................................................................. 662
1.6.22.1 wmanMssRssiDnlink ................................................................................................................. 663
1.6.22.2 wmanMssHarqRetrySnd............................................................................................................ 663
1.6.22.3 wmanMssHarqRetryRcv............................................................................................................ 664
1.6.22.4 wmanMssHarqRetryExceeded................................................................................................... 664
1.6.22.5 wmanMssArqRetrySnd.............................................................................................................. 665
1.6.22.6 wmanMssArqRetryRcv ............................................................................................................. 665
1.6.22.7 wmanMssArqRetryExceeded .................................................................................................... 665
1.6.22.20 wmanMssInitRangingFail.......................................................................................................... 670
1.6.22.21 wmanMssPeriodicRangingFail .................................................................................................. 670
1.6.22.22 wmanMssBandwidthRangingFail.............................................................................................. 671
1.6.22.23 wmanMssHoRangingFail .......................................................................................................... 671
1.7 NAME: MSSCONFIGURATION ...................................................................................................... 671
1.7.1 wmanIfSsNotificationObjectsTable .................................................................................. 671
1.7.1.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 672
1.7.1.2 wmanIfSsMacAddress ................................................................................................................... 672
1.7.1.3 wmanIfSsUnknownTlv .................................................................................................................. 672
1.7.1.4 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceType..................................................................................................... 672
1.7.1.5 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceFailReason ........................................................................................... 673
1.7.1.6 wmanIfSsRssiStatus....................................................................................................................... 673
1.7.1.7 wmanIfSsRssiStatusInfo ................................................................................................................ 673
R02.00.01.08 Page 43 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.7.2.1 wmanPriDeviceType...................................................................................................................... 674

1.7.2.2 wmanPriDeviceManufacturerId ..................................................................................................... 674
1.7.2.3 wmanPriDeviceCarrierId ............................................................................................................... 674
1.7.2.4 wmanPriDeviceHardwareId ........................................................................................................... 675
1.7.2.5 wmanPriDeviceModelNumber....................................................................................................... 675
1.7.3 ifTable ................................................................................................................................ 675
1.7.3.1 ifIndex............................................................................................................................................ 676
1.7.3.2 ifPhysAddress ................................................................................................................................ 676
1.7.4.1 radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses ...................................................................................... 678
1.7.4.2 radiusAuthClientIdentifier ............................................................................................................. 678
1.7.5.1 radiusAuthServerIndex .................................................................................................................. 679
1.7.5.2 radiusAuthServerAddress............................................................................................................... 679
1.7.5.3 radiusAuthClientServerPortNumber .............................................................................................. 680
1.7.5.4 radiusAuthClientRoundTripTime .................................................................................................. 680
1.7.5.5 radiusAuthClientAccessRequests................................................................................................... 680
1.7.5.6 radiusAuthClientAccessRetransmissions ....................................................................................... 681
1.7.5.7 radiusAuthClientAccessAccepts .................................................................................................... 681
1.7.5.8 radiusAuthClientAccessRejects ..................................................................................................... 681
1.7.5.9 radiusAuthClientAccessChallenges ............................................................................................... 682
1.7.5.10 radiusAuthClientMalformedAccessResponses .......................................................................... 682
1.7.5.11 radiusAuthClientBadAuthenticators .......................................................................................... 682
1.7.5.12 radiusAuthClientPendingRequests............................................................................................. 683
1.7.5.13 radiusAuthClientTimeouts......................................................................................................... 683
1.7.5.14 radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes .............................................................................................. 683
1.7.5.15 radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped.............................................................................................. 684
1.7.6.1 wmanMssHoRangingFail............................................................................................................... 684
1.8 APPENDIX: TEXTUAL CONVENTION DEFINITION ......................................................................... 684
R02.00.01.08 Page 44 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Table of Figures
FIGURE 1: MAIN ............................................................................................................................................ 48
R02.00.01.08 Page 45 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.1 Rules
1.1.1 Information Model Rules

The following system rules and topology limitations will be validated by the EMS. The EMS will ensure
that an NE configuration is not in violation of a business rule. In addition, the topology rules are used to
certify EMS performance is satisfactory on the maximum supported topology.
ISSUE 35: Need to determine topology limits. Please provide input in this area...
1.1.1.1 System Topology

1 A Portal EMS supports 0…500 APs/BTSs.
2 A Portal EMS supports 0…4 CAPCs.
3 A Portal EMS supports up to 100,000 CPEs.
4 The number of CPEs under active management is 0…2,500 CPEs.
1.1.1.2 BTS Topology Rules

1 A BTS supports 1...4 sectors
2 A Sector supports 0...13 neighbors
3 One BTS can support up to 256 (200?) active MSS/CPE (only enforceable for fixed CPEs)
4 All neighbors for a site (BTS) must have unique preambles (wmanIfBsNbrPreamble) when
using the same center freq (wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq).
5 Each Cell referenced in a neighbor list must have unique BSID (wmanIfBsNbrBsId).
6 BTS IP address must be unique.
•IP addresses must use a valid IPv4 class A, B, or C host format, must not be a subnet or
a multicast address, and must not be the machine loop-back address.
•All of an NE’s IP addresses must be unique for that NE.
•NE’s IP Addresses cannot match any other device’s IP address on the customer’s
Carrier Signaling Intranet.
•Net mask addresses must be validated. (Valid netmasks in binary must be 1s followed
by 0s).
•If FQDN (Fully-Qualified Domain Names) are in use, all of an NE’s FQDNs must be
unique for that NE.
•If FQDN (Fully-Qualified Domain Names) are in use, NE’s FQDNs cannot match any
other device’s FQDN on the customer’s Carrier Signaling Intranet.
7 A BTS's IPSec policy must include at least 1 policy entry for each of it's neighboring BTSs.
8 Any sector in one of the BTS's cannot have any sector from another BTS as a neighbor unless at
least 1 IPSec policy entry is applied to the interface between the BTSs.
9 Each BTS must be associated with 1 CAPC (primary CAPC).
10 BS/Sector ID combination must be unique.
• Non-configured Limits (May be required for GUI displays. Optionally displayed for
state management.)
• 2 Site Controllers (Active/Standby)
• 4 Modem Cards (n+1)
• 1 Alarm
• 1 Ethernet
1.1.1.3 MSS Rules

1 (none?)
R02.00.01.08 Page 46 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.1.1.4 Paging Group Association Rules

1. 1 Paging controller (pCAPC/payload card) is associated with 1 or more paging groups
2. Border paging groups can be defined for paging controllers residing in another Management
Domain (EMS)
3. 1 BTS can be associated with 1 to 4 paging groups on any CAPC in the Management Domain
or Border Area
4. Each paging group is associated with 1 paging controller (pCAPC/payload card)
1.1.1.5 CAPC Rules

1 CAPC IP address must be unique.
•IP addresses must use a valid IPv4 class A, B, or C host format, must not be a subnet or
a multicast address, and must not be the machine loop-back address.
•All of an NE’s IP addresses must be unique for that NE.
•NE’s IP Addresses cannot match any other device’s IP address on the customer’s
Carrier Signaling Intranet.
•Net mask addresses must be validated. (Valid netmasks in binary must be 1s followed
by 0s).
•If FQDN (Fully-Qualified Domain Names) are in use, all of an NE’s FQDNs must be
unique for that NE.
•If FQDN (Fully-Qualified Domain Names) are in use, NE’s FQDNs cannot match any
other device’s FQDN on the customer’s Carrier Signaling Intranet.
2
• Non-configured Limits (May be required for GUI displays. Optionally displayed for state
management.)
• 2 System Controllers
• 1 Switching Board
• Maximum of 12 Rear Transition Modules (RTM)
• 2 Shelf Managers (SAM)
• 2 Power Entry Modules (PEM)
• 4 Fan Tray Modules (FTM)
• Maximum of 10 Payload Module(s)
1.1.1.6 HPVM Rules

1 A HPVM supports
1.1.1.7 CPE Topology Rules

1 A CPE supports
1.1.1.8 Connectivity Rules
1.1.1.9 Miscellaneous Rules

1 Any two NEs cannot have the same SNMP engine id.
2 Parameters common to BTS and MSS/CPE must have same/compatible values <this will be
decomposed into specific rules>.
3a At least 1 IPSec policy must be configured for each BTS-CAPC, BTS-BTS and CAPC-CAPC
interface.
3b A policy is optionally configured for CAPC-AAA interfaces.
4 Service classes must be common in one management domain (all CAPCs, BTS's in one
management domain should be configured with the same service classes.).
5 Agent Advertisements Valid IP Range will be specified to restrict Agent Advertisements
(broadcast packets) to those only coming from a specific host address or address range…thereby
filtering out other FAs (WiMAX 2.0).
R02.00.01.08 Page 47 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.2 Overview:
APConfiguration CAPCConfigura CPEConfigurati

tion on
MSSConfigurati HPVMConfigura
on tion
Figure 1: Main
1.3 Name: APConfiguration
1.3.1 wmanIfBsServiceClassTable
Presentation Name: Service Classes

OID: { wmanIfBsPacketCs 3 }
This table contains the list of configured Service Class Entries which are templates containing Service
Class Names, corresponding QoS parameters, and classifiers when appropriate. These Service tables are
downloaded into the BS. The same Service Class Names configured in the NMS must be used in the AAA
for creating user profiles. The NMS is used to configure backhaul resources for use by BRM at the site, as
well as configuring backhaul layer 2 marking to be used for each Service Class Name.
There can be up to 100 service classes configured in this table.
Stereotype: MIBTable
Description from Standards: This table is provisioned and is indexed by
wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex. Each entry of the table contains
corresponding service flow characteristic attributes
(e.g. QoS parameter set).
MAXACCESS: not-accessible
REFERENCE: Subclause 6.3.14.4 in IEEE 802.16-2004
WiMAX Release: WiMAX 1.0
Task Allocation: <must provide task name>
R02.00.01.08 Page 48 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.1.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: InterfaceIndex
InitialValue: 1,2,3,4
Stereotype: VirtualIndex
Description from Standards: A unique value, greater than zero, for each interface. It
is recommended that values are assigned contiguously
starting from 1. The value for each interface sub-layer
must remain constant at least from one re-initialization of
the entity's network management system to the next re-
initialization.
MAXACCESS: read-only
Range from Standards: InterfaceIndex
Presentation Name: Sector
License Required: Not Required
Task Allocation: <must provide task Name>
Octet String Subtype: N/A
AP Impact: online
1.3.1.2 wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The index value which uniquely identifies an entry
in the wmanIfBsServiceClassTable
Range from Standards: INTEGER (1 .. 65535)
Presentation Name: QoS Profile Index
Task Allocation: ap_MNM,ap_CFG,ap_SACM
AP Impact: online
1.3.1.3 wmanIfBsQosServiceClassName
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfServClassName
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: This is the string name that uniquely identifies a service class supported by the
system. The values are entered by the operator. Within a management domain, a service class name
indicates a set of QoS settings that is used across all BTS's in the management domain. Typical service
class names includes Gold, Silver, Bronze and Default.
The value configured here for this service class name is also used by the provisioning system to identify
the QoS level that a user is allowed.
Description from Standards: Refers to the Service Class Name
MAXACCESS: read-create
Range from Standards: WmanIfServClassName
Motorola Range: 2-128 bytes
R02.00.01.08 Page 49 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Category: Configuration
Scope: Management Domain
Presentation Name: QoS Service Class Name
Network Element: BTS
Task Allocation: ap_MNM,ap_CFG
Octet String Subtype: ASCII
AP Impact: re-init-device
1.3.1.4 wmanIfBsQoSTrafficPriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Same as MIB description.
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies the priority
assigned to a service flow. For uplink service flows,
the BS should use this parameter when determining
precedence in request service and grant generation,
and the SS shall preferentially select contention
Request opportunities for Priority Request CIDs
based on this priority. Higher numbers indicate higher
priority
Range from Standards: INTEGER (0..7)
Motorola Range: Integer (0..7)
Presentation Name: QoS Traffic Priority
1.3.1.5 wmanIfBsQoSMaxSustainedRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: bps
Description from Standards: This parameter defines the peak information rate
of the service. The rate is expressed in bits per
second and pertains to the SDUs at the input to
the system.
Range from Standards: Unsigned32
Motorola Range: 1...50,000,000
Presentation Name: QoS Max Sustained Rate (bps)
R02.00.01.08 Page 50 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.1.6 wmanIfBsQoSMinReservedRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: bps
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies the minimum rate reserved
for this service flow.
Motorola Range: 1-5,000,000
Presentation Name: QoS Min Reserved Rate (bps)
1.3.1.7 wmanIfBsQoSToleratedJitter
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
Description from Standards: This parameter defines the Maximum delay
variation (jitter) for the connection.
Motorola Range: 1...100
Presentation Name: Qos Tolerated Jitter (ms)
1.3.1.8 wmanIfBsQoSMaxLatency
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 51 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies the maximum
latency between the reception of a packet by the BS
or SS on its network interface and the forwarding
of the packet to its RF Interface.
Presentation Name: Qos Max Lantency (ms)
1.3.1.9 wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfSfSchedulingType
InitialValue: bestEffort,bestEffort,bestEffort,bestEffort
Motorola Implementation: The following IM rules must be enforced by the EMS:
If the wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType for a service class is set to unsolicitedGrantService(6) or

realTimePollingService(4), then the wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy must have Bit #0 "noBroadcastBwReq"
set to 1 (contention based Bandwidth Requests not allowed).
If the wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType for a service class is set to bestEffort(2),

extendedRealTimePollingService(5) or nonRealTimePollingService(3), then the
wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy must have Bit #0 "noBroadcastBwReq" set to 0 (contention based Bandwidth
Requests allowed).
Default Value from Standards: bestEffort

Description from Standards: Specifies the upstream scheduling service used for
upstream service flow. If the referenced parameter
is not present in the corresponding 802.16 QOS
Parameter Set of an upstream service flow, the
default value of this object is bestEffort(2).
Range from Standards: WmanIfSfSchedulingType
Motorola Default Value: bestEffort
Motorola Range: bestEffort(2), nonRealTimePollingService(3), realTimePollingService(4),
extendedRealTimePollingService(5), unsolicitedGrantService(6)
Presentation Name: Qos Scheduling Type
R02.00.01.08 Page 52 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.1.10 wmanIfBsQosScArqEnable
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: True,True,True,True
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if ARQ is enabled (True) or disabled (False). ARQ can be disabled or
enabled per service class (connection).
Description from Standards: True - ARQ enabling is requested for the connection.
Range from Standards: TruthValue
Motorola Default Value: True
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Enable
1.3.1.11 wmanIfBsQosScArqWindowSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Maximum number of unacknowledged ARQ blocks at any given time.
Description from Standards: Indicates the maximum number of unacknowledged
fragments at any time.
Motorola Default Value: 100
Motorola Range: (1..1024)
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Window Size
1.3.1.12 wmanIfBsQosScArqBlockLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 25 (250 ms or 50 frames) ,25 (250 ms or 50 frames) ,25 (250 ms or 50 frames) ,25 (250 ms
or 50 frames)
R02.00.01.08 Page 53 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Units: 10 ms
Motorola Implementation: Maximum time interval an ARQ block is managed by the transmitter ARQ state
machine, before the block is discarded.
Default Value from Standards: 0
Description from Standards: The maximum time interval an ARQ fragment will be
managed by the transmitter ARQ machine, once
initial transmission of the fragment has occured.
If transmission or retransmission of the fragment
is not acknowledged by the receiver before the
time limit is reached, the fragment is discarded.
A value of 0 means Infinite.
Motorola Default Value: 25 (250 ms or 50 frames)
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Block Lifetime (x10us)
1.3.1.13 wmanIfBsQosScArqSyncLossTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 100 (1 s or 200 frames) ,100 (1 s or 200 frames) ,100 (1 s or 200 frames) ,100 (1 s or 200
frames)
Units: 10 ms
Motorola Implementation: The maximum time interval ARQ_TX_WINDOW_START or
ARQ_RX_WINDOW_START shall be allowed to remain at the same value before declaring a loss of
synchronization of the sender and receiver state machines when data transfer is known to be active. Set by
BS in DSA/REG.
Description from Standards: The maximum interval before declaring a loss
of synchronization of the sender and receiver
state machines. A value of 0 means Infinite.
Range from Standards: INTEGER (0 .. 65535 )
Motorola Default Value: 100 (1 s or 200 frames)
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Sync Loss Timeout (x10us)
R02.00.01.08 Page 54 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.1.14 wmanIfBsQosScArqDeliverInOrder
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: False,False,False,False
Motorola Implementation: Option to deliver SDUs in order from MAC. HARQ can result in PDUs and
SDUs being delivered to the receiver out of order.
Description from Standards: Indicates whether or not data is to be delivered
by the receiving MAC to its client application
in the order in which data was handed off to the
originating MAC.
Motorola Default Value: False
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Deliver In Order
1.3.1.15 wmanIfBsQosScArqRxPurgeTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 100 (1 s or 200 frames) ,100 (1 s or 200 frames) ,100 (1 s or 200 frames) ,100 (1 s or 200
frames)
Units: 10 ms
Motorola Implementation: Time interval the receiver shall wait after successful reception of a block that
does not result in advancement of ARQ_RX_WINDOW _START, before advancing ARQ_RX
_WINDOW_START. Negotiated at the time of DSA/REG.
Description from Standards: Indicates the time interval the ARQ window is advanced
after a fragment is received. A value of 0 means
Infinite.
Motorola Default Value: 100 (1 s or 200 frames)
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Rx Purge Timeout (x10 us)
1.3.1.16 wmanIfBsQosScArqBlockSize
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 55 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Units: byte
Motorola Implementation: Maximum Size of an ARQ block that the BS will support on either UL or DL
connections.
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies the size of an
ARQ block. This parameter shall be established by
negotiation during the connection creation dialog.
Motorola Range: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 bytes
Presentation Name: QoS ARQ Block Size (bytes)
1.3.1.17 wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The following definitions are based on the Subclause 11.13.12 of IEEE 802.16-
2004 and the Subclause 11.13.12 of IEEE 802.16e-2005.
All Bits except the Reserved ones should be supported through configuration.
Bit #0 – Service flow shall not use broadcast bandwidth request opportunities. (Uplink only)
Bit #1 – Service flow shall not use multicast bandwidth request opportunities. (Uplink only)
Bit #2 – The service flow shall not piggyback requests with data. (Uplink only)
Bit #3 – The service flow shall not fragment data.
Bit #4 – The service flow shall not suppress payload headers. (CS parameter)
Bit #5 – The service flow shall not pack multiple SDUs (or fragments) into single MAC PDUs.
Bit #6 – The service flow shall not include CRC in the MAC PDU.
Bit #7 – Reserved; shall be set to zero
The following rules should be enforced by the EMS.

If the wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType for a service class is set to unsolicitedGrantService(6) or
realTimePollingService(4), then the wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy must have Bit #0 "noBroadcastBwReq"
set to 1 (contention based Bandwidth Requests not allowed).
If the wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType for a service class is set to bestEffort(2),

extendedRealTimePollingService(5) or nonRealTimePollingService(3), then the
wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy must have Bit #0 "noBroadcastBwReq" set to 0 (contention based Bandwidth
Requests allowed).
Bit #1 of wmanIfBsQoSReqTxPolicy should be set to 1 (multicast bandwidth requests not allowed).
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter provides the capability to
specify certain attributes for the associated service
R02.00.01.08 Page 56 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

flow. An attribute is enabled by setting the

corresponding bit position to 1.
Range from Standards: BITS {noBroadcastBwReq(0),
noMulticastBwReg(1),
noPiggybackReq(2),
noFragmentData(3),
noPHS(4),
noSduPacking(5),
noCrc(6),
reserved2(7)}
Motorola Range: Broadcast Bandwidth Request : Yes/No; Piggyback Request : Yes/No; Fragment Data:
Yes/No; Payload Header Suppression: Yes/No; SDU packing: Yes/No; CRC: Yes/No
Presentation Name: QoS Request/Transmission Policy
Octet String Subtype: HEX
1.3.1.18 wmanIfBsQoSServiceClassRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Row status to support insert/delete operations to this table.
Description from Standards: This object is used to create a new row or modify or
delete an existing row in this table.
If the implementator of this MIB has choosen not
to implement 'dynamic assignment' of profiles, this
object is not useful and should return noSuchName
upon SNMP request.
Range from Standards: RowStatus
AP Impact: online
1.3.2 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleTable
Presentation Name: Classifier Rules

OID: { wmanIfBsPacketCs 4 }
There can a max of 100 entries per AP configured in this table. Note that the per AP configuration is
actually stored per sector.
Description from Standards: This table contains packet classifier rules associated
with service flows.
R02.00.01.08 Page 57 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

REFERENCE: Section 11.13.19.3.4 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.3.2.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.2.2 wmanIfBsSfId
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Motorola Implementation: This is hardcoded to 1
Description from Standards: A 32 bit quantity that uniquely identifies a service flow
to both the subscriber station and base station (BS).
Range from Standards: Unsigned32 (1 .. 4294967295)
Category: Derived Value
Presentation Name: Service Flow ID
AP Impact: online
1.3.2.3 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
R02.00.01.08 Page 58 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: This is a reference to the wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex of

wmanIfBsServiceClassTable. Basically, only one set of classifier rules are defined per service class in each
BTS.
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: An index is assigned to a classifier in BS classifiers
table
Range from Standards: Unsigned32 (1..4294967295)
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Classifier Rule Index
AP Impact: online
1.3.2.4 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The value specifies the priority for the Classifier, which
is used for determining the order of the Classifier. A
higher value indicates higher priority. Classifiers may
have priorities in the range 0..255.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Classifier Priority
1.3.2.5 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosLow
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The low value of a range of Type of Service (TOS) or Differentiated Service
Code Point (DSCP) byte values assigned to a service class. Note that not all IP devices support DSCP yet.
That’s the reason why this parameter still has TOS in its name. EMS operator has the option to not
configure this parameter.
Description from Standards: The low value of a range of TOS byte values. If the
referenced parameter is not present in a classifier, this
object reports the value of 0.
R02.00.01.08 Page 59 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Low Value of IP ToS/DSCP Range
1.3.2.6 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosHigh
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The high value of a range of Type of Service (TOS) or Differentiated Service
Code Point (DSCP) byte values assigned to a service class. If only a specific value of TOS/DSCP is used
for a service class, then both wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosHigh and wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosLow
should be set to the that value. EMS operator has the option to not configure this parameter.
Description from Standards: The 8-bit high value of a range of TOS byte values.
If the referenced parameter is not present in a classifier,
this object reports the value of 0.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: High Value of IP ToS/DSCP Range
1.3.2.7 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosMask
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: EMS operator has the option to not configure this parameter.
Description from Standards: The value of this object specifies the matching parameter
for the IP type of service/DSCP [IETF RFC 2474] byte mask.
An IP packet with IP type of service (ToS) byte value
ip-tos matches this parameter if tos-low less than or
equal (ip-tos AND tos-mask) less than or equal tos-high.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP ToS/DSCP Bit Mask
R02.00.01.08 Page 60 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.2.8 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpProtocol
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object indicates the value of the IP Protocol field
required for IP packets to match this rule. If the
Range from Standards: Integer32 (0..255)
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP Protocol Field for Rule
1.3.2.9 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpAddressType
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddressType
InitialValue: IPv4,IPv4,IPv4,IPv4
Motorola Implementation: This attribute will be fixed to IPv4 by the EMS. The attribute can be hidden or
read-only by the operator. The operator can only provide IPv4 class addresses in the "IP Source Address"
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr field.
Description from Standards: The type of the internet address for
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr,
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceMask,
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestAddr, and
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestMask.
this object reports the value of ipv4(1).
Range from Standards: InetAddressType
Motorola Default Value: IPv4
Motorola Range: IPv4
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP Address Type (Source,Mask,Dest,Mask)
R02.00.01.08 Page 61 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.2.10 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object specifies the value of the IP Source Address
required for packets to match this rule. An IP packet
matches the rule when the packet ip source address bitwise
ANDed with the wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceMask value
equals the wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr value.
this object reports the value of 0.0.0.0.
Range from Standards: InetAddress
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP Source Address
Task Allocation: ap_NotSupported
1.3.2.11 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceMask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object specifies which bits of a packet's IP Source
Address that are compared to match this rule. An IP packet
matches the rule when the packet source address bitwise
ANDed with the
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceMask value equals the
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr value.
this object reports the value of 0.0.0.0.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP Source Address Mask
1.3.2.12 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 62 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This object specifies the value of the IP Destination
Address required for packets to match this rule. An IP
packet matches the rule when the packet IP destination
address bitwise ANDed with the
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestMask value equals the
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestAddr value.
If the referenced parameter is not present in a
classifier, this object reports the value of 0.0.0.0.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP Destination Address
1.3.2.13 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestMask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object specifies which bits of a packet's IP
Destination Address that are compared to match this rule.
An IP packet matches the rule when the packet destination
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestMask value equals the
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestAddr value.
If the referenced parameter is not present in a classifier
, this object reports the value of 0.0.0.0.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IP Destination Address Mask
1.3.2.14 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleSourcePortStart
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object specifies the low end inclusive range of
TCP/UDP source port numbers to which a packet is compared.
This object is irrelevant for non-TCP/UDP IP packets.
R02.00.01.08 Page 63 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

classifier, this object reports the value of 0.

Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Source Port Start
1.3.2.15 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object specifies the high end inclusive range of
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Source Port End
1.3.2.16 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleDestPortStart
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
TCP/UDP destination port numbers to which a packet is
compared. If the referenced parameter is not present
in a classifier, this object reports the value of 0.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Destination Port Start
R02.00.01.08 Page 64 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.2.17 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleDestPortEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
in a classifier, this object reports the value of
65535.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Destination Port End
1.3.2.18 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Units: byte
Description from Standards: This object is used to configure the PHS rule for this
classifer. The value of this field - PHSS is the total
number of bytes in the header to be suppressed and then
restored in a service flow that uses PHS. If the value of
this field is 0 bytes then PHS is disabled for this
classifer. If flag phsMask in wmanIfBSClassifierRuleBitMap
is set to 0 and flag phsSize in
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleBitMap is set to 0, then BS can still
create PHS rules using its own custom mask (i.e. the rule
is not configured by NMS).
Range from Standards: Integer32
Motorola Range: 0..255, The value 0 indicates PHS is disabled.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Total Number of Suppressed Bytes in the Header for Service Flow that Uses PHS
R02.00.01.08 Page 65 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.2.19 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsMask
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object is used to configure the PHS rule for this
classifer. It is encoded as follows:
bit 0:
0 = don't suppress the 1st byte of the suppression field
1 = suppress first byte of the suppression field
bit 1:
0 = don't suppress the 2nd byte of the suppression field
1 = suppress second byte of the suppression field
bit x:
0 = don't suppress the (x+1) byte of the suppression field
1 = suppress (x+1) byte of the suppression field
where the length of the octet string is ceiling
(wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsSize/8). BS should use this value
to create a new PHS rule index (PHSI) and field (PHSF) as
defined in the standard. If flag phsMask in
wmanIfBSClassifierRuleBitMap is set to 0 and flag phsSize
in wmanIfBsClassifierRuleBitMap is set to 0, then BS can
still create PHS rules using its own custom mask (i.e. the
rule is not configured by NMS).
Range from Standards: OCTET STRING
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: PHS Mask for Service Flow that Uses PHS
1.3.2.20 wmanIfBsClassifierRulePhsVerify
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfPhsRuleVerify
InitialValue: ,,,
Default Value from Standards: phsVerifyEnable
Description from Standards: The value of this field indicates to the sending entity
whether or not the packet header contents are to be
verified prior to performing suppression.
Range from Standards: WmanIfPhsRuleVerify
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Verify Packet Header Prior to Suppression
R02.00.01.08 Page 66 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.2.21 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleBitMap
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfClassifierBitMap
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The wmanIfBsClassifierRuleBitMap parameter needs to be configured per
service class per AP.
This is a bitmap. For each bit, value 1 means the corresponding classifiers are used, 0 means unused.
The allowed bits in the standard are as follows, the ones that are not supported in current releases are
indicated (these bits should still be included in configuration but with value 0):
BITS {
priority(0),
ipTos(1),
ipProtocol(2),
ipMaskedSrcAddr(3),
ipMaskedDestAddr(4),
srcPort(5),
destPort(6),
destMacAddr(7), -- not supported
srcMacAddr(8), -- not supported
ethernetProtocol(9), -- not supported
userPriority(10), -- not supported
vlanId(11), -- not supported
ipv6FlowLabel(12) -- not supported
}
The mappings between the individual bits and the classifiers:

priority: wmanIfBsClassifierRulePriority
ipTos: wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosLow, wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosHigh,
wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpTosMask
ipProtocol: wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpProtocol
ipMaskedSrcAddr: wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr, wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpSourceMask
ipMaskedDestAddr: wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestAddr, wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIpDestMask
srcPort: wmanIfBsClassifierRuleSourcePortStart, wmanIfBsClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd
destPort: wmanIfBsClassifierRuleDestPortStart, wmanIfBsClassifierRuleDestPortEnd
This bitmap setting must be kept in synch with the classifiers.

1. Whenever a specific bit is set to 1, the corresponding classifiers can be configured.
2. Whenever a classifier is configured, the corresponding bit in this bitmap should be set to 1.
Description from Standards: This object indicates which parameter encodings were
actually present in the entry. A bit set to '1' indicates
the corresponding classifier encoding is present, and '0'
means otherwise.
Range from Standards: WmanIfClassifierBitMap
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Priority Supported
IP TOS Supported
R02.00.01.08 Page 67 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

IP Protocol Supported
IP Masked Src Addr Supported
IP Masked Dest Addr Supported
Source Port Supported
Dest Port Supported

Task Allocation: ap_mnm
1.3.2.22 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
AP Impact: online
1.3.3 wmanIfBsRegisteredSsTable
Presentation Name: Registered Subscriber Station

OID: { wmanIfBsCps 1 }
Description from Standards: This table contains the basic capability information
of SSs that have been negotiated and agreed between
BS and SS via REG-REQ and REG-RSP messages. An entry
in this table indicates the SS has entered and registered
into the BS.
REFERENCE: Subclause 6.3.2.3.7 in IEEE 802.16-2004
Access: Allow Access From LMT Only
R02.00.01.08 Page 68 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.3.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
Category: Real-Time Status
AP Impact: online
1.3.3.2 wmanIfBsSsMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The MAC address of SS is received from the RNG-REQ
message. When SS registers, this MAC address is entered
into the table, and used as the identifier to the SS.
Range from Standards: MacAddress
Presentation Name: Subscriber MAC Address
Task Allocation: ap_SACM
AP Impact: online
1.3.4 wmanIfBsConfigurationTable
OID: { wmanIfBsConfiguration 1 }
Description from Standards: This table provides one row for each BS sector that
contains the BS system parameters as defined in Subclause
10.1 of [3]. The objects in this table define the default
R02.00.01.08 Page 69 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

behaviour of the BS for 2nd Management Channel scheduling

and SFID allocation as well as configuration parameters
of the CPS scheduler and AAS system.
REFERENCE: Subclause 10.1 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.3.4.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.4.2 wmanIfBsDcdInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 5000,5000,5000,5000
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Time between transmission of DCD messages in ms. Value must be in 5 msec
increments to align to frame boundaries.
Description from Standards: Time between transmission of DCD messages in ms.

MAXACCESS: read-write
Motorola Range: 1,000 (1 sec)..10,000 (10 sec). Value must be in 5 msec increments.
Category: Advanced Configuration
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: DCD Interval (ms)
R02.00.01.08 Page 70 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.4.3 wmanIfBsUcdInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 5000,5000,5000,5000
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Time between transmission of UCD messages in ms. wmanIfBsUcdInterval
equals wmanIfBsDcdInterval. Value must be in 5 msec increments to align to frame boundaries.
Description from Standards: Time between transmission of UCD messages in ms.
Motorola Range: 1,000 (1 sec)..10,000 (10 sec). Value must be in 5 msec increments.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.4.4 wmanIfBsUcdTransition
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 32000,32000,32000,32000
Units: Number of MAC Frames
Motorola Implementation: The number of frames the BS shall wait after transmitting a UCD message with
an incremented Configuration Change Count before issuing a UL-MAP message referring to TLVs defined
in that UCD message.
Derives from wmanIfBsDcdTransition.

Description from Standards: The time the BS shall wait after transmitting a UCD message
with an incremented Configuration Change Count before
issuing a UL-MAP message referring to
Uplink_Burst_Profiles defined in that UCD message.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.4.5 wmanIfBsDcdTransition
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: Number of MAC Frames
R02.00.01.08 Page 71 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: The number of frames the BS shall wait after transmitting a DCD message with
an incremented Configuration Change Count before issuing a DL-MAP message referring to TLVs defined
in that DCD message.
Description from Standards: The time the BS shall wait after transmitting a DCD message
with an incremented Configuration Change Count before
issuing a DL-MAP message referring to
Downlink_Burst_Profiles defined in that DCD message.
Motorola Range: 1..10 frames
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: DCD Transition Interval (frames)
1.3.4.6 wmanIfBsInitialRangingInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Motorola Implementation: Number of frames between Ranging region allocations.
Description from Standards: Time between Initial Ranging regions assigned by the BS
in ms.
Range from Standards: INTEGER(0..2000)
Motorola Range: 1, 2, or 4 frames
Note that standard has unit as milliseconds, we changed it.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Initial Ranging Interval (ms)
1.3.4.7 wmanIfBsSsRangRespProcTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: 10000,10000,10000,10000
Units: micro seconds
Motorola Implementation: Time allowed for an SS following receipt of a ranging response before it is
expected to reply to an invited ranging request.
Description from Standards: Time allowed for an SS following receipt of a ranging
R02.00.01.08 Page 72 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

response before it is expected to reply to an invited

ranging request in us.
Motorola Range: 10000..20000
Category: Factory Configuration
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: ap_mnm,ap_cfg,ap_mac
1.3.4.8 wmanIfBsT9Timeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Registration Timeout, the time allowed between the BS sending a RNG-RSP
(success) to an MSS, and receiving a SBC-REQ from that same MSS.
Description from Standards: Registration Timeout, the time allowed between the BS
sending a RNG-RSP (success) to an SS, and receiving a
SBC-REQ from that same SS in ms.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.4.9 wmanIfBsT17Timeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: minutes
Motorola Implementation: Time allowed for MSS to complete MSS Authorization and Key Exchange
Description from Standards: Time allowed for SS to complete SS Authorization and
Key Exchange in minutes.
R02.00.01.08 Page 73 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector

Presentation Name: T17 Timeout (minutes)
1.3.4.10 wmanIfBsAutoSfidEnabled
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: This parameter is not configured from EMS. It's always set to
autoSfidEnabled(1).
Description from Standards: This object defines whether the BS is allowed to
autonomously allocate SFIDs. When the object is set to
autoSfidEnabled, the BS is allowed to autonomously allocate
SFIDs from the range of allowed values defined by
wmanIfBsAutoSfidRangeMin and
wmanIfBsAutoSfidRangeMax. A SF is created
autonomously when it has not been provisioned in the
wmanIfBsProvisionedSfTable and may be initiated by either
the SS or BS. The BS should always initiate SF creation
based on the provisioned Service flows configured in
wmanIfBsProvisionedSfTable.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {autoSfidDisabled(0),
autoSfidEnabled(1)}
Motorola Range: 1
1.3.5 wmanIfBsCapabilitiesConfigTable
OID: { wmanIfBsCapabilities 4 }
Description from Standards: This table contains the configuration for basic
capabilities of BS. The table is intended to be used to
restrict the Capabilities implemented by BS, for example in
order to comply with local regulatory requirements. The BS
should use the configuration along with the implemented
Capabilities (wmanIfBsBasicCapabilitiesTable) for
negotiation of basic capabilities with SS using RNG-RSP,
SBC-RSP and REG-RSP messages. The negotiated capabilities
R02.00.01.08 Page 74 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

are obtained by interSubclause of SS reported capabilities,

BS raw capabilities and BS configured capabilities. The
objects in the table have read-write access. The rows are
created by BS as a copy of wmanIfBsBasicCapabilitiesTable
and can be modified by NMS.
REFERENCE: <optional>
1.3.5.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.5.2 wmanIfBsCapCfgUplinkCidSupport
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfNumOfUplinkCid
Description from Standards: This object shows the configured number of Uplink CIDs the
BS can support per SS.
Range from Standards: WmanIfNumOfUplinkCid
Motorola Range: 1-20
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: ap_MNN,ap_CFG
R02.00.01.08 Page 75 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.5.3 wmanIfBsCapCfgArqSupport
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfArqSupportType
Motorola Implementation: Indicates whether the BS is configured to support ARQ
Description from Standards: This object indicates whether the BS is configured to
support ARQ.
Range from Standards: WmanIfArqSupportType
Motorola Default Value: arqSupported(1)
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.5.4 wmanIfBsCapCfgDsxFlowControl
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMaxDsxFlowType
Description from Standards: This object specifies the configured maximum number of
concurrent DSA, DSC, or DSD transactions that BS allows
each SS to have outstanding.
Range from Standards: WmanIfMaxDsxFlowType
Motorola Default Value: TBD
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.5 wmanIfBsCapCfgMacCrcSupport
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMacCrcSupport
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if BS is configured to support MAC level CRC
Default Value from Standards: macCrcSupport
Description from Standards: This object indicates whether BS is configured to support
MAC level CRC.
Range from Standards: WmanIfMacCrcSupport
Motorola Default Value: macCrcSupport(1)
R02.00.01.08 Page 76 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.5.6 wmanIfBsCapCfgPkmFlowControl
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMaxPkmFlowType
Motorola Implementation: This parameter is always set to value 1 in the current releases.
Description from Standards: This object specifies the maximum number of concurrent
PKM transactions that BS is configured to allow each SS
to have.
Range from Standards: WmanIfMaxPkmFlowType
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.7 wmanIfBsCapCfgAuthPolicyControl
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfAuthPolicyType
InitialValue: 0b00000010,0b00000010,0b00000010,0b00000010
Description from Standards: This object specifies authorization policy that BS is
configured to be capable of. A bit value of 0 = not
supported, 1 = upported. If this field is omitted, then
both SS and BS shall use the IEEE 802.16 security,
constituting X.509 digital certificates and the RSA
public key encryption algorithm, as authorization policy.
Range from Standards: WmanIfAuthPolicyType
Motorola Default Value: 0b00000010
Motorola Range: 0b00000000: No Authorization - No EAP Authentication performed, SAs are NULL -
useful for debugging only.
0b00000010: EAP-based authorization at the initial network entry
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Authorization Policy Control
Task Allocation: ap_SACM,ap_MNM,ap_CFG
R02.00.01.08 Page 77 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.5.8 wmanIfBsCapCfgMaxNumOfSupportedSA
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMaxNumOfSaType
Motorola Implementation: WiMAX Comments: This value is not configured from EMS, always = 1.
Description from Standards: This field specifies configured maximum number of supported
security association per SS.
Range from Standards: WmanIfMaxNumOfSaType
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.9 wmanIfBsCapCfgMacCsSupportBitMap
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMacCsBitMap
InitialValue: 0002,0002,0002,0002
Description from Standards: This object indicates BS configured set of MAC convergence
sublayer support. When a bit is set, it indicates
the corresponding CS feature is supported.
Range from Standards: WmanIfMacCsBitMap
Motorola Range: (1,5,9,11)
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.10 wmanIfBsCapCfgMaxNumOfClassifier
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMaxNumOfClasfier
Description from Standards: This object indicates the configured maximum number of
admitted Classifiers per SS that the BS can support.
R02.00.01.08 Page 78 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Range from Standards: WmanIfMaxNumOfClasfier
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.11 wmanIfBsCapCfgPhsSupport
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfPhsSupportType
Default Value from Standards: noPhsSupport
Description from Standards: This object indicates the configured level of BS support for PHS.
Range from Standards: WmanIfPhsSupportType
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.12 wmanIfBsCapCfgPduConstruction
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfPduConstruction
Motorola Implementation: Specifies configured capabilities for construction and transmission of MAC
PDUs.
Bit #0: Ability to receive requests piggybacked with data
Bit #1: Ability to use 3-bit FSN values when forming MAC PDUs on non-ARQ connections. If disabled,
11 bit FSN supported instead.
Description from Standards: Specifies configured capabilities for construction and
transmission of MAC PDUs. The usage is defined by
WmanIfPduConstruction.
Range from Standards: WmanIfPduConstruction
Motorola Default Value: 0b01
Motorola Range: 0b00, 0b01
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 79 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.5.13 wmanIfBsCapCfgTtgTransitionGap
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfSsTransitionGap
Units: us
Motorola Implementation: This field indicates the maximum allowed MSS transition speed SSTTG.
Description from Standards: This field indicates the configured transition speed
SSTTG for TDD and H-FDD SSs. The usage is defined by
WmanIfSsTransitionGap.
Range from Standards: WmanIfSsTransitionGap
Motorola Range: (0,,50)
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.5.14 wmanIfBsCapCfgRtgTransitionGap
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfSsTransitionGap
Units: us
Motorola Implementation: This field indicates the maximum allowed MSS transition speed SSRTG.
Description from Standards: This field indicates the configured transition speed
SSRTG for TDD and H-FDD SSs. The usage is defined by
WmanIfSsTransitionGap.
Range from Standards: WmanIfSsTransitionGap
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.6 wmanIfBsPkmBaseTable
R02.00.01.08 Page 80 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: { wmanIfBsPkmObjects 1 }
Table wmanIfBsPkmBaseTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the basic PKM attributes of each Base
Station wireless interface.
1.3.6.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.6.2 wmanIfBsPkmDefaultAuthLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 604800
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the default lifetime, in seconds, the BS assigns to a
new authorization key.
Value range for privacy configuration setting for protocol testing is 300..86399 seconds.
Operational range for privacy configuration setting is 86400..6048000 seconds.
Range from Standards: Integer32 (300..86399 | 86400..6048000)
Motorola Range: 300..86399 | 86400..1209600
Presentation Name: Authorization Key Lifetime
R02.00.01.08 Page 81 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.6.3 wmanIfBsPkmDefaultTekLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 43200
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the default lifetime, in seconds, the BS assigns to a
new Traffic Encryption Key(TEK).
Presentation Name: Traffic Encryption Key Lifetime
1.3.6.4 wmanIfBsPkmAuthWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of the field specifies retransmission interval, in seconds, of
Authorization Request messages from the Authorize Wait state.
Presentation Name: Authorize Wait Timeout
1.3.6.5 wmanIfBsPkmReauthWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of the field specifies retransmission interval, in seconds, of
Authorization Request messages from Reauthorize Wait state.
R02.00.01.08 Page 82 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Presentation Name: Reauthorize Wait Timeout
1.3.6.6 wmanIfBsPkmAuthGraceTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this field specifies the time, in seconds, when SS begins
reauthorization prior to Authorization expiration.
Presentation Name: Authorization Grace Time
1.3.6.7 wmanIfBsPkmOpWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this field specifies the retransmission interval, in seconds, of Key
Requests from the Operational Wait state.
Presentation Name: Operational Wait Timeout
R02.00.01.08 Page 83 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.6.8 wmanIfBsPkmRekeyWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this field specifies the retransmission interval, in seconds, of Key
Requests from the Rekey Wait state.
Presentation Name: Rekey Wait Timeout
1.3.6.9 wmanIfBsPkmTekGraceTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 3600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this field specifies grace period, in seconds, when SS begins
rekeying the TEK prior to TEK expiration.
Presentation Name: Traffic Encryption Key Grace Time
1.3.6.10 wmanIfBsPkmAuthRejectWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 60
Units: seconds
R02.00.01.08 Page 84 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: The value of this field specifies how long (in seconds) an SS waits in the
Authorize Reject Wait state after receiving an Authorization Reject.
Presentation Name: Authorize Reject Wait Timeout
1.3.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkChannelTable
OID: { wmanIfBsOfdmaPhy 1 }
IM rule:
The total number of wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngCodes, wmanIfBsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes,
wmanIfBsOfdmaBWReqCodes, and wmanIfBsHandoverRangingCodes shall be equal to or less than 108.
Description from Standards: This table contains UCD channel attributes, defining the
transmission characteristics of uplink channels
REFERENCE: Table 349 and 353, in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.3.7.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 85 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.7.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
Motorola Implementation: Center Uplink Frequency, in kHz.
IM RULE: wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq must equal to/is derived from
wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq
Description from Standards: Uplink center frequency (kHz)
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: ap_mnm,ap_mac
1.3.7.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Number of Initial Ranging CDMA Codes.
IM rule:
Description from Standards: Number of initial ranging CDMA codes. Possible values are
0..255. The total number of wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngCodes,
wmanIfBsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes and wmanIfBsOfdmaBWReqCodes
shall be equal or less than 256.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Number of Initial Ranging CDMA Codes
1.3.7.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 86 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of Periodic Ranging CDMA Codes.

IM rule:
Description from Standards: Number of periodic ranging CDMA codes. Possible values are
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Number of Period Ranging CDMA Codes
1.3.7.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaBWReqCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 16 ,16 ,16 ,16
Motorola Implementation: Number of BW Request Ranging CDMA Codes.
IM rule:
Description from Standards: Number of bandwidth request codes. Possible values are
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Number of Bandwidth Request Codes
1.3.7.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 87 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
power of 2. The highest order bits shall be unused and set to 0.
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging contention,
expressed as a power of 2. Range: 0..15 (the highest order
bits shall be unused and set to 0).
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.7.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Final backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
IM rule:
(wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd >= wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart)
Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for periodic ranging contention,
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.7.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 88 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Indicates the starting number, S, of the group of CDMA codes used for this
uplink. If not specified, the default value shall be set to zero. All the ranging codes used on this uplink will
be between S and ((S+M+N+L+O - 1) mod 256). Where,
N is the number of initial-ranging codes
M is the number of periodic-ranging codes
L is the number of bandwidth-request codes
O is the number of handover-ranging codes
It is recommended that each sector in a cell use a mutually exclusive set of CDMA codes.
IM rule:
(255 - wmanIfBsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes)>= (wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngCodes
+wmanIfBsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes + wmanIfBsHandoverRangingCodes
+wmanIfBsOfdmaBWReqCodes)
For WMX1.0 (no mobility) use 6 (default value) for wmanIfBsHandoverRangingCodes when doing the
rule checking.
Description from Standards: Indicates the starting number, S, of the group of codes
used for this uplink.All the ranging codes used on this
uplink will be between S and ((S+N+M+L) mod 256). Where,
N is the number of initial-ranging codes M is the number
of periodic-ranging codes L is the number of
bandwidth-request codes The range of values is 0 <= S <= 255
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Starting Number of Ranging Codes
1.3.7.9 wmanIfBsOfdmaPermutationBase
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Determines UL_PermBase parameter.
Note: Prior to Corrigendum1/D5, this param was known as UL_IDcell.
Description from Standards: Determines the UL_IDcell parameter for the subcarrier
permutation to be used on this uplink channel
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: OFDMA Permutation Base
R02.00.01.08 Page 89 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Task Allocation: ap_mnm,ap_mac,ap_cfg
1.3.7.10 wmanIfBsOfdmaULAllocSubchBitmap
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Motorola Implementation: If wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType = 0 (all subchannels) and
wmanIfBsFFTSize = 1024, value = 0x0000000007FFFFFFFF (all 35 subchannels)
If wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType = 0 (all subchannels) and wmanIfBsFFTSize= 512, value =
0x00000000000001FFFF (all 17 subchannels)
If wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType = 1 (PUSC-1x3), wmanIfBsFFTSize = 1024, and sector = 1, value =

0x0000000000000007FF (first 11)
0x0000000000007FF800 (middle 12)
0x0000000007FF800000 (last 12)

0x00000000000000001F (first 5)
0x0000000000000007E0 (middle 6)
0x00000000000001F800 (last 6)
Description from Standards: This is a bitmap describing the sub-channels allocated

to the segment in the UL, when using the uplink PUSC
permutation. The LSB of the first byte shall corrspond to
subchannel 0. For any bit that is not set,
the corresponding subchannel shall not be used by the SS
on that segment
Range from Standards: OCTET STRING (SIZE (9))
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: ap_mnm,ap_mac,ap_cfg
1.3.7.11 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Number of frames that the MSS waits before
transmitting ACK or NACK. All MSSs will use
the same offset to allow coordination of timing in
ACK channels.
R02.00.01.08 Page 90 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This object defines the OFDMA H-ARQ ACK delay for UL burst.
1 = one frame offset
2 = two frames offset
3 = three frames offset
Range from Standards: INTEGER {oneframeoffset(1),
twoframesoffset(2),
threeframesoffset(3)}
Motorola Range: 1-3
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: ap_mnm,ap_cfg,ap_mac
1.3.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkChannelTable
OID: { wmanIfBsOfdmaPhy 2 }
Description from Standards: This table contains DCD channel attributes, defining the
transmission characteristics of downlink channels
REFERENCE: Subclause 11.4.1, Table 358, in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.3.8.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 91 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.8.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaBsEIRP
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30 dBm ,30 dBm ,30 dBm ,30 dBm
Units: dBm
Motorola Implementation: The EIRP is the equivalent isotropic radiated power of the base station, which is
computed for a simple
single-antenna transmitter
Description from Standards: The EIRP is the equivalent isotropic radiated power of
the base station, which is computed for a simple
single-antenna transmitter.
Range from Standards: INTEGER
Motorola Default Value: 30 dBm
Motorola Range: 2 bytes signed integer (-32768 to 32767)
Note the standard was INTEGER(0..65535),
we change it.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: OFDMA Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) (dBm)
Task Allocation: ap_mnm,ap_cfg
1.3.8.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaTTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Transmit Time Gap: Determines max cell radius.
PS unit varies by wmanIfBsChannelBW:
10 MHz: 1 PS = 357 ns
7 MHz: 1 PS = 500 ns
5 MHz: 1 PS = 714 ns
3.5 MHz: 1 PS = 1000 ns
Display to customer as microseconds
Units are PS.
Description from Standards: Transmit / Receive Transition Gap.
Motorola Range: IF (wmanIfBsChannelBW=1) THEN [188]
IF (wmanIfBsChannelBW=2) THEN [148]
Units are PS.
Note the standard has range (0..255). we changed it.
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 92 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.8.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaRTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Receive Time Gap: Fixed at 60µs.
10 MHz: 1 PS = 357 ns
7 MHz: 1 PS = 500 ns
5 MHz: 1 PS = 714 ns
3.5 MHz: 1 PS = 1000 ns
Display to customer in terms of # of microseconds.
Units are PS.
Description from Standards: Receive / Transmit Transition Gap.

Motorola Range: IF (wmanIfBsChannelBW=1) THEN [60]
Units are PS
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.8.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: TBD,TBD,TBD,TBD
Units: dBm
Motorola Implementation: Initial Ranging Max. Received Signal Strength at BS.
Description from Standards: Initial Ranging Max. Received Signal Strength at BS
Signed in units of 1 dBm.
Motorola Range: 2 bytes signed integer -32768..32767
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: OFDMA Initial Ranging Max RSS(dBm)
R02.00.01.08 Page 93 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.8.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
Motorola Implementation: Center Downlink Frequency, in kHz.
Description from Standards: Downlink center frequency (kHz).
Motorola Range: IF wmanIfBsRFBand=1 THEN wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq is in
(9210*250=2302500 kHz .. 9590*250=2397500 kHz) inclusive.
IF wmanIfBsRFBand=2 THEN wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq is in (9990*250=2497500 kHz ..
10750*250=2687500 kHz) inclusive.
IF wmanIfBsRFBand=3 THEN wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq is in (13610*250=3402500 kHz ..
14390*250=3597500 kHz) inclusive.
The frequency must be multiples of 250 kHz
The EMS GUI should show the actual frequency instead of the number N in the original rules.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink Center Frequency (kHz)
1.3.8.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaBsId
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfBsIdType
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: BTS: For each of the sectors, the ifPhysAddress is the Sector Id as defined in
802.16 standards. This attribute will contain the same setting.The Sector Id is a 6 octets ANSI/IEEE Std
802 MAC address configured from the EMS. It is NOT the physical MAC address even if the sector has a
physical MAC address.
-A Base Station/Sector is identified by a logical IEEE 802 MAC address (6 octets). The most significant 3
octets are the IEEE assigned Organizationally Unique Identifier for the service provider. The next 2 octets
are the Base Station number within the service provider’s domain. The least significant 1 octet is the Sector
number within the Base Station.
- A Base Station/Sector Id is stored in binary “canonical” order defined by IEEE 802.1a, i.e., as if it were
transmitted least significant bit first.
For example:
AC-DE-48-00-08-01 is the logical MAC address for sector 1 of BS 8 operated by service provider AC-DE-
48.
The binary representation is:
IEEE 802 MAC in Canonical Order
Octet 1 Octet 2 Octet 3 Octet 4 Octet 5 Octet 6
0011 0101 0111 1011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0001 0000 1000 0000
C A E D 8 4 0 0 8 0 1 0
R02.00.01.08 Page 94 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

IEEE 802.16f also recommends the value of BS/Sector Id be displayed with 2 parts clearly separated by a
colon e.g: ACDE48:000801. The most significant part represents the service provider id.
After the BS/Sector Ids are entered, the EMS should ensure that there is no other BS/Sector in its
management domain has the same id. Also the BS Id cannot be the same as any Paging Controller Id
configured for CAPCs. If there is duplication, the EMS must inform the operator and request configuration
modification.
IM Rule: Ensure that there is no duplication among all other Paging Controller Ids and BS Ids in its
Management Domain.
Description from Standards: Base station ID.
Range from Standards: WmanIfBsIdType
Motorola Range: BTS: <IEEE Service Provider Id (3 octets)>:<Base Station Id (2 octets)><Sector number
within Base Station (1 octet)>
or <IEEE Service Provider Id><Base Station Id (1...65535)><ifIndex>
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: AP ID
1.3.8.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaMacVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfMacVersion
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies the version of 802.16 to which
the message originator conforms.
Range from Standards: WmanIfMacVersion
Motorola Range: 5: Indicates conformance with IEEE Std. 802.16-2004 and IEEE P802.16-2004/Cor1 and
IEEE Std 802.16e-2005
Scope: Per CAPC
1.3.8.9 wmanIfBsOfdmaFrameDurationCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Frame Length per 802.16 std.
R02.00.01.08 Page 95 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Display as “5 ms”, not “4”
Description from Standards: The duration of the frame. The frame duration code values
are specified in Table 274.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {aASGap(0),
duration2ms(1),
duration2dot5ms(2),
duration4ms(3),
duration5ms(4),
duration8ms(5),
duration10ms(6),
duration12dot5ms(7),
duration20ms(8)}
Motorola Default Value: duration5ms(4)
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.8.10 wmanIfBsOfdmaSizeCqichIdField
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Defines the size of CQICH ID field used in the CQICH Allocation IE and UCD.
Description from Standards: This object defines the size of CQICH ID field.
0 = Reserved
1 = 3 bits
2 = 4 bits
3 = 5 bits
4 = 6 bits
5 = 7 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 9 bits
8...255 = Reserved
Range from Standards: INTEGER { zerobits(0),
threebits(1),
fourbits(2),
fivebits(3),
sixbits(4),
sevenbits(5),
eightbits(6),
ninebits(7)}
Motorola Range: 0 = 0 bits
1 = 3 bits
2 = 4 bits
R02.00.01.08 Page 96 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

3 = 5 bits
4 = 6 bits
5 = 7 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 9 bits
8...255 = Reserved
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.8.11 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Number of frames that the BS waits before
transmitting ACK or NACK. The same value is
used for all MSSs to allow coordination of timing
in ACK channels.
Description from Standards: This object defines the OFDMA H-ARQ ACK delay for DL burst.
twoframesoffset(2),
Motorola Range: 1-3
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.9 wmanIfCmnBsSsConfigurationTable
OID: { wmanIfCmnCps 2 }
wmanIfCmnBsSsConfigurationTable contains global parameters
common in BS and SS
Description from Standards: This table provides one row for each BS sector that
contains the system parameters common in both SS and
BS. All SSs shall have the same parameters as the BS
to which the SSs are associated.
R02.00.01.08 Page 97 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.9.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.9.2 wmanIfCmnInvitedRangRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: According to Subclause 10.1 Table 342 in IEEE 802.16-2004, the minimum
number of retries on inviting Ranging Requests is 16.
Motorola comments: Number of retries on inviting Ranging Requests
Description from Standards: Number of retries on inviting Ranging Requests.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.9.3 wmanIfCmnDSxReqRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Timeout Retries on DSA/DSC/DSD Requests
R02.00.01.08 Page 98 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: Number of Timeout Retries on DSA/DSC/DSD Requests.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.9.4 wmanIfCmnDSxRespRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Timeout Retries on DSA/DSC/DSD Responses
Description from Standards: Number of Timeout Retries on DSA/DSC/DSD Responses.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.9.5 wmanIfCmnT7Timeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Wait for DSA/DSC/DSD Response Timeout
Description from Standards: Wait for DSA/DSC/DSD Response Timeout in ms.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 99 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Wait for DSA/DSC/DSD Acknowledge Timeout
Description from Standards: Wait for DSA/DSC/DSD Acknowledge Timeout in ms.
Scope: Per Sector
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1000,1000,1000,1000
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Wait for Transaction End timeout
Description from Standards: Wait for Transaction End timeout in ms.
Scope: Per Sector
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Wait for ARQ Reset in ms
Description from Standards: Wait for ARQ Reset in ms.
R02.00.01.08 Page 100 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector
1.3.10 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTable
OID: { wmanIfCmnPkmObjects 1 }
Table wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTable
To configure this table, a checklist (or radio button list) with two options, "No data encryption and no data
authentication" and “128-bit AES-CCM", can be used. Both of these two options can be checked at the
same time.
If only "No data encryption and no data authentication" is checked, then none of the MSSs are allowed to
enable encryption and authentication.
If only “128-bit AES-CCM" is checked, then all MSSs are required to enable encryption and
authentication.
If both "No data encryption and no data authentication" and “128-bit AES-CCM" are checked, then this
means let the MSSs choose to enable encryption or not depending on their capability and user
configuration. This actually tells the BTS to support both options. Two rows need to be populated into this
table when this choice is selected.
Description from Standards: This table describes the PKM cryptographic suite
capabilites for each SS or BS wireless interface.
1.3.10.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 101 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


AP Impact: online
1.3.10.2 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Motorola Implementation: This is an internally generated index for the supported cryptographic suites. The
IEEE 802.16f has defined the range of this index as Integer32 (1 .. 1000), but there is no definition as to
how this index is generated. IEEE 802.16e has assigned some numeric values to represent well-known
cryptographic suites. Refer to Table 378—Allowed cryptographic suites, on page 585 of IEEE
P802.16e/D11, September 2005. Each of these values is actually a concatenation of Data Encryption
Algorithm Identifier (wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataEncryptAlg), Data Authentication Algorithm Identifier
(wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataAuthentAlg) and TEK Encryption Algorithm Identifier
(wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTekEncryptAlg).
For example: when wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataEncryptAlg = 2 (AES, CCM modeCCM-Mode, 128-bit
AES),
wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataAuthentAlg = 1 (CCM-Mode, 128-bit AES),
wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTekEncryptAlg = 4 (AES Key Wrap with 128-bit key), the numeric value for the
cryptographic suite is 0x020104.
Based on IEEE 802.16e, the wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteIndex range is changed to Integer32 so that numeric
value for the cryptographic suite can be used directly as index.
Index Value Cryptographic Suites
0x000001 No data encryption, no data authentication & 3-DES, 128 (Supported by
Motorola)
0x010001 CBC-Mode 56-bit DES, no data authentication & 3-DES, 128
0x000002 No data encryption, no data authentication & RSA, 1024
0x010002 CBC-Mode 56-bit DES, no data authentication & RSA, 1024
0x020103 CCM-Mode 128-bit AES, CCM-Mode, 128-bit, ECB mode AES with 128-bit
key
0x020104 CCM-Mode 128bits AES, CCM-Mode, AES Key Wrap with 128-bit key
(Supported by Motorola)
0x030003 CBC-Mode 128-bit AES, no data authentication, ECB mode AES with 128-bit
key
0x800003 MBS CTR Mode 128 bits AES, no data authentication, AES ECB mode with
128-bit key
0x800004 MBS CTR mode 128 bits AES, no data authentication, AES Key Wrap with
128-bit key
All remaining values Reserved
Only the two options marked above are supported by Motorola. For value 0x000001, the implementation
will treate it as "No Data Encryption, No Data Authentication & No TEK Encryption".
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The index for a cryptographic suite row.
R02.00.01.08 Page 102 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Default Value: 0x020104

Presentation Name: Cryptographic Suites Index
Task Allocation: ap_sacm,ap_mnm,ap_cfg
AP Impact: online
1.3.10.3 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataEncryptAlg
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfDataEncryptAlgId
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Based on the choices the operator makes on wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteIndex, the
value of this parameter should be derived by NMS as follows.
0: No data encryption (Supported by Motorola)
2: AES, CCM-Mode, 128-bit AES (Supported by Motorola)
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the data encryption algorithm
for this cryptographic suite capability.
Range from Standards: WmanIfDataEncryptAlgId
Task Allocation: ap_sacm,ap_mnm,ap_cfg
1.3.10.4 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteDataAuthentAlg
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfDataAuthAlgId
InitialValue: ,,,
0: No data authentication
1: CCM-Mode, 128-bit AES
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the data authentication
algorithm for this cryptographic suite capability.
Range from Standards: WmanIfDataAuthAlgId
Task Allocation: ap_sacm
R02.00.01.08 Page 103 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.10.5 wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteTekEncryptAlg
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfTekEncryptAlgId
InitialValue: ,,,
1: 3-DES EDE with 128-bit key
4: AES Key Wrap with 128-bit key
When wmanIfCmnCryptoSuiteIndex is set to 0x000001, the option of "1: 3-DES EDE with 128-bit key"
should be implemented as "No TEK Encryption".
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the TEK key encryption
Range from Standards: WmanIfTekEncryptAlgId
Task Allocation: ap_sacm
1.3.11 wmanDevCmnDeviceConfig
OID: { wmanDevCommonObjects 3 }
wmanDevCmnDeviceCofig contains common configuration objects for the
device
Stereotype: ObjectIdentifier
Description from Standards:
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
Network Element: CPE/HPVM & BTS
1.3.11.1 wmanDevCmnResetDevice
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object should be implemented as follows:
- When set to actionsResetDevice value, instructs device
to reset itself
- When set to value different than actionsResetDevice it
should be ignored
- When read it should return actionsResetDeviceNoAction
Range from Standards: INTEGER {actionResetDeviceNoAction(0),
R02.00.01.08 Page 104 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

actionResetDevice(1)}
Category: Action
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.12 wmanPriDeviceInfo
OID: {wmanPriMibObjects 2}
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
Network Element: All
1.3.12.1 wmanPriDeviceType
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This object indicates the type of the device. The allowed string values are
'CPE' | 'AP' | 'CAPC'. This object should match the value of <DeviceType> in the manifest file for software
bundle.
Range from Standards: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Device Type
Task Allocation: capcNM
1.3.12.2 wmanPriDeviceManufacturerId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This object identifies the manufacturer of the device. The value should match
the <ManufacturerId> tag in the manifest file of the software bundle.
Motorola Default Value: Motorola
Motorola Range: Motorola
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Manufacturer Id
R02.00.01.08 Page 105 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.12.3 wmanPriDeviceCarrierId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This object identifies the service provider that owns and operates the device.
The value should match the <CarrierId> tag contained in the manifest file of the software bundle.
For AP/CAPC, the value should be set to 'any'.
For CPE, this should be the same as the Network Service Provider ID (3 bytes).
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Carrier Id
1.3.12.4 wmanPriDeviceHardwareId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This object describes the specific hardware characteristics of the device. The
value should match the <HardwareId> tag in the manifest file of the software bundle.
For AP, there are currently three values supported: DAP, GAP and SAAP. DAP - Diversity Access Point.
GAP - Ground-based Access Point. SAAP - Smart Antenna Access Point.
For CAPC, this object usually indicates the specific platform type (Low-tier, High-tier, etc).
For CPE, this object should be used to indicate the chipset vendor.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Hardware Id
1.3.12.5 wmanPriDeviceModelNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This object indicates the model number of the device. The value should match
the <ModelNumber> tag in the manifest file of the software bundle.
R02.00.01.08 Page 106 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

In general, the model number should only be used for CPEs. The EMS uses the model number to control
upgrade policies applicable to a group of CPEs.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Model Number
1.3.13 wmanPriLicensedFeatureTable
For a specific feature, if there is no valid license file, or the license is disabled for some reason, the EMS
should grey out the parameters tagged to be controlled by that license.
If there is no license for a feature that is listed in the "License Required" property of a scalar object, the
default value defined for that scalar object shall be included in the configuration file.
If there is no license for a feature that is listed in a table field's "License Required" property, and the table
field has a default value defined, then the default value defined for that field will be populated for all rows
added to that table.
For table fields in a table that A) don't have default values defined, and B) there is no license for a feature
listed in the field's "License Required" property, then the network elements must not attempt to access
these fields in all rows in the table.
Another table to augment wmanPriLicensedFeatureTable can be defined in the future if there are additional
parameters needed to control a specific feature.
wmanPriLicensedFeatureParamTable
wmanPriLicensedFeatureIndex: INTEGER (through augmentation)
wmanPriLicensedFeature[*]Param, etc
Description from Standards: This table contains feature licensing information.
1.3.13.1 wmanPriLicensedFeatureIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is a sequential number assigned to each licensed feature based on the
order of the features in the license file.
R02.00.01.08 Page 107 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


AP Impact: online
1.3.13.2 wmanPriLicensedFeatureName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This object contains the name of a licensed feature. The feature name should
be exactly the same as specified in the license file.
Presentation Name: Licensed Feature
1.3.13.3 wmanPriLicenseStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The value impaired(3) is not used in current releases.
Description from Standards: This object indicates if a licensed feature is enabled by a valid license file.
The value should be derived from the license file contents.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { enabled(1), disabled(2), impaired(3) }
Motorola Range: enabled(1), disabled(2)
Presentation Name: License Status
1.3.13.4 wmanPriLicensedFeatureRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
Description from Standards: This object is used to create a new row or modify or delete an existing row in
this table.
R02.00.01.08 Page 108 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


AP Impact: online
1.3.14 ifTable
Presentation Name: Interfaces

OID: { interfaces 2 }
the Interfaces table
The Interfaces table contains information on the entity's

interfaces. Each sub-layer below the internetwork-layer
of a network interface is considered to be an interface.
Description from Standards: A list of interface entries. The number of entries is
given by the value of ifNumber.
1.3.14.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
Motorola Implementation: For BTS, sectors are always in front of the other interfaces.
For CAPC, the ifIndex range for payload modules is 1..10. The redundancy pair ifIndex values are always
consecutive (ifIndex 1&2 are a pair, 3&4, 5&6, etc.).
Stereotype: Index
initialization.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: BTS-->Sector, Ethernet, RF Head
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
Task Allocation: capcNM,ap_NM
AP Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 109 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.14.2 ifDescr
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: A textual string containing information about the
interface. This string should include the name of the
manufacturer, the product name and the version of the
interface hardware/software.
Range from Standards: DisplayString (SIZE (0..255))
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Interface Description
Network Element: BTS & CAPC
1.3.14.3 ifType
OID: <optional>
Type: IANAifType
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The type of interface. Additional values for ifType are
assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA),
through updating the syntax of the IANAifType textual
convention.
Range from Standards: IANAifType
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Interface Type
1.3.14.4 ifSpeed
OID: <optional>
Type: Gauge32
InitialValue: ,,,
An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in bits
per second. For interfaces which do not vary in bandwidth
or for those where no accurate estimation can be made, this
object should contain the nominal bandwidth. If the
bandwidth of the interface is greater than the maximum value
reportable by this object then this object should report its
maximum value (4,294,967,295) and ifHighSpeed must be used
to report the interace's speed. For a sub-layer which has
R02.00.01.08 Page 110 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

no concept of bandwidth, this object should be zero.

Range from Standards: Gauge32
Category: Inventory
1.3.14.5 ifPhysAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: PhysAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
802.16 standards. The Sector Id is a 6 octets ANSI/IEEE Std 802 MAC address configured from the EMS.
It is NOT the physical MAC address even if the sector has a physical MAC address.
For example:
48.
0011 0101 0111 1011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0001 0000 1000 0000
C A E D 8 4 0 0 8 0 1 0
modification.
- CAPC: The operator provides the Paging Controller Id in the format of a logical MAC address via the
EMS GUI. Based on the definition in 802.16 standards, the Paging Controller Id is defined in the same
format as Base Station Id. The Sector Id part will be set to 0 for CAPC.
After the Paging Controller Id is entered, the EMS should ensure that there is no duplication among all
other Paging Controller Ids and BS Ids in its management domain.
- CPE/HPVM: This represents the device's MAC Address.
Description from Standards: The interface's address at its protocol sub-layer. For
example, for an 802.x interface, this object normally
contains a MAC address. The interface's media-specific MIB
must define the bit and byte ordering and the format of the
value of this object. For interfaces which do not have such
an address (e.g., a serial line), this object should contain
R02.00.01.08 Page 111 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

an octet string of zero length.

Range from Standards: PhysAddress

Management Domain.
CAPC Paging Controller: <IEEE Service Provider Id (3 octets)>:<CAPC Id (1 or 2 octets)><0(2 or 1

octets based on CAPC Id)>
The last 3 octets are split based on the number of paging groups.
- If there is over 255 paging groups in a CAPC, then use 1 octet for CAPC Id. (small number of large
CAPCs)
- If there is less than 256 paging groups in a CAPC, then use 2 octets for CAPC Id. (large number of small
CAPCs)
IM Rule: Ensure no duplicate paging controller ids.
CPE/HPVM: MAC Address

Category: Inventory
1.3.14.6 ifAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The desired state of the interface. The testing(3) state
indicates that no operational packets can be passed. When a
managed system initializes, all interfaces start with
ifAdminStatus in the down(2) state. As a result of either
explicit management action or per configuration information
retained by the managed system, ifAdminStatus is then
changed to either the up(1) or testing(3) states (or remains
in the down(2) state).
Range from Standards: INTEGER {
up(1), -- ready to pass packets
down(2),
testing(3) -- in some test mode
}
Category: State
R02.00.01.08 Page 112 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.14.7 ifOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The current operational state of the interface. The
testing(3) state indicates that no operational packets can
be passed. If ifAdminStatus is down(2) then ifOperStatus
should be down(2). If ifAdminStatus is changed to up(1)
then ifOperStatus should change to up(1) if the interface is
ready to transmit and receive network traffic; it should
change to dormant(5) if the interface is waiting for
external actions (such as a serial line waiting for an
incoming connection); it should remain in the down(2) state
if and only if there is a fault that prevents it from going
to the up(1) state; it should remain in the notPresent(6)
state if the interface has missing (typically, hardware)
components.
down(2),
testing(3), -- in some test mode
unknown(4), -- status can not be determined
-- for some reason.
dormant(5),
notPresent(6), -- some component is missing
lowerLayerDown(7) -- down due to state of
-- lower-layer interface(s)
}
Category: State
1.3.15 radiusAuthServerTable
Presentation Name: RADIUS Authentication Server

OID: { radiusAuthClient 3 }
Description from Standards: The (conceptual) table listing the RADIUS authentication
servers with which the client shares a secret.
Network Element: BTS & CAPC & MSS
Task Allocation: capcAuth
R02.00.01.08 Page 113 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.15.1 radiusAuthServerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: A number uniquely identifying each RADIUS
Authentication server with which this client
communicates.
Motorola Range: CAPC: 1-2, AP/HPVM: 0-1
Task Allocation: ap_LMT
AP Impact: online
1.3.15.2 radiusAuthServerAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: IpAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: For a CAPC, the EMS needs to provide this address for each AAA server which
the CAPC communicates with.
In current implementation, the CAPC is BTS's AAA proxy. So, for a BTS, if this address is not provided in
the configuration file built by the EMS, the BTS would populate this address using the controlling CAPC's
IP address. If this address is provided in the BTS's configuration file, then the BTS should use this address
to locate AAA server (usually, this means the operator chooses to use other AAA server instead of the
CAPC proxy.).
MSS uses this information for connected hosts.
Description from Standards: The IP address of the RADIUS authentication server
referred to in this table entry.
Range from Standards: IpAddress
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: AAA Server IP Address
Task Allocation: capcAuth,ap_LMT
1.3.15.3 radiusAuthClientServerPortNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1812 ,1812 ,1812 ,1812
Motorola Implementation: This should be provided in both CAPC and BTS configurations. MSS uses this
information for connected hosts.
For a CAPC, this is the destination port on the AAA to which the CAPC sends requests to. For an AP, this
is the destination port on the CAPC to which the AP sends authentication messages.
R02.00.01.08 Page 114 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: The UDP port the client is using to send requests to this server.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: AAA Server Port Number
1.3.16 wmanIfBsScanTriggerTable
OID: { wmanIfNeighborObjects 2}
IM Rule: For a cell, there can be only one instance of each trigger type.
Description from Standards: This table contains parameters that are used to trigger handover scan.
1.3.16.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.16.2 wmanIfBsScanTriggerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 115 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: There can be up to 3 instances of this index per sector.

Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index for the trigger type.
1.3.16.3 wmanIfBsScanTriggerType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines type of trigger metric to initiate
scanning or reporting of neighbor cells.
Scan Trigger action is triggered if function using
specified metric with specified average exceeds
specified value.
Note: multiple scan triggers can be configured in a cell.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { cinr(0), rssi(1), rtd(2) }
Motorola Range: 0 = CINR
1 = RSSI
2 = RTD
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Type
License Required: Mobility
1.3.16.4 wmanIfBsScanTriggerFunction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines the type of function to initiate
scanning or reporting of neighbor cells
Scan Trigger action is triggered if function
using specified metric with specified average
exceeds specified value.
R02.00.01.08 Page 116 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Motorola Range: 5: Metric of serving BS greater than absolute value
6: Metric of serving BS less than absolute value
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Function
1.3.16.5 wmanIfBsScanTriggerAction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines the action that the MS takes when the specified scan trigger condition
is met.
Scan Trigger action is triggered if function using specified metric with specified average exceeds specified
value.
Motorola Range: 1: Respond on trigger with MOB_SCN-REP after the end of each scanning interval
2: Respond on trigger with MOB_MSHO-REQ
3: On trigger, MS starts neighbor BS scanning process by sending MOB_SCN-REQ

Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Action
1.3.16.6 wmanIfBsScanTriggerValue
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB or -dBm, depends on action
Description from Standards: Defines the value utilized in the scan trigger
function.
specified value.
R02.00.01.08 Page 117 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Value
1.3.16.7 wmanIfBsScanTriggerAverage
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50 ms,50 ms,50 ms,50 ms
Units: millisecond
Description from Standards: Trigger averaging duration is the time in ms over
which the metric measurements are averaged.
When the mean value of the measurement meets
the trigger condition, the MS reacts using the MSS
reacts using the specified action.
Motorola Default Value: 50 ms (10 frames)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Average
1.3.16.8 wmanIfBsScanTriggerRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 118 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.17 wmanIfBsNeighborTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor Information

OID: { wmanIfNeighborObjects 1}
IM rule:
Neighbor preambles (wmanIfBsNbrPreamble) must be unique across sectors that use the same center
frequency in a site (BTS).
If the wmanIfBsNeighborTable is configured, then the following handover related tables must have at least
one row of data:
wmanIfBsScanTriggerTable, wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerTable, wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerTable,
wmanIfBsNbrDcdConfigTable, wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupTable, wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerTable,
wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerTable, wmanIfBsNbrUcdConfigTable.
Description from Standards: This table contains neighbor BS configuration information.
1.3.17.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.17.2 wmanIfBsNbrIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The index for each neighbor BS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 119 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Neighbor Sector
Presentation Name: Neighbor Index
1.3.17.3 wmanIfBsNbrBsId
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: Any two neighbors of a local sector cannot have the same Neightbor
BS ID.
Description from Standards: Base Station Identifier of the neighbor cell. This uniquely identifies a
neighbor cell.
Presentation Name: Neighbor BS ID
1.3.17.4 wmanIfBsNbrPreamble
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The preamble is derived from the IDcell and the sector number using the
formula below (from table 309 in the 802.16e-2005 spec):
preamble = wmanIfBsOfdmaIDCell + 32*Segment
where
wmanIfBsOfdmaIDCell is the IDcell defined for the Neighbor BS (not the serving BS)
segment = (sector# -1 ) mod 3
(the mod 3 is required for 4 sector AP so the 4th sector maps to segment 0)
sector number is available from ifindex of wmanBtsSectorConfigTable for neighbor BS.
IM rule: Each cell referenced in a neighbor list must have unique Preamble when using the same center
frequency.
Description from Standards: Configured Preamble index of neighbor BS.
Presentation Name: Neighbor Preamble
R02.00.01.08 Page 120 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.17.5 wmanIfBsNbrAdvertiseInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: second
Description from Standards: Nominal time between transmission of MOB-NBR-ADV messages
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.17.6 wmanIfBsResourceRetainTime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines HO Process Optimization MS Timer, which specifies the time
duration for MSs connection information that will be retained in serving BS. BS shall start
Resource_Retain_Time timer at MS notification of pending HO attempt through MOB_HO-IND or by
detecting an MS drop. BS provides this timer value to the MS in the REG-RSP message The unit of this
value is 100 milliseconds.
1.3.17.7 wmanIfBsHoRetransmissionTime
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 121 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines value for MS Handover Retransmission Timer, which is used by the
MS to set the delay between HO (MOB_MSHO-REQ) retries.BS provides to MS in the REG-RSP
message. Units are frames.
1.3.17.8 wmanIfBsNbrAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This is the address of the neighbor BS. This can either be FQDN or IP address
depending on the wmanIfBsNbrAddressType.
Presentation Name: Neighbor Address
1.3.17.9 wmanIfBsNbrAddressType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This indicates the type of address stored in wmanIfBsNbrAddress.
Presentation Name: Neighbor Address Type
R02.00.01.08 Page 122 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.17.10 wmanIfBsNbrWithSameCellularAccessPoint
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: This parameter can be derived from the BTS-CAPC connection configuration. If
the serving BTS and the neighbor BTS belong to the same CAPC, then this parameter should be set to
True. Otherwise, the value should be False.
Description from Standards: This indicates if the neighbor is controlled by the same cellular access point.
1.3.17.11 wmanIfBsNbrRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object is used to create a new row or modify or delete
an existing row in this table. If the implementator of this
MIB has choosen not to implement 'dynamic assignment' of
profiles, this object is not useful and should return
noSuchName upon SNMP reque
1.3.18 wmanIfBsPagingGroupTable
Presentation Name: Paging Group Information

OID: { wmanIfIdleModeObjects 1 }
The ifIndex for paging groups is populated differently in BTS than CAPC. For BTS, it is the sector ifIndex.
In a CAPC, it is the payload card ifIndex.
IM rules:
R02.00.01.08 Page 123 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

The paging groups assigned to a payload card pair must belong to the same paging controller (have the
same wmanIfBsPagingControllerId and wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress).
wmanIfBsPagingGroupId must be globally unique (EMS can only enforce this rule within a managment
domain in current releases).
Description from Standards: This table provide paging group configuration for BTS and CAPC.
Task Allocation: capcMobility
1.3.18.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
Presentation Name: BTS-->Sector CAPC-->Paging Controller
1.3.18.2 wmanIfBsPagingGroupIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index of the paging group assigned to a BS or a Cellular Access Point.
Scope: Per Paging Group
Presentation Name: Paging Group Index
R02.00.01.08 Page 124 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.18.3 wmanIfBsPagingGroupId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: ID number of the paging group assigned to the BS and CAPC.
Presentation Name: Paging Group ID
1.3.18.4 wmanIfBsPagingControllerId
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The format of Paging Controller Id is similar to the format of Base Station Id
defined in 802.16 standards. The left-most 3 bytes have to be the access service provider's id assigned by
IEEE.
The EMS can generate the right-most 3 bytes, but should also allow the operator to override them (in the
case when inter-management domain paging group is supported).
Description from Standards: Logical network identifier for the CAPC retaining MSS context information
while MSS in Idle Mode.
Motorola Range: CAPC Paging Controller: <IEEE Service Provider Id (3 octets)> + <3 octets controlled
by operator>.
Presentation Name: Paging Controller ID
1.3.18.5 wmanIfBsPagingCycle
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Number of frames between the beginning of MSS listening intervals.
Determines the frame in which the paging message is transmitted to a specific paging group.
R02.00.01.08 Page 125 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Range: 0 to 65535, step size 1, unit = frames
Presentation Name: Paging Cycle (frames)
1.3.18.6 wmanIfBsPagingOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Specifies the frame within the cycle in which the listening interval begins and
paging message is transmitted. Must be smaller than wmanPagingCycle value.
Motorola Range: 0 to 255
Presentation Name: Paging Offset (frames)
1.3.18.7 wmanIfBsPagingRetryCount
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: How many pages to send to an unresponsive MSS.
Motorola Range: 0 - 16
Presentation Name: Paging Retry Count
R02.00.01.08 Page 126 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.18.8 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This is the address of the paging controller. The value can either be FQDN or
IP address depending on the wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddressType.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Paging Controller Address
1.3.18.9 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddressType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of value for
wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Paging Controller Address Type
1.3.18.10 wmanIfBsPagingGroupRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 127 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.19 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationTable
Presentation Name: Idle Mode Configuration

Description from Standards: This table provide Idle configuration.
1.3.19.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.19.2 wmanIfBsReqDuration
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Waiting value for the DREG-REQ message re-transmission.
Motorola Range: 0 - 64, step size = 1, units = frames
R02.00.01.08 Page 128 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS

Presentation Name: DREG-REQ Message Re-Transmission Interval (frames)
1.3.19.3 wmanIfBsPagingIntervalLength
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Duration of paging listening interval that the BS can page idle MSS on.
Motorola Range: 2-5, unit = frames
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Paging Interval (frames)
1.3.19.4 wmanIfBsIdleModeTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 4096,4096,4096,4096
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: Max time interval at MS to send Idle Mode Location Update to BS.
Motorola Range: 128 to 65535, unit = seconds
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Idle Mode Location Update Timeout (s)
R02.00.01.08 Page 129 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.19.5 wmanIfBsMRHTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: IM rule: wmanIfBsMRHTimer should be
less than wmanIfBsIdleModeTimeout
Description from Standards: Management Resource Holding (MRH) timer that defines how long the BS
will retain MS connection information with the MS after the BS send DREG-CMD to the MS.
Motorola Range: 0 to 10,000, unit = milliseconds
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.19.6 wmanIfBsDregCommandRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on DREG-CMD Message.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.19.7 wmanIfBsT46
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Time the BS waits for DREG-REQ in case of unsolicited Idle Mode initiation
from BS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 130 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.19.8 wmanIfBsInitIdleModeHighThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsInitIdleModeHighThreshold should be greater than
wmanIfBsInitIdleModeLowThreshold.
Description from Standards: The number of active MSSs in a cell that forces the BS to start initiating idle
mode with MSSs in the cell.
Motorola Range: 1- 255
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.19.9 wmanIfBsInitIdleModeLowThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsInitIdleModeHighThreshold should be greater than
wmanIfBsInitIdleModeLowThreshold.
Description from Standards: The number of active MSSs in a cell that forces the BS to stop initiating idle
mode with MSSs in the cell.
Motorola Range: 1- 255
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 131 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.19.10 wmanIfBsSystemIdleModeTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 4096s,4096s,4096s,4096s
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: System Idle Mode timer value
Motorola Default Value: 4096s
Motorola Range: 128 to 65535 seconds
Presentation Name: System Idle Mode Timer (s)
1.3.19.11 wmanIfBsLeaseRetainTime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1800,1800,1800,1800
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: Amount of time BS keeps the lease after the MSS goes idle before it releases
it to the CAPC
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Lease Retain Time (s)
1.3.19.12 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 132 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

upon SNMP request.

1.3.20 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationTable
Presentation Name: Mobile IP Configuration

OID: { wmanIfMobilityObjects 1 }
This table contains BTS attributes related to mobility.
Description from Standards: This table contains general information for mobility support.
1.3.20.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.20.2 wmanIfBsMsgGuardTimer1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: BSCAPC message exchange guard timers.
R02.00.01.08 Page 133 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Range: TBD

1.3.20.3 wmanIfBsMsgGuardTimer2
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: BSCAPC message exchange guard timers.
Motorola Range: TBD
1.3.20.4 wmanIfBsMipDeliveryStyle
OID: <optional>
Type: MipDeliveryStyle
InitialValue: 1 (direct),1 (direct),1 (direct),1 (direct)
Description from Standards: Indicates the delivery style that can be requested by the mobile node in its
registration request.
Range from Standards: MipDeliveryStyle
Motorola Default Value: 1 (direct)
1.3.20.5 wmanIfBsMipRegReqRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 134 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: max # retries for MIP Registration Request

Motorola Range: TBD
1.3.20.6 wmanIfBsMipRegReqTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: timer for MIP Registration Request Retry
Motorola Range: TBD
1.3.20.7 wmanIfBsMipIcmpAdvertFaMissLimit
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: # of missed ICMP Router Advertisement/MIP Agent Advertisement before
declaring BTS - Router/FA link failure
Motorola Range: TBD
R02.00.01.08 Page 135 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.20.8 wmanIfBsL2MobUpdateRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Routing Update L2 Frame Retries.
1.3.20.9 wmanIfBsL2MobUpdateInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Routing Update L2 Frame Interval.
1.3.20.10 wmanIfBsMipSecurityReplayMethod
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: nonces(3),nonces(3),nonces(3),nonces(3)
Default Value from Standards: timestamps
Description from Standards: The replay-protection method supported for this SPI
within this Mobility Security Association.
other(1),
timestamps(2),
nonces(3)
}
Motorola Default Value: nonces(3)
Presentation Name: MIP Security Replay Protection Method within Mobility Security Assoc
R02.00.01.08 Page 136 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.20.11 wmanIfBsMipSecurityReplayTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The replay-protection time difference that is
acceptable for this Mobility Security Association when
MipSecurityReplayMethod is set to timestamps.
Presentation Name: MIP Security Replay Time
1.3.20.12 wmanIfBsRegistrationMobilitySupport
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: 000, 000, 000, 000
Motorola Implementation: Among the 3 bits, the "Handover support" bit should only be made available to
the operator if there is a valid license file installed on the EMS. The other 2 bits should be configurable in
the release the corresponding features are supported.
Description from Standards: Defines mobility supported by the network and conveyed to the MS during
registration in the REG-RSP.
Bit#0: Handover support
Bit#1: Sleep-mode support
Bit#2: Idle-mode support
For each bit, value 1 enables a specific feature whereas value 0 disables it.
The control for bit 0 is only availble to the operator if a valid license file is installed on EMS. The controls
for the other 2 bits are always available.
Range from Standards: BITS {handoverSupport(0),
sleepModeSupport(1),
idleModeSupport(2)}
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: AP Mobility Support
R02.00.01.08 Page 137 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.20.13 wmanIfBsNbrAdvMinIntervalPagGrp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: The minimum number of frames between trasnsmission of MOB_NBR-ADV
messages for an individual paging group. If wmanPagingCycle is greater or equal to
wmanIfBsNbrAdvMinIntervalPagGrp, then MOB_NBR_ADV sent every PAGING_CYCLE frames.
If wmanPagingCycle is less than wmanIfBsNbrAdvMinIntervalPagGrp, then MOB_NBR_ADV
messages are every Ceiling (wmanIfBsNbrAdvMinIntervalPagGrp/wmanPagingCycle) PAGING_CYCLE
frames.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.20.14 wmanIfBsPmnTriggerSolicitationTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 30
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: This timer is used to trigger solicitation after initialization if an advertisement
has not been received.
Motorola Default Value: 30 seconds
Motorola Range: 3..1800 seconds
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Proxy MN Trigger Solicitation Timer
R02.00.01.08 Page 138 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.20.15 wmanIfBsMinSolicitationRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 450
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: Initially MN uses this timer to retry solicitation for 3 times.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: MN Min Solicitation Timer
1.3.20.16 wmanIfBsMaxSolicitationRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: In subsequent solicitation retries, this timer is used as an upper-bound for the
retry interval calculated from the backoff algorithm.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: MN Max Solicitation Timer
1.3.20.17 wmanIfBsBearerForwardActive
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: User priority that BS used to mark HO Bearer Forwarding traffic to another
BS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 139 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: User priority for HO Bearer Forwarding traffic
1.3.20.18 wmanIfBsBearerForwardIdle
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: User priority that BS used to mark Idle Bearer Forwarding to CAPC
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: User priority for Idle Bearer Forwarding
1.3.20.19 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 140 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.21 wmanIfBsFaTable
Description from Standards: This table contains the FA information.
1.3.21.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.21.2 wmanIfBsFaIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is the index of the foreign agent.
1.3.21.3 wmanIfBsFaAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This is the address of the foreign agent. The interpretation of this parameter
depends on wmanIfBsFaAddressType.
R02.00.01.08 Page 141 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per BTS
1.3.21.4 wmanIfBsFaAddressType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The address type of this foreign agent.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.21.5 wmanIfBsFaMaxRegLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The longest lifetime in seconds that the agent is
willing to accept in any registration request.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.21.6 wmanIfBsFaMaxAdvLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The maximum length of time that the Advertisement is
R02.00.01.08 Page 142 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

considered valid in the absence of further Advertisements.

Scope: Per BTS
1.3.21.7 wmanIfBsFaRegistrationRequired
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Whether or not this foreign agent requires
registration even from those mobile nodes that have
acquired their own, colocated care-of address.
If true(1), registration is required and any Agent
Advertisements sent from this agent should have the
'R' bit set to 1.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.21.8 wmanIfBsFaRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter is used to insert/delete rows to/from this table.
1.3.22 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerTable
OID: { wmanIfNeighborObjects 3 }
R02.00.01.08 Page 143 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

IM Rule: For a cell, there can be only one instance of each trigger type.
Description from Standards: This table provides handover trigger values for each sector. There can be only
one instance of each trigger type.
1.3.22.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.22.2 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: There can be up to 2 instances of this index per sector.
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index for the trigger type of the serving cell.
1.3.22.3 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines type of trigger metric to initiate handover.
R02.00.01.08 Page 144 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Handover Trigger action is initiated if trigger

function using specified metric using specified
average exceeds specified value.
Note: multiple handover triggers can be
configured in a cell.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { cinr(0), rssi(1)}
1 = RSSI
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Type
1.3.22.4 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerFunction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines type of function to initiate handover.
Motorola Range: 1: Metric of neighbor BS is greater than absolute value
2: Metric of neighbor BS is less than absolute value
3: Metric of neighbor BS is greater than serving BS metric by relative value
4: Metric of neighbor BS is less than serving BS metric by relative value
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Function
1.3.22.5 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerAction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines handover Trigger action. Action is initiated if trigger function using
R02.00.01.08 Page 145 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

specified metric using specified average exceeds specified value

Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Action
1.3.22.6 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerValue
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB or dBm
Description from Standards: Defines the value discussed in handover trigger function.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Value
1.3.22.7 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerAverage
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50
Units: milliseconds
the trigger condition, the MSS reacts using the specified action.
Motorola Default Value: 50 ms
R02.00.01.08 Page 146 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Average
1.3.22.8 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
1.3.23 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor Handover Trigger

The table provides addtional configuration needed when configure a neighbor cell of this BS, all attributes
in it are configurable.
Note that it is different than wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerTable, which is also needed for neighbor
configuration, but attributes are derived from wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerTable of the neighbor cell.
IM Rule: For a neighbor cell, there can be only one instance of each trigger type.
Description from Standards: This table defines the types of trigger metric to initiate handover. Note:
multiple handover triggers can be configured for an individual neighbor BS.
1.3.23.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 147 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
1.3.23.3 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: There can be up to 2 instances of this index per neighbor sector.
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index for the trigger type of the neighbor cell.
R02.00.01.08 Page 148 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.23.4 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
configured for an individual neighbor cell.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { cinr(0), rssi(1) }
1 = RSSI
Presentation Name: Neighbor Trigger Type
1.3.23.5 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerFunction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Range: 1: Metric of neighbor BS is greater than absolute value
2: Metric of neighbor BS is less than absolute value
3: Metric of neighbor BS is greater than serving BS metric by relative value
4: Metric of neighbor BS is less than serving BS metric by relative value
Presentation Name: Neighbor Trigger Function
R02.00.01.08 Page 149 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.23.6 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerAction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines handover Trigger action. Action is initiated if trigger
function using specified metric using specified average exceeds specified value.

Presentation Name: Neighbor Trigger Action
1.3.23.7 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerValue
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines the value discussed in handover trigger
function.
Presentation Name: Neighbor Trigger Value
1.3.23.8 wmanIfBsHoNbrTriggerAverage
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 150 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: 50
Units: milliseconds
the trigger condition, the MS reacts using the specified action.
Presentation Name: Neighbor Trigger Average
1.3.23.9 wmanIfBsHoNbrRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
1.3.24 wmanIfBsDhcpServerTable
In current releases, there is only 1 instance configured per WiMax system. This table is fan out to all
sectors.
Description from Standards: This table contains the information about the DHCP servers used for SS
network entry.
R02.00.01.08 Page 151 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.24.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.24.2 wmanIfBsDhcpServerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The index of the DHCP server used for mobile registration.
1.3.24.3 wmanIfBsDhcpServerAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The address of the DHCP server used for mobile registration.
Presentation Name: DHCP Server for Mobile Registration
R02.00.01.08 Page 152 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.24.4 wmanIfBsDhcpServerAddressType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Indicates the type of value configured for wmanIfBsDhcpServerAddress.
Presentation Name: DHCP Server Address Type
1.3.24.5 wmanIfBsDhcpServerRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
1.3.25 wmanIfBsNbrDcdConfigTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor DCD

This table defines DCD configuration for a BTS neighbor cell.
All parameters are derived from the corresponding configuration parameters of sector in the neighbor BTS.
Description from Standards: Contains the neighbor's DCD configuration information.
1.3.25.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 153 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


initialization.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
1.3.25.3 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaBsEIRP
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
Motorola Implementation: The EIRP is the equivalent isotropic radiated power of the base station, which is
computed for a simple single-antenna transmitter
Presentation Name: OFDMA Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) (dBm)
R02.00.01.08 Page 154 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.25.4 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Transmit Time Gap: Determines max cell radius.
10 MHz: 1PS = 357 ns
7 MHz: 1 PS = 500 ns
5 MHz: 1 PS = 714 ns
3.5 MHz: 1 PS = 1000 ns
Display to customer as either “Small Cell Size” or “Large Cell Size”, or microseconds.
Save as PS.

1.3.25.5 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaRTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Receive Time Gap: Fixed at 60µs.
10 MHz: 1PS = 357 ns
7 MHz: 1 PS = 500 ns
5 MHz: 1 PS = 714 ns
3.5 MHz: 1 PS = 1000 ns
Display to customer in terms of # of microseconds.
Save as PS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 155 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.25.6 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
Motorola Implementation: Initial Ranging Max. Received Signal Strength at BS.
Presentation Name: OFDMA Initial Ranging Max RSS(dBm)
1.3.25.7 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
Motorola Implementation: Center Downlink Frequency, in kHz.
Presentation Name: Downlink Center Frequency (kHz)
1.3.25.8 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaBsId
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Nbr Base station ID.
R02.00.01.08 Page 156 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: AP ID
1.3.25.9 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Number of frames that the MSS waits before transmitting ACK or NACK. All
MSSs will use the same offset to allow coordination of timing in UL HARQ ACK channels.
twoframesoffset(2),
Motorola Range: 1-3
1.3.25.10 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQDlMaxRetrans
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Maximum number of DL HARQ retransmissions of the same packet.
R02.00.01.08 Page 157 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.25.11 wmanIfBsNbrDefaultRSSIAveParam
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Default averaging parameter for physical RSSI measurements for CQICH, in
multiples of 1/16 (range [1/16,16/16], 0x0 for 1/16, 0xF for 16/16).
Presentation Name: Default Averaging RSSI Measurements (x1/16)
1.3.25.12 wmanIfBsNbrDefaultCINRAveParam
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Default averaging parameter for physical CINR measurements for CQICH in
multiples of 1/16 (range [1/16,16/16], 0x0 for 1/16, 0xF for 16/16).
Presentation Name: Default Averaging CINR Measurements (x1/16)
1.3.25.13 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaMacVersion
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 158 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Range: 5: Indicates conformance with IEEE Std. 802.16-2004 and IEEE P802.16-2004/Cor1 and
IEEE Std 802.16e-2005
1.3.25.14 wmanIfBsNbrPagingIntervalLength
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Duration of paging listening interval that the BS can page idle MSS on.
Motorola Range: 2-5, unit = frames
Presentation Name: Paging Interval (frames)
1.3.25.15 wmanIfBsNbrDcdConfigRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 159 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.26 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor Paging Group

This table has all Page Group the neighbor cell belongs to.
They are derived from the neighbor BTS's sector paging group configuration.
Description from Standards: Contains the neighbor's paging group information.
1.3.26.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 160 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.26.3 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index of the paging group assigned to a Neighbor BS.
Presentation Name: Neighbor Paging Group Index
1.3.26.4 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.3.26.5 wmanIfBsNbrPagingGroupRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 161 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.27 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor Scan Trigger

This table defines scanning trigger values for the BTS neighbor cell.
They are derived from the neighbor BTS configuration.
Description from Standards: This table defines scanning trigger values for the BTS neighbor sector.
They are derived from the neighbor BTS' configuration.
1.3.27.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 162 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.27.3 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index for the trigger type.
AP Impact: online
1.3.27.4 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Defines type of trigger metric to initiate
scanning or reporting of neighbor cells.
specified value.
Note: multiple scan triggers can be configured in a cell.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { cinr(0), rssi(1), rtd(2) }
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Type
1.3.27.5 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerFunction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 163 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: Defines the type of function to initiate
scanning or reporting of neighbor cells
Scan Trigger action is triggered if function
using specified metric with specified average
exceeds specified value.
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Function
1.3.27.6 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerAction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines the action that the MS takes when the specified scan trigger condition
is met.
Scan Trigger action is triggered if function using specified metric with specified average exceeds specified
value.
3: On trigger, MS starts neighbor BS scanning process by sending MOB_SCN-REQ

Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Action
1.3.27.7 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerValue
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines the value utilized in the scan trigger
R02.00.01.08 Page 164 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

function.
specified value.
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Value
1.3.27.8 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerAverage
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
the trigger condition, the MS reacts using the MSS
reacts using the specified action.
Presentation Name: Scan Trigger Average
1.3.27.9 wmanIfBsNbrScanTriggerRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 165 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.28 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor Handover Cell Trigger

This table defines handover trigger values for the BTS neighbor cell.
All parameters are derived from the neighbor BTS.
Description from Standards: This table defines the handover trigger values for the BTS neighbor sector.
All parameters are derived from the neighbor BTS' configuration.
1.3.28.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 166 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.28.3 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: Index for the trigger type of the serving cell.
AP Impact: online
1.3.28.4 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
configured in a cell.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { cinr(0), rssi(1) }
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Type
R02.00.01.08 Page 167 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.28.5 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerFunction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Function
1.3.28.6 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerAction
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Defines handover Trigger action. Action is initiated if trigger function using
specified metric using specified average exceeds specified value
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Action
1.3.28.7 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerValue
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB or dBm
Description from Standards: Defines the value discussed in handover trigger function.
R02.00.01.08 Page 168 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Value
1.3.28.8 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerAverage
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: milliseconds
the trigger condition, the MSS reacts using the specified action.
Presentation Name: HO Cell Trigger Average
1.3.28.9 wmanIfBsNbrHoCellTriggerRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 169 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.29 wmanIfBsNbrUcdConfigTable
Presentation Name: Neighbor UCD

This table defines UCD configuration for a BTS neighbor cell.
All parameters are derived from the corresponding configuration parameters of the neighbor BTS.
Description from Standards: This table contains UCD configuration for neighbor BS's. All parameters are
derived from the corresponding UCD parameters of the neighbor BS's.
1.3.29.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 170 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

AP Impact: online
1.3.29.3 wmanIfBsNbrContentionBasedReservationTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Number of UL-MAPs to receive before contention-based reservation is
attempted again for the same connection.-
units = frames
1.3.29.4 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
Motorola Implementation: Center Uplink Frequency, in kHz.

1.3.29.5 wmanIfBsNbrInitialRangingInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: frames
Motorola Implementation: Number of frames between Ranging region allocations.
Description from Standards: Time between Initial Ranging regions assigned by the BS
in ms.
R02.00.01.08 Page 171 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Initial Ranging Interval (ms)
1.3.29.6 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaStartOfRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Indicates the starting number, S, of the group of CDMA codes used for this
uplink. If not specified, the default value shall be set to zero. All the ranging codes used on this uplink will
be between S and ((S+N+M+L+O) mod 256). Where,
N is the number of initial-ranging codes
M is the number of periodic-ranging codes
L is the number of bandwidth-request codes
O is the number of handover-ranging codes
It is recommended that each sector in a cell use a mutually exclusive set of CDMA codes.

Presentation Name: Starting Number of Ranging Codes
1.3.29.7 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaInitRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Number of Initial Ranging CDMA Codes.
R02.00.01.08 Page 172 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Presentation Name: Number of Initial Ranging CDMA Codes
1.3.29.8 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Number of Periodic Ranging CDMA Codes.
Presentation Name: Number of Period Ranging CDMA Codes
1.3.29.9 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaBWReqCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Number of BW Request Ranging CDMA Codes.
Presentation Name: Number of Bandwidth Request Codes
R02.00.01.08 Page 173 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.29.10 wmanIfBsNbrHandoverRangingCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Number of Handover Ranging CDMA Codes.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.29.11 wmanIfBsNbrInitialRangingBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for initial ranging contention, expressed as a
Presentation Name: Initial Ranging Backoff Start
1.3.29.12 wmanIfBsNbrInitialRangingBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffEnd >=
wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffStart
R02.00.01.08 Page 174 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for initial ranging contention, expressed as a power
of 2.The highest order bits shall be unused and set to 0.
Presentation Name: Initial Ranging Backoff End
1.3.29.13 wmanIfBsNbrBWReqRangingBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
power of 2.The highest order bits shall be unused and set to 0.
1.3.29.14 wmanIfBsNbrBWReqRangingBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffEnd >=
wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffStart
Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
R02.00.01.08 Page 175 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.29.15 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging contention,
1.3.29.16 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Final backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
IM rule:
(wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd >= wmanIfBsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart)
R02.00.01.08 Page 176 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.29.17 wmanIfBsNbrHoRangingBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for handover
ranging contention, expressed as a power of 2.
The highest order bits shall be unused and set to
0.
Presentation Name: HO Ranging Backoff Start
1.3.29.18 wmanIfBsNbrHoRangingBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: IM rule:
(HO_RANGING_BACKOFF_END >= HO_RANGING_BACKOFF_START)
Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for handover
0.
Presentation Name: HO Ranging Backoff End
1.3.29.19 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPermutationBase
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 177 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Determines UL_PermBase parameter.
Note: Prior to Corrigendum1/D5, this param was known as UL_IDcell.
IM Rule: If cell is configured for PUSC1/3 (wmanIfBsMapPermutation= 1), then
wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaPermutationBase should be the same for each sector in the BTS.

Presentation Name: OFDMA Permutation Base
1.3.29.20 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaULAllocSubchBitmap
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: This is a bitmap describing the sub-channels
allocated to the segment in the UL, when using the
uplink PUSC permutation. The LSB of the first byte
shall correspond to subchannel 0. For any bit that is
not set, the corresponding subchannel shall not be
used by the SS on that segment (sector).
Default value depends on setting of
wmanIfBsFFTSize:
If wmanIfBsFFTSize = 1024,
range = 0x7FFFFFFFF (35)
If wmanIfBsFFTSize = 512,
range = 0x00001FFFF (17)
Description from Standards: This is a bitmap describing the sub-channels allocated
to the segment in the UL, when using the uplink PUSC
permutation. The LSB of the first byte shall corrspond to
subchannel 0. For any bit that is not set,
the corresponding subchannel shall not be used by the SS
on that segment
Range from Standards: OCTET STRING (SIZE (9))
R02.00.01.08 Page 178 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.29.21 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Number of frames that the BS waits before transmitting an explicit ACK or
NACK to the MSS using the DL HARQ ACK channel. If DL ACK channel is not used, this parameter
defines the minimum number of frames that a HARQ UL MAP IE is sent to the MSS using the same ACID
as the prior UL allocation, In this case ACK/NACK is indicated by toggling of the AI_SN bit in the HARQ
UL MAP IE.
twoframesoffset(2),
Motorola Range: 1-3
1.3.29.22 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaHARQUlMaxRetrans
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Maximum number of UL HARQ retransmissions of the same packet.
1.3.29.23 wmanIfBsNbrNormalizedCN2
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
R02.00.01.08 Page 179 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Normalized C/N values for open and closed loop power control. First byte: -
128..127, remaining nibbles: 0..15->-8..7.
First byte is for ACK channel, remaining nibbles correspond to delta value with respect to earlier entry.
Each Nibble corresponds to modulation rate described in Table 334 of 802.16 spec. The full list must be
provided even if some of the nibbles are not used.
The SAD has a detailed example in section 9.1.11.4 for Normalized C/N:
- ACK Region = -3 dB
- Fast-feedback = 0 dB
- CDMA code delta = 3 dB
- QPSK 1/3 = 1 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- QPSK 1/2 = 5
- QPSK 2/3 = 7 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- QPSK 3/4 = 8
- 16-QAM 1/2 = 10
- 16-QAM 2/3 = 14 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- 16-QAM 3/4 = 14
- 16-QAM 5/6 = 15 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- 64-QAM 1/2 = 15
- 64-QAM 2/3 = 18
- 64QAM 3/4 = 19
- 64QAM 5/6 = 21
This list has the absolute values, which should be presented on EMS GUI. But in the configuration file, the
delta to the previous entry should be used.
For the above example, the following (2's complement) values (after ->) should be in config file:
- ACK Region = -3 dB (first byte, absolute)

- Fast-feedback = 0->3 dB
- CDMA code delta = 3->3 dB
- QPSK 1/3 = 1->-2 (2's complement, 0b1110) (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- QPSK 1/2 = 5->4 (2's complement, 0b0100)
- QPSK 2/3 = 7->2 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- QPSK 3/4 = 8->1
- 16-QAM 1/2 = 10->2
- 16-QAM 2/3 = 14->4 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- 16-QAM 3/4 = 14->0
- 16-QAM 5/6 = 15->1 (not used but needs to be listed in TLV)
- 64-QAM 1/2 = 15->0
- 64-QAM 2/3 = 18->3
- 64-QAM 3/4 = 19->1
- 64-QAM 5/6 = 21->2
Description from Standards: Normalized C/N values for open and closed loop power control. First byte: -
128 to 127, remaining nibbles: 0-15.
Each Nibble corresponds to modulation rate described in Table 334 of 802.16 spec.
Range from Standards: OCTET STRING (SIZE(8))
R02.00.01.08 Page 180 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.29.24 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaSizeCqichIdField
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Defines the size of CQICH ID field used in the
CQICH Allocation IE and DCD.
0 = Reserved
1 = 3 bits
2 = 4 bits
3 = 5 bits
4 = 6 bits
5 = 7 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 9 bits
8...255 = Reserved
Range from Standards: INTEGER {threebits(1),
fourbits(2),
fivebits(3),
sixbits(4),
sevenbits(5),
eightbits(6),
ninebits(7)}
Motorola Range: 0 = 0 bits
1 = 3 bits
2 = 4 bits
3 = 5 bits
4 = 6 bits
5 = 7 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 9 bits
8...255 = Reserved
1.3.29.25 wmanIfBsNbrNormalizedCNSounding
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 181 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Normalized C/N for channel sounding. Used in open loop and closed loop
power control.
Range from Standards: INTEGER (-16..15)
Motorola Range: -16 to 15, step size 1
Presentation Name: Normalized C/N for Channel Sounding
1.3.29.26 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Time threshold exponent to determine when the MSS must report transmit
power. Value used by MSS is 2^wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval. Only applies when the MSS is
actively requesting and transmitting UL data.
Presentation Name: Tx Power Report Interval (frames)
1.3.29.27 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTxPowerReportThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Path loss threshold exponent to determine when the MSS must report transmit
power. Only applies when the MSS is actively requesting and transmitting UL data.
R02.00.01.08 Page 182 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Tx Power Report Threshold (dB)

1.3.29.28 wmanIfBsNbrOfdmaTxPowerReportAlphaPAvg
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Path loss averaging parameter to determine when the MS must report UL
transmit power using Headroom condition. Uses multiples of 1/16 (range [1/16,16/16], 0x0 for 1/16, 0xF
for 16/16).
Presentation Name: TX_POWER_REPORT_ALPHA_P_AVG
1.3.29.29 wmanIfBsNbrUcdConfigRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
1.3.30 wmanIfBsServiceClassExtTable
R02.00.01.08 Page 183 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Service Class Extensions

OID: { wmanIfextMibObjects 7 }
Description from Standards: This table contains service class information.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.30.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
Task Allocation: ap_MNM,ap_cfg,ap_SACM
1.3.30.2 wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The index value which uniquely identifies an entry
in the wmanIfBsServiceClassTable
Presentation Name: QoS Profile Index
1.3.30.3 wmanIfBsArqRetryTimeoutTransmitterDelay
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1500,1500,1500,1500
Units: 10 us
R02.00.01.08 Page 184 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: The EMS will use the default value for this parameter whenever a new row is
created for this table.
Description from Standards: Total transmitter delay of the BS, including scheduling and propagation delay.
Negotiated at the time of DSA/REG.
Presentation Name: ARQ Retry Timeout Transmitter Delay (x10 microseconds)
1.3.30.4 wmanIfBsArqRetryTimeoutReceiverDelay
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 4500,4500,4500,4500
Units: 10 us
Motorola Implementation: The EMS will use the default value to fill in this field whenever a new row is
created in this table.
Description from Standards: Total receiver delay of the BS, including scheduling and propagation delay.
Negotiated at the time of DSA/REG.
Presentation Name: ARQ Retry Timeout Receiver Delay (x10 microseconds)
Task Allocation: ap_MNM,ap_CFG,ap_SM
1.3.30.5 wmanIfBsQoSScDataDeliveryServiceType
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfSfDataDeliveryServiceType
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The mapping of the values between wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType(upstream)
and wmanIfBsQosScDataDeliveryServiceType (downstream) is as follows:
wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType wmanIfBsQosScDataDeliveryServiceType
undefined(1) -- not needed as the default is bestEffort for both parameters
bestEffort(2) bestEffortsService(3)
nonRealTimePollingService(3) nonRealTimeVariableRateService(2)
realTimePollingService(4) realTimeVariableRateService(1)
R02.00.01.08 Page 185 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

extendedRealTimePollingService(5) extendedRealTimeVariableRateService(4)
unsolicitedGrantService(6) unsolicitedGrantService(0) -- interpreted as Continuing Grant
Service by Motorola.
Default Value from Standards: bestEffortsService
Description from Standards: Specifies the downstream data delivery service used for downstream service
flow.
If this parameter is not present in the corresponding 802.16 QOS Parameter Set of an downstream service
flow,
the similar parameter used for the corresponding upstream QOS Parameter Set
(wmanIfBsQosScSchedulingType) should be used to drive a value for this parameter.
Range from Standards: WmanIfSfDataDeliveryServiceType
Presentation Name: Downstream Data Delivery Service Type
1.3.30.6 wmanIfBsQoSScUnsolicitedGrantInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: ms
Description from Standards: Specifies the nominal interval between successive data grant opportunities for
this service flow class. This parameter applies to downlink.
Presentation Name: Unsolicited Grant Interval (ms)
1.3.30.7 wmanIfBsQoSScUnsolicitedPollingInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: ms
Description from Standards: Specifies the maximal nominal interval between successive polling grants
opportunities for this service flow class.
This parameter applies to uplink.
R02.00.01.08 Page 186 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Unsolicited Polling Interval (ms)
1.3.30.8 wmanIfBsQoSScDirection
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Defines direction of service flow class for authorization and instantiation.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {both(0),
downstream(1),
upstream(2)}
Presentation Name: Service Flow Direction
1.3.30.9 wmanIfBsQoSScHARQ
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Indicates if HARQ is used as ARQ method.
Presentation Name: HARQ Used as ARQ Method?
1.3.30.10 wmanIfBsQoSSfInactivityTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: seconds
R02.00.01.08 Page 187 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: In order to recover resources for inactive flows the system shall provide
means to tear down a
service flow based on a inactivity timer associated with a service class. This is targeted
primarily at voice services and other services that use scheduling types other than BE where
the resource usage is relatively high even when no traffic is present. A value of 0 means Infinite.
Range from Standards: Unsigned32 (0 | 10..4294967295)
Presentation Name: Inactive Flow Inactivity Timer (s)
1.3.30.11 wmanIfBsQoSScEtherUserPriorityMap
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Mapping of the 'user-priority' field in the VLAN tag to Service Class Names
will be
supported for Uplink Ethernet packets leaving the BTS. Mapping of DL markings is also
supported for additional flexibility but is expected to be configured to be pass through in most
deployments. The user-priority is a 3 bit filed and valid values range from 0-7 with 0 being the
lowest priority. Each Service Class Entry will be allowed to configure the 'user-priority' to
use in the VLAN tag independently.
Presentation Name: User Priority Map
Task Allocation: ap_SM
1.3.30.12 wmanIfBsQoSScDSCPMap
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: In order to ensure support for both L2 and L3 backhaul networks, mapping of
DSCP markings
will be supported for uplink IP packets leaving the BTS. Mapping of DL markings is also
supported for additional flexibility but is expected to be configured to be pass through in most
deployments. The DSCP tag is six bit field and valid values range from 0 to 63. Each Service
Class Entry will be allowed to configure these DSCP markings independently. Note that a
don't care specification denoted as '*' (coded with a value -1 outside the valid DSCP range) is
used to indicate to the BS that the marking from the MSS or the Backhaul will left unchanged
R02.00.01.08 Page 188 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

by the BS.
Range from Standards: INTEGER (-1 | 0..63)
Presentation Name: DSCP Map
Task Allocation: ap_SM
1.3.30.13 wmanIfBsQoSScTimeBase
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies time base for rate measurement. For real-time service
flows, let S denote the amount of data
arrived to the transmitter's MAC SAP, during time interval T = Time Base; and let R = Minimum Reserved
Traffic Rate.
Then the BS is supposed, during each time interval of the length (Time Base), to allocate to the connection
resources sufficient for transferring an amount of data according to the value of Minimum Reserved Traffic
Rate
i.e at least min {S, R * T}. Any SDU should be delivered within a time interval D = Maximum Latency.
In the case when the amount of data submitted to the transmitter's MAC SAP exceeds (Minimum Reserved
Traffic Rate) * T,
delivery of each specific SDU is not guaranteed.
Presentation Name: Time Base for Rate Measurement (ms)
Task Allocation: ap_MNM
1.3.30.14 wmanIfBsQoSScPagingPreference
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies whether a service flow may generate paging.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { noPagingGeneration(0), pagingGeneration(1) }
Presentation Name: Paging Preference
R02.00.01.08 Page 189 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.30.15 wmanIfBsQoSScTrafficIndicationPreference
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies whether traffic on a service flow should generate
MOB_TRF-IND messages to an
MS in Sleep Mode.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { noTrafficIndication(0), trafficIndication(1) }
Presentation Name: Traffic Indication Preference in Sleep Mode
1.3.30.16 wmanIfBsQoSScSNFeedback
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The SN Feedback Enabled field indicates whether or not SN feedback is
enabled for the given connection.
A value of 0 indicates that SN feedback is not enabled. A value of 1 indicates that SN feedback is enabled.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { disabled(0), enabled(1) }
Presentation Name: SN Feedback Enabled
1.3.30.17 wmanIfBsQoSSA
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule:
R02.00.01.08 Page 190 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

When wmanIfBsCertWave1 is "On":

- Modify the valid range to be 1-5.
When this parameter is "Off"

- Modify the valid range to be 1.
- The value is automatically set to the only valid value of "1" (Implementation may choose to disable this
attribute in this scenario).
Description from Standards: This configurable parameter contains an integer that maps to one of the
SATags defined by the FTP parameters wmanIfBsSATag1..5.
Presentation Name: Security Association (for Certification Test)
1.3.30.18 wmanIfBsServiceClassExtRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
AP Impact: online
1.3.31 wmanIfBsOfdmaDownlinkChannelExtTable
OID: {wmanIfextMibObjects 14}

Description from Standards: This table applies to OFDMA downlink channels.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
R02.00.01.08 Page 191 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.31.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.31.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQDlMaxRetrans
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Maximum number of DL HARQ retransmissions of the same packet.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.31.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaMaxHARQDlSubBursts
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2048,2048,2048,2048
Units: bytes
Description from Standards: Maximum size of DL HARQ sub-burst.
R02.00.01.08 Page 192 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector

1.3.31.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaIDCell
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: If cell is configured for PUSC1/3 (wmanIfBsMapPermutation= 1),
then wmanIfBsOfdmaIDCell should be the same for each sector in the BTS.
Description from Standards: Cell identifier used in the Downlink Preamble.
step size = 1
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: IDcell
1.3.31.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaPermBase
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: DL_PermBase parameter used for Downlink zone switches, etc.
step size = 1
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: PermutationBase
1.3.31.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaDlFeedbackAllocationThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 193 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Units: bytes
Description from Standards: Threshold to allow the BS to make an
immediate DL allocation to a MSS using the
most robust modulation coding rate without the
need to wait for MSS to provide DL CINR on
fast-feedback channel.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: DL Feedback Allocation Threshold
1.3.31.7 wmanIfBsMaxNumberDlMacArqCids
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The maximum number of downlink transport
CIDS that support MAC-level ARQ in the BS.
This limit is needed for memory coordination in
the BS.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.31.8 wmanIfBsDlMimoBCinrOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1 dBm
Description from Standards: This is the CINR Offset that compensates for 2 Tx stream self-interference.
Negative offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more conservative, positive to be more
aggressive.
R02.00.01.08 Page 194 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Motorola Range: -100 to +100 in 0.1 dBm increments
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink MIMO-B CINR Offset
AP Impact: online
1.3.31.9 wmanIfBsDlMimoModeFBCycle
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: CQICH opportunities
Description from Standards: Periodicity of MIMO mode feedback.
Range from Standards: INTEGER (4 | 8 | 16)
Motorola Range: 4, 8, 16
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink MIMO Feedback Cycle
AP Impact: online
1.3.31.10 wmanIfBsDlAlamoutiCinrOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1 dBm
Description from Standards: This is the CINR offset that compensates for Alamouti transmit diversity gain.
Positive offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more aggressive.
Motorola Default Value: 10 (+1dB)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink Alamouti CINR Offset
AP Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 195 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.31.11 wmanIfBsDlTxaaEbfCinrOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1 dBm
Description from Standards: This is the CINR offset that compensates for TxAA/EBF gains.
Positive offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more aggressive
Motorola Default Value: 60 (6 dB)
Motorola Range: 0 to 200 in 0.1 dBm increments
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink TxAA / EBF CINR Offset
AP Impact: online
1.3.31.12 wmanIfBsDlTxaaMrtCinrOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1 dBm
Description from Standards: This is the CINR offset that compensates for TxAA/MRT gains.
Positive offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more aggressive
Motorola Default Value: 70 (7 dB)
Motorola Range: 0 to 200 in 0.1 dBm increments
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink TxAA / MRT CINR Offset
AP Impact: online
1.3.31.13 wmanIfBsDlTxaaTxFailOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1 dBm
R02.00.01.08 Page 196 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This is degradation of the TxAA gains expected for when only three of four
transmit paths are operational.
It is applied to both MRT and EBF TxAA modes.
Positive offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more conservative.
Motorola Default Value: 12 (1.2 dB)
Motorola Range: 0 to100 in 0.1 dBm increments
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink TxAA Transmit Path Failure Offset
AP Impact: online
1.3.32 wmanIfBsOfdmaUplinkChannelExtTable

Description from Standards: This table applies to OFDMA uplink channels.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.32.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.32.2 wmanIfBsOfdmaHARQUlMaxRetrans
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 197 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Maximum number of UL HARQ retransmissions of the same packet.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.32.3 wmanIfBsOfdmaMaxHARQUlSubBursts
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2048,2048,2048,2048
Units: bytes
Description from Standards: Maximum size of UL HARQ sub-burst.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.32.4 wmanIfBsOfdmaUlTimeAllocationExponent
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 0.01 second
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsOfdmaUlTimeAllocationExponent should always be greater
than wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval.
Description from Standards: Allow the BS to make an immediate UL allocation to a MSS using a
modulation coding rate based on MSS transmit power information if received within the specified time
threshold. The threshold is equal to 2^wmanIfBsOfdmaUlTimeAllocationExponent.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: UL Time Allocation Exponent
R02.00.01.08 Page 198 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.32.5 wmanIfBsOfdmaUlFeedbackAllocationThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: bytes
Description from Standards: Threshold to allow the BS to make an immediate UL allocation to a MSS
using the most robust modulation coding rate without the need to wait for
MSS Transmit power information.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: UL Feedback Allocation Threshold
1.3.32.6 wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Time threshold exponent to determine when the MSS must report transmit
power. Value used by MSS is 2^wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportInterval. Only applies when the MSS is
actively requesting and transmitting UL data.
Motorola Range: 0-15 frames
15 means infinite (don’t use)
step size = 1
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Tx Power Report Interval (frames)
R02.00.01.08 Page 199 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.32.7 wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Path loss threshold exponent to determine when the MSS must report transmit
power. Only applies when the MSS is actively requesting and transmitting UL data.
Motorola Range: 0-15 dB, 15 means infinite (don’t use)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Tx Power Report Threshold (dB)
1.3.32.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaTxPowerReportAlphaPAvg
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Path loss averaging parameter to determine when the MS must report UL
transmit power using Headroom condition.
Uses multiples of 1/16 (range [1/16,16/16], 0x0 for 1/16, 0xF for 16/16).
Motorola Range: 0 -15
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: TX_POWER_REPORT_ALPHA_P_AVG
1.3.32.9 wmanIfBsOfdmaSubchannelRotation
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Default Value from Standards: true
Description from Standards: This is a configurable parameter to disable or enable UL Subchannel Rotation.
The value true indicates that UL Subchannel Rotation is enabled.
R02.00.01.08 Page 200 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Motorola Default Value: true
Motorola Range: true(1), false(2)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Enable UL Subchannel Rotation
1.3.32.10 wmanIfBsUplinkDiversityType
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
Description from Standards: This parameter is used to enable/disable UL Collaborative Spatial
Multiplexing (SM)/Spatial Division Multiple Access (SDMA).
false=None, true=UL Collaborative SM.
Motorola Range: false=None, true=UL Collaborative SM
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Enable/Disable Uplink Collaborative Spatial Multiplexing
AP Impact: online
1.3.32.11 wmanIfBsUlSdmaCinrOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1 dBm
Description from Standards: This is the CINR Offset that compensates for paired SDMA user interference.
Negative offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more conservative, positive to be more
aggressive.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Uplink SDMA CINR Offset
AP Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 201 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.33 wmanIfBsConfigurationExtTable
Presentation Name: AP Configuration Extentions

MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.33.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.33.2 wmanIfBsT47
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: PMC_RSP Timer: BS shall send
the PMC_RSP before T47 + 1
frames after BS receives
PMC_REQ (confirmation = 0)
correctly.
Motorola Range: 8..1024 frames
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 202 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Task Allocation: ap_MAC
1.3.33.3 wmanIfBsPmcReqTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The time (in units of ms) for the BS to wait for a PMC_REQ from the MS
during BS-initated power control mode change.
1.3.33.4 wmanIfBsPmcRspMaxResend
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The maximum number of times the PMC_RSP is sent by the BS.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.33.5 wmanIfBsManagementResourceHoldingTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: ms
R02.00.01.08 Page 203 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: Time the BS maintain connection
information with the MS after the
BS send DREG-CMD to the MS
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.33.6 wmanIfBsULInactivityTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: This is a timer that controls how long UL inactivity can occur for an MS
before the BS must react to avoid loss of CAM table updates in routers.
Motorola Default Value: 0 - WiMAX 1.0, 290 - WiMAX 2.0

Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Uplink Inactivity Timer (s)
1.3.33.7 wmanIfBsDeregEligibleIdleTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3600,3600,3600,3600,
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The amount of time that an MS has no activity on any of its connections
before it qualifies to be forced into idle mode.
R02.00.01.08 Page 204 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Default Value: 3600 (1 hour)

Motorola Range: Range: 0 (disabled); 1-36,000 (10 hours)
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.33.8 wmanIfBsRepReqTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: This parameter defines time interval between REP-REQ messages sent to a
MS that does not support fast-feedback.
Units are frames
Motorola Range: 0..3600 (0 disabled timer)
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.33.9 wmanIfBsHoAuthorizationPolicy
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: This parameter controls the use of the HO Authorization bit.
This parameter is added for certification testing purposes.
Motorola Range: 0 = Normal security policy (EAP authorization, CMAC)
1 = Disabled security policy
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 205 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.33.10 wmanIfBsIpAddressRefreshBit
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: This parameter controls the use of the Handover IP address refresh bit.
Motorola Range: 0 = MS does not need to update IP address after network re-entry (default)
1 = MS must update IP address after network re-entry
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.33.11 wmanIfBsSlpidUpdate
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: This parameter controls the use of the SLPID_Update in MOB_TRF-IND
message.
Motorola Range: 0 = SLPID_Update disabled
1 = SLPID_Update enabled
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.33.12 wmanIfBsSATag1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 206 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Units:
Description from Standards: The first security association tag a service class can be assigned to.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {Primary(0),
Static(1),
Dynamic(2)}

Motorola Default Value: 0 - Primary
Scope: Per BTS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: The second security association tag a service class can be assigned to.
Static(1),
Dynamic(2)}

Motorola Default Value: 1 - Static
Scope: Per BTS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: The third security association tag a service class can be assigned to.
R02.00.01.08 Page 207 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Static(1),
Dynamic(2)}

Motorola Default Value: 1 - Static
Scope: Per BTS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: The forth security association tag a service class can be assigned to.
Static(1),
Dynamic(2)}

Motorola Default Value: 2 - Dynamic
Scope: Per BTS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: The fifth security association tag a service class can be assigned to.
Static(1),
R02.00.01.08 Page 208 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Dynamic(2)}

Motorola Default Value: 2 - Dynamic
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.33.17 wmanIfBsCertWave1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Motorola Implementation: IM Rules:
When this parameter is "On":

- Include an additional valid value of "2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency
reuse==3 (PUSC1/3)" for wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType
- Include an additional valid value of "1= PUSC 1/3" for
wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType
- Include an additional valid value of "1= PUSC 1/3" for wmanIfBsMapPermutation

- The PUSC1/3 values are removed as valid values for wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType,
wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType, wmanIfBsMapPermutation,
wmanIfBsDlStcCINRMeasurementType.
When this parameter is "On":

- Include an additional valid value of "2 = FUSC" for wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType
- Include an additional valid value of "2 = compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs" for
wmanIfBsMapMessageType
- Include additional valid values of 2-5 for wmanIfBsQosSA

- The above additional values are removed as valid values.
- The value for wmanIfBsQoSSA is automatically set to the only valid value of "1".
The current values for wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType,

wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType, wmanIfBsMapMessageType,
wmanIfBsMapPermutation, wmanIfBsDlStcCINRMeasurementType are not automatically modifed.
Description from Standards: This is a flag on EMS for the operator to turn on/off WiMAX Wave 1
certification test.
Range from Standards: INTEGER{Off(0),On(1)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 209 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Range: 0 - Off, 1- On

Presentation Name: WiMAX Wave 1 Certification Test (On/Off)
1.3.33.18 wmanIfBsHarqEnable
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true,true,true,true
Motorola Implementation: This parameter is factory-tuned in WMX 1.0, but changed to configurable
parameter in WMX 2.0.
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates if HARQ is enabled for the BS. If the value is true,
the BS carries out normal operation. If the value is false, only HARQ MAP IEs are used, no retrnamissions
or acks. This parameter overrides HARQ setting for service flows.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: HARQ Enable
1.3.34 wmanIfBsCapabilitiesConfigExtTable
Presentation Name: Capabilities Configuration

MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.34.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 210 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


initialization.
1.3.34.2 wmanIfBsCapCfgMacMsgAuth
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: MAC (message authentication code) keys are used to sign management
messages in order to validate the authenticity of these messages. The MAC to be used is negotiated at SS
Basic Capabilities negotiation.
This parameter indicates the type of MAC message authentication the BS should support. The options are
None, HMAC (Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication, RFC 2104), and CMAC (Cipher-based MAC,
Special Publication 800-38B). Multiple options can be supported by the BS at the same time.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { none(0), hmac(1), cmac0(2), noneAndHMAC(3),
noneAndCMAC0(4), bothHMACandCMAC0(5), cmac(6), noneAndCMAC(7), bothHMACandCMAC(8),
cmac0AndCMAC(9), noneAndCMAC0AndCMAC(10) }
Motorola Default Value: 2 in WMX1.0, 6 in WMX2.0
Motorola Range: none(0), cmac0(2), noneAndCMAC0(4), cmac(6), noneAndCMAC(7),
cmac0AndCMAC(9), noneAndCMAC0AndCMAC(10)
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: MAC Message Authenticaiton Supports
Task Allocation: ap_MAC,ap_MNM,ap_CFG
1.3.34.3 wmanIfBsMaxNumberTransportCids
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2048,2048,2048,2048
Description from Standards: The maximum number of transport CIDS supported in the cell. This limit is
needed for memory coordination in the BS.
Motorola Range: 512 (1UL/1 DL CID per MSS) to 4096 (8 UL/8 DL CIDs per MSS)
R02.00.01.08 Page 211 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.34.4 wmanIfBsMaxNumberClassifiersPerCid
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The maximum number of Convergence
Sublayer classifiers for a service flow.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.34.5 wmanIfBsMaxNumberPhsRulesPerCid
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The maximum number of Packet Header Suppression rules for a service flow.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.35 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleExtTable
R02.00.01.08 Page 212 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Classifier Rule

Description from Standards: This table contains information for packet classifier rules associated with
service flows.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE: Subclause 11.13.19.3.4.17, IEEE P802.16e/D12, October 2005
1.3.35.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.35.2 wmanIfBsSfId
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Motorola Implementation: This is hardcoded to1
Presentation Name: Service Flow ID
R02.00.01.08 Page 213 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.35.3 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Motorola Implementation: This is a reference to the wmanIfBsQoSProfileIndex of
wmanIfBsServiceClassTable. Basically, only one set of classifier rules are defined per service class in each
BTS.
Description from Standards: An index is assigned to a classifier in BS classifiers
table
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Classifier Rule Index
1.3.35.4 wmanIfBsClassifierActionRule
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: 0x00
Description from Standards: The value of this field specifies an action associated with the classifier rule.
If this classification action rule exists, its action shall be applied on the packets that match this classifier
rule.
Each bit of of this object can be set to 1 or 0. When bit 0 is set to 1, all packets matching this classifier rule
would be dropped.
Range from Standards: BITS { discardPacket(0),
reserved1(1),
reserved2(2),
reserved3(3),
reserved4(4),
reserved5(5),
reserved6(6),
reserved7(7) }
Motorola Default Value: 0x00
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Classifier Action Rule
R02.00.01.08 Page 214 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.35.5 wmanIfBsClassifierRuleExtRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
AP Impact: online
1.3.36 wmanIfBsRangingTable
Presentation Name: AP Ranging Information

Description from Standards: This table contains uplink ranging information.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.36.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 215 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.36.2 wmanIfBsRangingRegionChannels
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: channels
Description from Standards: Number of Ranging channels that determine the rectangular ranging region.
Each Ranging channel requires 6 subchannels.
Motorola Range: 1-2
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Number of Ranging Channels in a Region
1.3.36.3 wmanIfBsRangingRegionSymbols
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: channels
Description from Standards: Number of Ranging symbols that determine the rectangular ranging region.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Number of Ranging Symbols in a Region
1.3.36.4 wmanIfBsBwRequestRangingInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: Number of frames between BW Request Ranging region allocations
R02.00.01.08 Page 216 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Motorola Range: 1, 2, or 4 frames
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Bandwidth Request Ranging Interval (frames)
1.3.36.5 wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for initial ranging contention, expressed as a
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Initial Ranging Backoff Start
1.3.36.6 wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffEnd >=
wmanIfBsInitialRangingBackoffStart
Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for initial ranging contention, expressed as a power
of 2.The highest order bits shall be unused and set to 0.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Initial Ranging Backoff End
R02.00.01.08 Page 217 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.36.7 wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
power of 2.The highest order bits shall be unused and set to 0.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.36.8 wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: IM Rule: wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffEnd >=
wmanIfBsBWReqRangingBackoffStart
Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for periodic ranging contention, expressed as a
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.36.9 wmanIfBsRangingFreqOffsetLimit
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: Hz
Description from Standards: BS performs Initial Ranging until the MSS transmissions are within the
specified frequency offset limit.
R02.00.01.08 Page 218 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector
1.3.36.10 wmanIfBsRangingTimingOffsetLimit
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 1/Fs
Description from Standards: BS performs Initial Ranging until the MSS transmissions are within the
specified timing offset limit.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.36.11 wmanIfBsHandoverRangingCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of Handover Ranging CDMA Codes.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Handover Ranging Code Count
R02.00.01.08 Page 219 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.36.12 wmanIfBsHoRangingBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for handover
0.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Ranging Backoff Start
1.3.36.13 wmanIfBsHoRangingBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
(HO_RANGING_BACKOFF_END >= HO_RANGING_BACKOFF_START)
Description from Standards: Final backoff window size for handover
0.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: HO Ranging Backoff End
R02.00.01.08 Page 220 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.36.14 wmanIfBsInitialRangingCINRDetectionLevel
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Minimum SNR required for an initial ranging code or a handover ranging
code to be considered invalid.
Motorola Default Value: 3 dB
Motorola Range: -10 to 30 dB
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.36.15 wmanIfBsPeriodicRangingCINRDetectionLevel
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0, 0, 0, 0
Description from Standards: SNR required for a periodic ranging code or a BW request ranging code to be
considered invalid.
Motorola Default Value: 0 dB
Motorola Range: -10 to 30dB
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.37 wmanIfBsRFMeasurementTable
Presentation Name: RF Measurement

Description from Standards: This table contains information about BS RF measurements.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
R02.00.01.08 Page 221 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.37.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.37.2 wmanIfBsCQICHMaxLength
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: slots
Motorola Implementation: IM rule: when wmanIfBsFFTSize = 512 and wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType
= 1 (UL PUSC1/3), then wmanIfBsCQICHMaxLength must be less than 4 (max of 3).
Description from Standards: Maximum number of fast-feedback channel in a single frame.
The maximum number of MSS allowed to provide fast-feedback
is wmanIfBsCQICHMaxLength times wmanIfBsCQICHMaxPeriod.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: CQICH Max Length
1.3.37.3 wmanIfBsCQICHMaxPeriod
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 222 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: Exponent indicating the number of frames between fast-feedback channel
assignments to an individual MSS. Actual period = 2^ wmanIfBsCQICHMaxPeriod.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: CQICH Max Period
1.3.37.4 wmanIfBsCQICHDuration
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Duration exponent of fast-feedback channel assignment. Actual duration =
10* 2^ wmanIfBsCQICHDuration.
Motorola Range: 0..7, 0 means stop periodic feedback, 7 means continuous feedback.
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: CQICH Duration
1.3.37.5 wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
If wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType = 1, then wmanIfBsMapPermutation must equal to 0
If wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType = 2, then wmanIfBsMapPermutation must equal to 1
If wmanIfBsCINRMeasurementType = 3, no check

- Add the additional valid value of "2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency
reuse==3 (PUSC1/3)"
When wmanIfBsCertWave1 parameter is "Off"
R02.00.01.08 Page 223 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

- Remove the additional valid value of "2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency
reuse==3 (PUSC1/3)"
The value enetered by the operator is never automatically modified, only the valid values are modified
based on the value of wmanIfBsCertWave1.
Description from Standards: This configuration parameter describes the type of CINR measurement to
report. Defined in the CQICH Allocation IE.
Value of 1 (Frequency Reuse factor = 1) - Uses all preamble subcarriers (except guard and DC) to
calculate CINR. The unmodulated subcarriers should be considered noise and interference for the CINR
estimate. Use with 1x3x1(PUSC1/1 ) or 1x3x3(PUSC1/1) reuse.
Value of 2 (Frequency Reuse factor = 3) - The unmodulated subcarriers should be ignored. Use with
1x3x1 (PUSC1/3) reuse. Should apply to the PUSC reuse on the data portion of the frame.
Value of 3 Physical CINR from first PUSC non-STC zone using pilots
Motorola Range: 1 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency reuse==1 (PUSC 1/1)
2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency reuse==3 (PUSC1/3)
3 = Physical CINR from first PUSC non-STC zone using pilots
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Physical CINR Measurement Report Type

1.3.37.6 wmanIfBsNoiseInterferenceAveParam
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Averaging parameter for UL noise plus interference measurements in the BS.
Motorola Range: 1-16, units are 1/16, (1/16 to 16/16)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Averaging UL Noise Plus Interference Measurements (x1/16)
R02.00.01.08 Page 224 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.37.7 wmanIfBsDefaultCINRAveParam
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Default averaging parameter for physical CINR measurements for CQICH in
multiples of 1/16
(range [1/16,16/16], 0x0 for 1/16, 0xF for 16/16).
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Default Averaging CINR Measurements (x1/16)
1.3.37.8 wmanIfBsDefaultRSSIAveParam
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 1/16
Description from Standards: Default averaging parameter for physical RSSI measurements for CQICH, in
multiples of 1/16
(range [0,15], 0x0 for 1/16, 0xF for 16/16).
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Default Averaging RSSI Measurements (x1/16)
1.3.37.9 wmanIfBsNoiseInterferenceUplinkInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
R02.00.01.08 Page 225 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: The number of frames between transmissions of the UL noise and interference
level IE in the DL-MAP.
Motorola Range: 1 to 100 frames, step size 1 frame
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: UL Noise and Interference Level IE Transmission Interval (frames)
1.3.37.10 wmanIfBsPwrCntrlOffsetPerMss
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.25 dB
Description from Standards: The initial MSS power control offset that is controlled by the BS.
Motorola Default Value: 12, (3 dB)
Change to FAC per meeting with Mark
Motorola Range: -80 to 80, (-20 to 20 dB), step size 0.25
Presentation Name: MSS Power Control Offset (dB)
1.3.37.11 wmanIfBsPwrCntrlThresholdPerMss
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB
Description from Standards: The magnitude of error allowed on measured UL signal levels compared to
expected UL signal levels (using the open loop power control algorithm) before corrections are required
using the offset_BSperMS adjustment.
R02.00.01.08 Page 226 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Range: 0 to 20, units: dB, step size 1 dB

Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: MSS Power Control Threshold (dB)
1.3.37.12 wmanIfBsNormalizedCNSounding
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Normalized C/N for channel sounding. Used in open loop and closed loop
power control.
Change to FAC per meeting with Mark M.
Motorola Range: -16 to 15, step size 1
Presentation Name: Normalized C/N for Channel Sounding
1.3.37.13 wmanIfBsNormalizedCN2
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Motorola Implementation: Normalized C/N values for open and closed loop power control. First byte: -
128..127, remaining nibbles: 0..15->-8..7 (a nibble is 4 bits).
Each Nibble corresponds to modulation rate described in Table 334 of 802.16 spec. The full list must be
provided even if some of the nibbles are not used.
The SAD has a detailed example in section 9.1.11.4 for Normalized C/N:
- ACK Region = -3 dB
- Fast-feedback = 0 dB
- CDMA code delta = 3 dB
- QPSK 1/3 = 1 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- QPSK 1/2 = 5
- QPSK 2/3 = 7 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- QPSK 3/4 = 8
- 16-QAM 1/2 = 10
- 16-QAM 2/3 = 14 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
R02.00.01.08 Page 227 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

- 16-QAM 3/4 = 14
- 16-QAM 5/6 = 15 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- 64-QAM 1/2 = 15
- 64-QAM 2/3 = 18
- 64QAM 3/4 = 19
- 64QAM 5/6 = 21
This list has the absolute values, which should be presented on EMS GUI. But in the configuration file, the
delta to the previous entry should be used.
For the above example, the following (2's complement) values (after ->) should be in config file:
- ACK Region = -3 dB (first byte, absolute)

- Fast-feedback = 0->3 dB
- CDMA code delta = 3->3 dB
- QPSK 1/3 = 1->-2 (2's complement, 0b1110) (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- QPSK 1/2 = 5->4 (2's complement, 0b0100)
- QPSK 2/3 = 7->2 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- QPSK 3/4 = 8->1
- 16-QAM 1/2 = 10->2
- 16-QAM 2/3 = 14->4 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- 16-QAM 3/4 = 14->0
- 16-QAM 5/6 = 15->1 (not used but needs to be configured in TLV)
- 64-QAM 1/2 = 15->0
- 64-QAM 2/3 = 18->3
- 64-QAM 3/4 = 19->1
- 64-QAM 5/6 = 21->2
Description from Standards: Normalized C/N values for open and closed loop power control. First byte: -
128 to 127, remaining nibbles: 0-15.
Each Nibble
corresponds to modulation rate described in Table 334 of 802.16 spec.
bits0-7:ACK Region
bits8-11: Fast-feedback delta from ACK Region
bits12-15: CDMA code delta from Fast-feedback
bits16-19: QPSK 1/3 delta from CDMA code - not used but needs to be in list
bits 20-23: QPSK 1/2 delta from QPSK 1/3
bits 24-27: QPSK 2/3 delta from QPSK 1/2 - not used but needs to be in list
bits 28-31: QPSK 3/4 delta fromQPSK 2/3
bits 32-35: 16-QAM 1/2 delta from QPSK 3/4
bits 36-39: 16-QAM 2/3 delta from 16-QAM 1/2 - not used but needs to be listed in TLV
bits 40-43: 16-QAM 3/4 delta from 16-QAM 2/3
bits 44-47: 16-QAM 5/6 delta from 16-QAM 3/4 - not used but needs to be in list
bits 56-59: 64QAM 3/4 delta from 64-QAM 2/3
bits 60-63: 64QAM 5/6 delta from 64-QAM 3/4
Motorola Default Value: The default value is (from table 334 in 802.16d/Cor5):
bits 0-7 = 0xFD - ACK Region = -3 dB
bits 8-11 = 0x3 - Fast-feedback = 0 dB (=-3+3)
R02.00.01.08 Page 228 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

bits12-15 = 0x3 - CDMA code delta = 3 dB (=0+3)

bits16-19 = 0xE (-2) - QPSK-1/3 = 1 dB (=3-2)
bits 20-23 = 0x5 - QPSK-1/2 = 6 dB (=1+5)
bits 24-29 = 0x2 - QPSK-2/3 = 8 dB (=6+2)
bits 28-31 = 0x1 - QPSK 3/4 = 9 dB (=8+1)
bits 32-35 = 0x3 - 16-QAM 1/2 = 12 dB (=9+3)
bits 36-39 = 0x3 - 16-QAM 2/3 = 15 dB (=12+3)
bits 40-43 = 0x0- 16-QAM 3/4 = 15 dB (=15+0)
bits 44-47 = 0x3 - 16-QAM 5/6 = 18 dB (=15+3)
bits 48-51 = 0x0 - 64-QAM 1/2 = 18 dB(=18+0)
bits 52-55 = 0x2 - 64-QAM 2/3 = 20 dB (=18+2)
bits 56-59 = 0x1 - 64QAM 3/4 = 21 dB (=20+1)
bits 60-63 = 0x2 - 64QAM 5/6 = 23 dB (=21+2)
Motorola Range: first byte: -128 .. 127
remaining nibbles: -8..7
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Normalized C/N Value for Power Control
1.3.37.14 wmanIfBsAckConfidenceThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The threshold to determine if the received ACK channel is valid. A NACK is
assumed if the confidence parameter is less than this value.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.37.15 wmanIfBsFastFeedbackConfidenceThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The threshold to determine if the received fast-feedback channel is valid. A
fast-feedback response is discarded if the confidence parameter is less than this value
R02.00.01.08 Page 229 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector
1.3.37.16 wmanIfBsDlStcCINRMeasurementType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: When wmanIfBsCertWave1 is "On":
- Add the additional valid value of "2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency
reuse==3 (PUSC1/3)"

- Remove the additional valid value of "2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency
reuse==3 (PUSC1/3)"
The value enetered by the operator is never automatically modified, only the valid values are modified
based on the value of wmanIfBsCertWave1.
Description from Standards: This is the DL CINR type assigned to MS that will use MIMO and/or
Alamouti.
Value of 1 (Frequency Reuse factor = 1) - Uses all preamble subcarriers (except guard and DC) to
calculate CINR. The unmodulated subcarriers should be considered noise and interference for the CINR
estimate. Use with 1x3x1(PUSC1/1 ) or 1x3x3(PUSC1/1) reuse.
Value of 2 (Frequency Reuse factor = 3) - The unmodulated subcarriers should be ignored. Use with
1x3x1 (PUSC1/3) reuse. Should apply to the PUSC reuse on the data portion of the frame.
Value of 3 Physical CINR from first PUSC non-STC zone using pilots
Value of 4 Physical CINR from PUSC STC zone using pilots
Motorola Range: 1 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency reuse==1 (PUSC 1/1)
2 = Physical CINR measurement from the preamble for frequency reuse==3 (PUSC1/3) (test only)
3 = Physical CINR from first PUSC non-STC zone using pilots
4 = Physical CINR from PUSC STC zone using pilots
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: DL CINR Type for MSS using MIMO and/or Alamouti
R02.00.01.08 Page 230 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.38 wmanIfBsSleepModeTable
Description from Standards: This table contains BS sleep mode information.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.38.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.38.2 wmanIfBsMaxInitSleepWindow
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: The maximum initial sleeping window allowed for the MSS.
Motorola Range: 2 - 256, unit = frames
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 231 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.38.3 wmanIfBsMaxFinalSleepBase
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1024,1024,1024,1024
Units: frames
Description from Standards: The maximum final sleeping window base allowed for the MSS.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.38.4 wmanIfBsMaxFinalSleepExponent
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: The maximum final sleeping window exponent allowed for the MSS.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.38.5 wmanIfBsMinSleepListenInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: The minimum number of frames that the MS must listen during sleep mode.
R02.00.01.08 Page 232 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.38.6 wmanIfBsMaxSleepListenInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: frames
Description from Standards: The maximum number of frames that the MS must listen during sleep mode.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.39 wmanIfBsPhyTable
Presentation Name: AP Physical Information

The current WiMAX Forum Mobile Certification Profile provides the following Band Class related
information:
Band Class: A BAND CLASS is a range of carrier frequencies and duplex arrangement. A BAND CLASS
may encompass a frequency allocation defined in common by multiple granting authorities. BAND CLASS
does not imply a particular operating bandwidth or frequency raster.
Bandwidth Certification Group (BCG): The combination of a BAND CLASS, set of required channel
bandwidths and frequency raster is a BANDWIDTH CERTIFICATION GROUP. MS compliance is
granted based on correct operation over all channel bandwidths defined by the BCG. BS compliance is
granted based on correct operation over at least one channel bandwidth within the BCG.
The following terminology is used to identify various Bandwidth Certification Groups: [band class].[BCG
extension]
where “band class” is the subject band class number and “BCG extension” is a letter representing a specific
bandwidth certification group applicable to all bandwidth in the BCG.
The following table contains the current Certification Profile Recommendation.
R02.00.01.08 Page 233 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

For Band Class 5 (A, B, C), compliance with either frequency ranges listed below or combined frequency
range suffices certification requirement.
• BC-5L: 3.4-3.6 GHz (Lower)
• BC-5H: 3.6-3.8 GHz (Upper)
Band Class Spectrum Range (GHz) Bandwidth Certification Group Code (BCG)
BW (MHZ)
1 2.3-2.4
8.75 1.A
5 AND 10 1.B
2 2.305-2.320, 2.345-2.360
3.5 2.A
5 2.B
10 2.C
3 2.496-2.69
5 AND 10 3.A
4 3.3-3.4
5 4.A
7 4.B
10 4.C
5 3.4-3.8
5 5.A
7 5.B
10 5.C
WMX 1.0/2.0 supported band classes: 1.B, 3.A, 5L.A, 5L.B.

New band classes expected to support in WMX 3.0: 1.B, 2.A, 2.B, 2.C, 4.A.
Description from Standards: This table contains common PHY layer information.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.39.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 234 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.39.2 wmanIfBsDownlinkUplinkRatio
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Allocation Ratio for DL & UL subframes. Varies the channel bandwidth from
DL-centric to UL-centric.
Motorola Range: DL / UL %
1 = Highest DL BW
2 = High DL BW
3 = Medium DL BW
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Allocation Ratio for DL & UL Subframes
1.3.39.3 wmanIfBsChannelBW
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Although value 1 (3.5 MHz) and 5 (8.75 MHz) are included in the value range,
they should not be used for current releases.
IM Rules:
IF (wmanIfBsRFBand=1 (2.3GHz)) THEN only allows values 2 (5 MHz) or 4 (10 MHz) for
wmanIfBsChannelBW.
IF (wmanIfBsRFBand=2 (2.5 GHz)) THEN only allows value 2 (5 MHz) or 4 (10 MHz) for
wmanIfBsChannelBW.
IF (wmanIfBsRFBand=3 (3.5 GHz)) THEN only allows value 2 (5 MHz) or 3 (7 MHz) for
wmanIfBsChannelBW.
Description from Standards: Channel Bandwidth. 1 = 3.5 MHz, 2 = 5 MHz, 3 = 7 MHz, 4 = 10 MHz, 5 =
8.75 MHz
Motorola Range: 2 = 5 MHz
3 = 7 MHz
R02.00.01.08 Page 235 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

4 = 10 MHz
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Channel Bandwidth
1.3.39.4 wmanIfBsAvgTxPower
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dBm
Description from Standards: BS average transmit power per antenna.
Motorola Range: 20..41 (step size = 1)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Average Transmit Power Per Antenna (dBm)
1.3.39.5 wmanIfBsFFTSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1024,1024,1024,1024
Description from Standards: FFT Size for the selected channel BW.
Motorola Range: IF (wmanIfBsChannelBW = [1 | 2]) THEN 512
IF (wmanIfBsChannelBW = [3 | 4]) THEN 1024

Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 236 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.39.6 wmanIfBsRFBand
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Defines the RF band capability of the BS hardware.
Motorola Range: 1 = 2.3 GHz
2 = 2.5 GHz
3 = 3.5 GHz
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: RF Band
1.3.40 wmanIfBsSchedulerTable
Presentation Name: AP Scheduler Information

Description from Standards: This table contains BS scheduler information.
MAXACCESS: (1)
REFERENCE:
1.3.40.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 237 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.40.2 wmanIfBsSchedulerAlpha
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 960 (0.96),960 (0.96),960 (0.96),960 (0.96)
Units: 0.001
Description from Standards: Scheduler parameter that controls the bias based on relative throughput per
MSS.
Motorola Default Value: 960 (0.96)
units of 0.001
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scheduler Alpha (0.001)
1.3.40.3 wmanIfBsSchedulerBeta
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.001
Description from Standards: Scheduler parameter that controls the bias based on MSS CINR.
units of 0.001
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Scheduler Beta (0.001)
1.3.40.4 wmanIfBsSchedulerCINROffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: 0.1dB
R02.00.01.08 Page 238 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Scheduler CINR margin that is applied to DL modulation/coding rate
selection.
This includes variations from fast fading and measurement inaccuracy.
Negative offsets are to be used to make the MCS selection more conservative,
positive to be more aggressive
Range from Standards: INTEGER(-100..100)
Motorola Range: (-100, 100) units of 0.1 dB
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Schedule CINR Offset (0.1dB)
1.3.40.5 wmanIfBsSchedulerDownlinkMCS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: For testing purposes, a manual override of modulation/coding rates is
provided for DL.
Motorola Default Value: 0 = MCS automatically selected
Motorola Range: 0 = MCS automatically selected
1 = QPSK-1/2, CTC
2 = QPSK-3/4, CTC
3 = 16QAM-1/2, CTC
4 = 16QAM-3/4, CTC
5 = 64QAM-1/2, CTC
6 = 64QAM-2/3, CTC
7 = 64QAM-3/4, CTC
8 = 64QAM-5/6, CTC
9 = QPSK-1/2, CTC, repetition 2
Presentation Name: Scheduler Downlink MCS
R02.00.01.08 Page 239 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.40.6 wmanIfBsSchedulerUplinkMCS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: For testing purposes, a manual override of modulation/coding rates is
provided for UL.
Motorola Default Value: 0 = MCS automatically selected
Motorola Range: 0 = MCS automatically selected
1 = QPSK-1/2, CTC
2 = QPSK-3/4, CTC
3 = 16QAM-1/2, CTC
4 = 16QAM-3/4, CTC
Presentation Name: Schedule Uplink MCS
1.3.40.7 wmanIfBsMapCodingType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The type of coding used on the MAP.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { ctc(0), cc(1) }
Motorola Range: 0 = CTC
1 = CC
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: MAP Coding Type
1.3.40.8 wmanIfBsMapCodingRate
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 240 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The coding rate and repetition used on the MAP.
Motorola Range: 0 = QPSK-1/2, No repetition coding
1 = QPSK-1/2, Repetition coding of 2
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: MAP Coding Rate
1.3.40.9 wmanIfBsMapDiversityType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The type of transmit diversity used on the MAP.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { none(0), cyclicShift(1) }
Motorola Range: 0 = none
1 = cyclic shift
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: MAP Diversity Type
1.3.40.10 wmanIfBsMapPermutation
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER

- Add the additional valid value of "1= PUSC 1/3"
When wmanIfBsCertWave1 parameter is "Off":
R02.00.01.08 Page 241 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

- Remove the additional valid value of "1 = PUSC 1/3"
The value entered by the operator is never automatically modified, only the valid values are modified based
on the value of wmanIfBsCertWave1.
Description from Standards: The type of permutation used on the MAP. In PUSC 1/3, 1/3 of the
subchannels are used in the sector. In PUSC 1/1 all subchannels are used in the sector
Range from Standards: INTEGER { puscFull(0), puscOneThird(1) }
Motorola Range: 0 = PUSC - all subchannels
1 = PUSC 1/3
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: MAP Permutation
1.3.40.11 wmanIfBsBroadcastCodingType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The type of coding used for broadcast messages.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { ctc(0), cc(1)}
Motorola Range: 0 = CTC
1 = CC
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.40.12 wmanIfBsBroadcastCodingRate
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The coding rate and repetition used for broadcast messages.
R02.00.01.08 Page 242 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Range: 0 = QPSK-1/2, No repetition coding

Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Broadcast Coding Rate
1.3.40.13 wmanIfBsBroadcastDiversityType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The type of transmit diversity used for broadcast messages.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { none(0), cyclicShift(1) }
1 = cyclic shift
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Broadcast Diversity Type
1.3.40.14 wmanIfBsBroadcastPermutation
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: derived from wmanIfBsMapPermutation
Description from Standards: The type of permutation used for broadcast messages. In PUSC 1/3, 1/3 of the
subchannels are used in the sector. In PUSC-1/1 all subchannels are used in the sector.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { all(0), pOneThird(1) }
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Broadcast Permutation
R02.00.01.08 Page 243 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.40.15 wmanIfBsNumberDownlinkUnicastZones
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of zones for DL unicast bursts. For future use. Only allow 1 zone in
WMX1.0/2.0.
Motorola Range: 1
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.40.16 wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1DiversityType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: EMS GUI shall greyout or not display following choices:
3 = MIMO-B and Alamouti
4 = TxAA (EBF only)
5= TxAA (EBF and MRT)
IM rules:
When the wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType is set to 2 (FUSC), the
wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1DiversityType cannot be set to 2 (Alamouti), 3 (MIMO-B and
Alamouti), 4 (EBF), or 5 (MRT), and can only be set to 0 (none) or 1 (cyclic shift).

Description from Standards: The type of transmit diversity used for DL Zone 1.
Note that a value of 4 indicates the use of TxAA for EBF only. In this case, no sounding symbol is needed.
A value of 5 indicates the BS supports both versions of TxAA, EBF and MRT, and a sounding symbol is
required in the UL frame.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { none(0),
cyclicShift(1),
alamouti(2),
mimoBAndAlamouti(3),
txAAEBF(4),
txAAEBFMRT(5) }
1 = cyclic shift
R02.00.01.08 Page 244 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

2 = Alamouti (Matrix A)

Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink Zone 1 Diversity Type
1.3.40.17 wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: IM rules:
wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType can be 2 (FUSC) only if

wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1DiversityType equals 0 (none) or 1 (cyclic shift).

wmanIfBsMapMessageType cannot be set to 2 (compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs).


- Add the additional valid value of "1= PUSC 1/3"
When wmanIfBsCertWave1 parameter is "Off":

- Remove the additional valid value of "1 = PUSC 1/3"

- Add the additional valid value of "2 = FUSC"

- Remove the additional valid value of "2 = FUSC"
Description from Standards: The type of permutation used for DL Zone 1. In PUSC1/3, 1/3 of the
subchannels are used in the sector.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { puscFull(0), puscOneThird(1), fusc(2) }
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Downlink Zone 1 Permutation Type
R02.00.01.08 Page 245 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.40.18 wmanIfBsNumberUplinkUnicastZones
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of zones for UL unicast bursts. For future use. Only allow 1 zone in
WMX1.0/2.0.
Motorola Range: 1
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.40.19 wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: derived from wmanIfBsMapPermutation.
IM rule:
wmanIfBsUplinkPermutationType must be 0 if wmanIfBsChannelBW= 1 (3.5 MHz).

Description from Standards: The type of permutation used for UL.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { puscFull(0), puscOneThird(1) }
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: PUSC Uplink Permutation Type
1.3.40.20 wmanIfBsMapMessageType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 246 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Note: In WMX1.0/2.0, only the compressed MAP will be used. The Normal
MAP and compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs may be needed later for WiMAX certification
and testing purposes.
IM Rules:
When wmanIfBsMapMessageType is set to 2 (compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs), the

wmanIfBsDownlinkUnicastZone1PermutationType cannot be set to 2 (FUSC).
When wmanIfBsMapMessageType is set to 2 (compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs), the


- Add the additional valid value of "2 = compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs"

- Remove the additional valid value of "2 = compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs"
Description from Standards: The type MAP to be used in each frame.
Motorola Range: 0 = compressed MAP
1 = Normal Map
2 = compressed MAP with compressed Sub-MAPs
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.40.21 wmanIfBsRepRspTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: ms
Motorola Implementation:

Description from Standards: The time (in units of ms) for the BS to wait for a REP_RSP from the MS
during BS-initated Channel Measurement Report.
R02.00.01.08 Page 247 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector

1.3.40.22 wmanIfBsCirStartPoint
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: percent
Description from Standards: Provides starting point for division between Committed info rate (CIR) (BE,
NrtPS, rtPS)
and Constant Bit Rate CBR (UGS and ErtPS) in UL frame.
100 = use entire frame for CIR;
0 = use none of the UL frame for CIR.
AP Scheduler uses this as the starting point for allocations and may make additional adjustments based on
traffic demands.
Range from Standards: INTEGER (0 …100)
Scope: Per Sector
Presentation Name: Starting point for CIR allocations in UL frame
AP Impact: online
1.3.40.23 wmanIfBsSdmaAllocationStartPoint
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: percent
Description from Standards: Provides starting point for division in UL frame between SDMA allocations
and non-SDMA allocations.
100 = use entire UL frame for SDMA;
0 = use entire UL frame for non-SDMA.
AP Scheduler uses this as the starting point for allocations and may make additional adjustments based
on traffic demands.
Range from Standards: INTEGER (0 …100)
R02.00.01.08 Page 248 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector

Presentation Name: Starting point for SDMA allocations in UL frame
AP Impact: online
1.3.41 wmanIfBsAcBandwidthTable
Presentation Name: Admission Control Bandwidth

In order to prevent the system from allocating all of its bandwidth to service flows with commitments (such
as VoIP), and causing a situation where there is not enough bandwidth for handovers, paging, and best-
effort flows, a certain percentage of bandwidth can be reserved for admission control in the NMS for the
BS.
Note that over-the-air bandwidth available may not be directly matched to backhaul bandwidth. However,
AC is only for transport connections (which implies data sent over the air is also sent over the backhaul)
and the same% can be applied to both air and backhaul admission.
Separate parameters may be defined for UL and DL directions as the overhead and channel utilizations
may differ based on UL:DL ratio.
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.41.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 249 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.41.2 wmanIfBsPcntAcBandwidthDl
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: %
Description from Standards: Percentage of Bandwidth Reserved for AC DL.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Reserved % Bandwidth for Admission Control DL
1.3.41.3 wmanIfBsPcntAcBandwidthUl
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: %
Description from Standards: Percentage of Bandwidth Reserved for AC UL.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Reserved % Bandwidth for Admission Control UL
1.3.42 wmanIfBsBackhaulBandwidthTable
Presentation Name: Total AP Backhaul Bandwidth for BRM

This total backhaul bandwidth allocated to a AP for use by BRM.
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
R02.00.01.08 Page 250 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.42.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.3.42.2 wmanIfBsAggBackhaulBandwidthUl
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: KBps
Description from Standards: This total backhaul bandwidth allocated to a BS for use by BRM for
downlink.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Site Backhaul Bandwidth for use by BRM UL (KBps)
1.3.42.3 wmanIfBsAggBackhaulBandwidthDl
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: KBps
Description from Standards: This total backhaul bandwidth allocated to a BS for use by BRM for
downlink.
R02.00.01.08 Page 251 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS

Presentation Name: Site Backhaul Bandwidth for use by BRM DL (KBps)
1.3.43 wmanIfBsNetworkSignalingTrafficPriorityTable
Presentation Name: Network Signaling Traffic Priority Relative to Bearer

Configuration for Network Signaling Plane Traffic
In order to ensure that network signaling traffic(i.e., traffic that is not is part of a 802.16 service flows) can
be tuned relative to bearer traffic, configurable parameters will be added to the CAPC, BTS, and
NMS/DMS. It is currently expected that OAM traffic will be prioritized below other network traffic types.
The user is expected to assign VLAN priority tags at the EMS for each of the three kinds of traffic:
O&M
Real Time
Non Real Time
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
Task Allocation: capcComm
1.3.43.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 252 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.43.2 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassOAM
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: OAM traffic(e.g config download, statistics etc).
1.3.43.3 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRt
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units:
Description from Standards: High priority network traffic.
1.3.43.4 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassNrt
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units:
Description from Standards: Low priority network traffic.
R02.00.01.08 Page 253 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.43.5 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
AP Impact: online
1.3.44 wmanIfBsNspVlanConfigTable

IM Rule: There should not be any entries with duplicate domain names.
Description from Standards: This table contains mappings from user domain name (NSP/VAP’s domain
name) to VLAN ID to be used by the AP in the 802.1Q tag it adds to the uplink frames. A default bearer
VLAN ID should also be provided to handle unknown domain names.
Network Service Provider (NSP) - a business entity that provides IP connectivity and services to WiMAX
subscribers. To provide these services, an NSP establishes contractual agreements with one or more
Network Access Providers. Additionally, an NSP MAY also establish roaming agreements with other
NSPs for providing WiMAX services to subscribers.
1.3.44.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 254 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Task Allocation: ap_MNM,ap_cfg,ap_SACM
1.3.44.2 wmanIfBsNspVlanMappingIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is a sequential index for the NSP-VLAN mapping entries.
Scope: Per BTS
AP Impact: online
1.3.44.3 wmanIfBsNspName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the name of the network service provider. Note that a specific NSP can
have multiple domains and VLANs.
A special value Default indicates the default entry.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Network Service Provider
AP Impact: online
1.3.44.4 wmanIfBsNspDomain
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the domain name a specific NSP uses for its subscribers. For a
subscriber, the NSP domain is the realm part of the subscriber's NAI.
If a backhaul VLAN ID is not provided by the AAA for a subscriber, the AP will try to find the longest
match for the domain name of the subscriber derived from the realm portion of the NAI.
If there is a match, the AP will use the corresponding VLAN ID to handle the subscriber's traffic.
R02.00.01.08 Page 255 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

If the subscriber's domain does not match any domain names configured in this table, the AP uses the
VLAN ID corresponding to the Default row whose domain is set to *.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Network Service Provider Domain
AP Impact: online
1.3.44.5 wmanIfBsNspVlanId
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
The following VLAN ranges are reserved and cannot be used for bearer plane backhaul VLAN tagging:
VID 0: used to identify priority frames
VID 0xFFF (4095): reserved
VID 0x900..0x97F: reserved for CAPC or AP internal use
Description from Standards: This is the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID assigned to an NSP domain. Only the least
significant12 bits of this objects value are valid.
The operator can configure this table such that all the subscribers from the NSP/VAPs domain can be
assigned the same VLAN ID.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID
1.3.44.6 wmanIfBsNspVlanConfigRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 256 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

AP Impact: online
1.3.45 wmanIfBsVlanAlarmThresholdTable

Description from Standards: This table contains high/low threshold values for generating the packet drop
alarm per VLAN basis.
1.3.45.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.45.2 wmanIfBsVlanPktDropLowThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Units: packets
Description from Standards: Low threshold for clearing the packet drop alarm for a VLAN.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Packet Drop Low Threshold
R02.00.01.08 Page 257 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.45.3 wmanIfBsVlanPktDropHighThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Units: packets
Description from Standards: High threshold for generating the packet drop alarm for a VLAN.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Packet Drop High Threshold
1.3.45.4 wmanIfBsVlanAlarmThresholdRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
Scope: Per BTS
AP Impact: online
1.3.46 wmanBtsPhysical
Presentation Name: Node Information

OID: { wmanBtsPrivate 1 }
wmanBsPhysical branch contains information about BS physical components.
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
R02.00.01.08 Page 258 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.46.1 wmanBtsRFHeadType
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: The BS RF Head type.
Description from Standards: The BS RF Head type.
Range from Standards: DisplayString (SIZE(8))
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: RF Head Type
Task Allocation: ap_NM
1.3.46.2 wmanBtsBCUType
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: The Base Controller Unit type of this BS
Description from Standards: The Base Controller Unit type of this BS
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Base Controller Unit Type
1.3.46.3 wmanBtsModemConfiguration
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The configuration of the modems on the BTS. This can be either Trunked or
non-trunked
Description from Standards: The configuration of the modems on the BTS. This can be either Trunked or
non-trunked
Range from Standards: INTEGER {trunked(1), nontrunked(2)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Modem Type
R02.00.01.08 Page 259 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.46.4 wmanBtsSoftwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the current version of the BTS software. This attribute will be
updated upon succesful activation of a software load
Description from Standards: This is the current version of the BTS software. This attribute will be
updated upon succesful activation of a software load
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Software Load Version
1.3.46.5 wmanBtsNodeAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The desired state of the Node.
Description from Standards: The desired state of the Node.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {up(1), down(2), testing(3)}

Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.46.6 wmanBtsNodeOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The desired state of the Node.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { up(1), down(2), testing(3), unknown(4),dormant(5),notPresent(6),
lowerLayerDown(7)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 260 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.46.7 wmanBtsDhcpTrans
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: The number of packets, delivered by this sub-layer to a
higher (sub-)layer, which were addressed to a multicast
address at this sub-layer. For a MAC layer protocol, this
includes both Group and Functional addresses.
Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system, and at other
times as indicated by the value of
ifCounterDiscontinuityTime.
Range from Standards: Counter32
Category: Periodically Collected Statistic
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.46.8 wmanBtsTaskProbingCount
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 261 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.46.9 wmanBtsTransportCidsPeak
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.46.10 wmanBtsCapcAddressType
OID: <optional>
Description from Standards: The type of IP address used in the object
wmanBtsCapcAddress
Task Allocation: ap_IMP
1.3.46.11 wmanBtsCapcAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the CAPC payload card address the BTS is to use.
Description from Standards: This is the CAPC payload card address the BTS is to use.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: CAPC Address used by BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 262 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.46.12 wmanBtsTimeZoneName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: Name given to the time zone. For example, CST-NoDST, CST, EST, EST-
NoDST, etc
Description from Standards: Name given to the time zone. For example, CST-NoDST, CST, EST, EST-
NoDST, etc
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Time Zone Name
1.3.46.13 wmanBtsUtcTzOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Local time zone offset from UTC provided by the EMS operator to adjust Local
Standard Time. Example: 0 = Greenwich, England
Description from Standards: Local time zone offset from UTC provided by the EMS operator to adjust
Local Standard Time. Example: 0 = Greenwich, England
Motorola Range: -48 ... +48 (increments of 15 mins)
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Time Zone Offset
1.3.46.14 wmanBtsDstStartWeek
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The occurrence-in-month used to determine the absolute start date for Daylight
Savings Time
R02.00.01.08 Page 263 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: The occurrence-in-month used to determine the absolute start date for
Daylight Savings Time
Motorola Range: First = 1 | Second=2 | Third=3 | Fourth=4 | Last = 5
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DST Start Week
1.3.46.15 wmanBtsDstStartDay
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The day-of-week used to determine the absolute start date for Daylight Savings
Time
Description from Standards: The day-of-week used to determine the absolute start date for Daylight
Savings Time
Motorola Range: Sunday=1 | Monday | Tuesday | Wednesday | Thursday | Friday | Saturday
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DST Start Day
1.3.46.16 wmanBtsDstStartMonth
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The month-of-year used to determine the absolute start date for Daylight
Savings Time
Description from Standards: The month-of-year used to determine the absolute start date for Daylight
Savings Time
Motorola Range: Jan=1 | Feb | Mar | Apr | May | Jun | Jul | Aug | Sep | Oct | Nov | Dec
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DST Start Month
R02.00.01.08 Page 264 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.46.17 wmanBtsDstEndWeek
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The occurrence-in-month used to determine the absolute end date for Daylight
Savings Time
Description from Standards: The occurrence-in-month used to determine the absolute end date for Daylight
Savings Time
Motorola Range: First = 1 | Second=2 | Third=3 | Fourth=4 | Last = 5
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DST Start Week
1.3.46.18 wmanBtsDstEndDay
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The day-of-week used to determine the absolute end date for Daylight Savings
Time
Description from Standards: The day-of-week used to determine the absolute end date for Daylight Savings
Time
Motorola Range: Sunday=1 | Monday | Tuesday | Wednesday | Thursday | Friday | Saturday
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DST Start Day
1.3.46.19 wmanBtsDstEndMonth
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 265 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The month-of-year used to determine the absolute end date for Daylight Savings
Time
Description from Standards: The month-of-year used to determine the absolute end date for Daylight
Savings Time
Motorola Range: Jan=1 | Feb | Mar | Apr | May | Jun | Jul | Aug | Sep | Oct | Nov | Dec
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DST Start Month
1.3.46.20 wmanBtsDstMidntOffset
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: States how long after standard midnight before changing the local time
Description from Standards: States how long after standard midnight before changing the local time
Units:15 minutes
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Midnight Offset
1.3.46.21 wmanBtsDstMagnitude
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: States by how much to shift local time for Daylight Savings Time.
Description from Standards: States by how much to shift local time for Daylight Savings Time.
Motorola Range: 0 .. 8
Units:15 minutes
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 266 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: DST Magnitude

1.3.46.22 wmanBtsModemMultiplexMode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the multiplex mode in which the BS modems
operate.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { nonTrunked (1) | twoToOneTrunked(2) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Modem Multiplex Mode
AP Impact: online
1.3.46.23 wmanBtsModemRedundancyMode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the modem redundancy mode for the BS. Three
redundancy models can be supported: None, Soft-Fail, N+1.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { none(1), softFail(2), nPlusOne(3) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Modem Redundancy Mode
AP Impact: online
1.3.47 wmanBtsFruTable
Presentation Name: FRU

Description from Standards: This table contains BS physical FRU information.
R02.00.01.08 Page 267 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.47.1 wmanBtsFruType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU type. The following are the types supported in this table (with
corresponding value)
siteController(1),
modemCard(2),
alarmCard(4),
syncGps(5) ,
powerSupply(6),
fan(7)
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is the type of the FRU.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {siteController(1),
modemCard(2),
alarmCard(4),
syncGps(5) ,
powerSupply(6),
fan(7)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: FRU Type
Task Allocation: ap_NSMT
AP Impact: online
1.3.47.2 wmanBtsFruSlotNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The physical slot number on which this FRU is located.
1. controller (1..2)
2. Modem card (1..4)
3. Power supply (1..3) ? or (1..2)
4. Fans (1..4)
5. RF head (1..3)
6. Alarm card (5)
Range from Standards: DisplayString (SIZE (1..3) )
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Slot Number
R02.00.01.08 Page 268 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


AP Impact: online
1.3.47.3 wmanBtsFruAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The desired state of the FRU.
down(2),
}

Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.47.4 wmanBtsFruOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The operational state of the FRU.
lowerLayerDown(7)}
Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.47.5 wmanBtsFruEidBoardType
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU board type contained in the EID information retrieved from the
board
Description from Standards: The EID board type of the FRU.
Range from Standards: DisplayString (SIZE(1..64))
R02.00.01.08 Page 269 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Board Type
1.3.47.6 wmanBtsFruEidPartNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU part number contained in the EID information retrieved from
the board
Description from Standards: The EID part number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Part Number
1.3.47.7 wmanBtsFruEidSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU serial number contained in the EID information retrieved from
the board
Description from Standards: The EID serial number FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Serial Number
1.3.47.8 wmanBtsFruEidDescription
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
R02.00.01.08 Page 270 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU description contained in the EID information retrieved from the
board
Description from Standards: The EID description of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Description
1.3.47.9 wmanBtsFruEidHalCompatibility
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU HAL compatability contained in the board EID information
Description from Standards: This is the FRU HAL compatability contained in the board EID information
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU HAL Compatability
1.3.47.10 wmanBtsFruEidKitNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU kit number contained in the EID information retrieved from the
board
Description from Standards: The EID kit number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Kit Number
R02.00.01.08 Page 271 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.47.11 wmanBtsFruEidKitSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU kit serial number contained in the EID information retrieved
from the board
Description from Standards: The EID serial kit number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Kit Serial Number
1.3.47.12 wmanBtsFruEidMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
Description from Standards: This is the MAC Address of this FRU.
only apply to site controller and payload card
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Mac Address
1.3.47.13 wmanBtsFruEidHwCapability
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Description from Standards: This is the hardware capability of this FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EID FRU Hardware Compatibility
R02.00.01.08 Page 272 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.47.14 wmanBtsFruFpgaVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FPGA version of the FRU
Description from Standards: This is the FPGA version of the FRU
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: FPGA Version
1.3.47.15 wmanBtsPowerSupplyType
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the power supply type of the BTS
Description from Standards: This is the power supply type of the BTS
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Power Supply Type
1.3.47.16 wmanBtsPowerSupplyVendor
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the power supply vendor
Description from Standards: This is the power supply vendor
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Power Supply Vendor
R02.00.01.08 Page 273 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.47.17 wmanBtsFruCageId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The cage ID of the site controller
Description from Standards: The cage ID of the site controller
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.47.18 wmanBtsFruBoardId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The board ID of the site controller
Description from Standards: The board ID of the site controller
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.47.19 wmanBtsTcxoCal
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The TCXO callibration of the site controller
Description from Standards: The TCXO callibration of the site controller
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 274 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.48 wmanBtsEthernetConf
Presentation Name: AP's Ethernet Configuration

MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.48.1 wmanBtsEthernetLinkSpeed
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 100
Motorola Implementation: This represents the link speed of the ethernet ports on the site controller. This
can only be changed if autonegotiate is set to false
Description from Standards: The ethernet connection speed supported by the BTS
Range from Standards: INTEGER {ethernet(10),fastEthernet(100), gigabitEthernet(1000)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Ethernet Link Speed
Task Allocation: ap_PLAT
1.3.48.2 wmanBtsEthernetDuplex
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: This represents the duplex (half or full) of the ethernet ports on the site
controller. This value can only be set if autonegotiate is set to false
Description from Standards: The ethernet connection duplex setting supported by the BTS
Motorola Range: True,False
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 275 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Ethernet Duplex Support

1.3.48.3 wmanBtsEthernetAutonegotiate
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the BTS is to autonegotiate the ethernet link speeds
Description from Standards: Indicates if the BTS ethernet ports should do autonegotiation.
Motorola Range: true, false
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Ethernet Autonegotiate
1.3.48.4 wmanBtsEthernetAutoMidiX
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: This represents the Auto MIDI-X configuration of the ethernet ports. This can
only be changed if autonegotiate is set to false
Description from Standards: This represents the Auto MIDI-X configuration of the ethernet ports. This
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Ethernet Auto MidiX
R02.00.01.08 Page 276 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.49 wmanBtsLinkTable
Presentation Name: Links

This table contains the links from the BTS to external devices
Description from Standards: <must provide description>
1.3.49.1 wmanBtsLinkType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Link type:
capc(1),
fa(2), -- not supported in R1
router(3), -- not supported in R1
ems(4), -- not supported in R1
sc-sc(5) -- not supported in R1
sc-modem(6)
Stereotype: Index
Range from Standards: INTEGER { capc(1), fa(2), router(3), ems(4), sc-modem(6) }
Scope: Per BTS
AP Impact: online
1.3.49.2 wmanBtsLinkNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The link number
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 277 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

AP Impact: online
1.3.49.3 wmanBtsLinkAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
down(2),
}

Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.49.4 wmanBtsLinkOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
lowerLayerDown(7)}
Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50 wmanBtsInternalDevTable
Presentation Name: Internal Devices

This table is for non-EMS visible devices managed by the BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 278 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.50.1 wmanBtsDevType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: This is the device type. The following are the types supported in this table
(with corresponding value)
xcvr(8)
iocard(9)
gps(10)
mso(11)
ethernetport(12)
mib(13)
Stereotype: Index
Range from Standards: INTEGER {xcvr(8),
iocard(9),
gps(10),
mso(11),
ethernetport(12),
mib(13) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
AP Impact: online
1.3.50.2 wmanBtsDevNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
AP Impact: online
1.3.50.3 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 279 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.50.4 wmanBtsDevAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
down(2),
}

Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.5 wmanBtsDevOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
lowerLayerDown(7)}
Category: State
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 280 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.50.6 wmanBtsDevEidBoardType
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU board type contained in the EID information retrieved from the
board
Description from Standards: The EID board type of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.7 wmanBtsDevEidPartNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU part number contained in the EID information retrieved from
the board
Description from Standards: The EID part number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.8 wmanBtsDevSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU serial number contained in the EID information retrieved from
the board
Description from Standards: The EID serial number FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 281 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.50.9 wmanBtsDevEidDescription
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU description contained in the EID information retrieved from the
board
Description from Standards: The EID description of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.10 wmanBtsDevEidHalCompatibility
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU HAL compatability contained in the board EID information
Description from Standards: This is the FRU HAL compatability contained in the board EID information
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.11 wmanBtsDevEidKitNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU kit number contained in the EID information retrieved from the
board
Description from Standards: The EID kit number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 282 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.50.12 wmanBtsDevEidKitSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FRU kit serial number contained in the EID information retrieved
from the board
Description from Standards: The EID serial kit number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.13 wmanBtsDevEidMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.14 wmanBtsDevEidHwCapability
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Description from Standards: This is the hardware capability of this FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 283 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.50.15 wmanBtsDevFpgaVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the FPGA version of the FRU
Description from Standards: This is the FPGA version of the FRU
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.16 wmanBtsDevRFType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Supported RF type for XCVR
Description from Standards: Supported RF type for XCVR
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.50.17 wmanBtsDevSupChnlBW
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Supported channel bandwidth for the XCVR
Description from Standards: Supported channel bandwidth for the XCVR
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 284 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.51 wmanBtsSectorConfigTable
1.3.51.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.51.2 wmanBtsSectorMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 285 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.51.3 wmanIfBtsSectorConfigRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.52 wmanBtsRadiusSharedSecretTable
Presentation Name: Radius Shared Secret

OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
communicates.
AP Impact: online
1.3.52.2 wmanBtsRadiusSharedSecret
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the shared secret used for the BTS to authenticate itself to the Radius
server(AAA).
R02.00.01.08 Page 286 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Radius Shared Secret used by AP
1.3.53 wmanBtsMeasurement
Presentation Name: AP's Measurements

This group contains all PM stats which are collected on a per BTS basis
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.53.1 apDlBhUtil
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average utilization of the Downlink backhaul bandwidth reserved for CBR and
CIR service flows.
Description from Standards: Average utilization of the Downlink backhaul bandwidth reserved for CBR
and CIR service flows.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.2 apDlBhUtilThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of intervals whereby the admitted (and therefore reserved) CBR plus
CIR service flow Downlink bandwidth exceeded a recommended percentage (TBD) of the Configured
Downlink bandwidth) for CBR plus CIR service flows via the Agg_DL_BackhaulBandwidth configuration
parameter.
Description from Standards: Number of intervals whereby the admitted (and therefore reserved) CBR plus
CIR service flow Downlink bandwidth exceeded a recommended percentage (TBD) of the Configured
R02.00.01.08 Page 287 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Downlink bandwidth) for CBR plus CIR service flows via the Agg_DL_BackhaulBandwidth configuration
parameter.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.3 apUlBhUtil
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average utilization of the Uplink backhaul bandwidth reserved for CBR and
CIR service flows
Description from Standards: Average utilization of the Uplink backhaul bandwidth reserved for CBR and
CIR service flows
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.4 apUlBhUtilThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of intervals whereby the admitted (and therefore reserved) CBR plus
CIR service flow Uplink bandwidth exceeded a recommended percentage (TBD) of the Configured Uplink
bandwidth) for CBR plus CIR service flows via the Agg_UL_BackhaulBandwidth configuration
parameter.
Description from Standards: Number of intervals whereby the admitted (and therefore reserved) CBR plus
CIR service flow Uplink bandwidth exceeded a recommended percentage (TBD) of the Configured Uplink
bandwidth) for CBR plus CIR service flows via the Agg_UL_BackhaulBandwidth configuration
parameter.
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 288 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.5 apBhBw01
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. Histogram of size 16
representing 0 to 1Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. Histogram of size 16
representing 0 to 1Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.6 apBhBw02
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >1Mbps to 1.5Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >1Mbps to 1.5Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.7 apBhBw03
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >1.5Mbps to 2.5Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >1.5Mbps to 2.5Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
R02.00.01.08 Page 289 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.8 apBhBw04
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >2.5Mbps to 4Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >2.5Mbps to 4Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.9 apBhBw05
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements.>4Mbps to 6.5 Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements.>4Mbps to 6.5 Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.10 apBhBw06
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >6.5Mbps to 10Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >6.5Mbps to 10Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
R02.00.01.08 Page 290 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.11 apBhBw07
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >10Mbps to 16Mbps,
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >10Mbps to 16Mbps,
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.12 apBhBw08
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >16Mbps to 25Mbps,
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >16Mbps to 25Mbps,
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.13 apBhBw09
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >25Mbps to 40Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >25Mbps to 40Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.14 apBhBw10
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 291 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >40M bps to 65 Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >40M bps to 65 Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.15 apBhBw11
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.16 apBhBw12
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.17 apBhBw13
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 292 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.18 apBhBw14
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >250Mbps to 400 Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >250Mbps to 400 Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.19 apBhBw15
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >400 Mbps to 630 Mbps
Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >400 Mbps to 630
Mbps
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.20 apBhBw16
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >630Mbps to 1000Mbps.
R02.00.01.08 Page 293 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: 1 second average backhaul bandwidth measurements. >630Mbps to

1000Mbps.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.21 apBhIngressPkt
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ingress packets received.
Description from Standards: Number of ingress packets received.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.22 apBhEgressPkt
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of egress packets sent.
Description from Standards: Number of egress packets sent.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.23 apArpReqSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARP request messages sent for manipulation of the bearer stream.
R02.00.01.08 Page 294 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Note: this statistic is not pegged for ARP table refreshes.

Description from Standards: Number of ARP request messages sent for manipulation of the bearer stream.
Note: this statistic is not pegged for ARP table refreshes.

Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.24 apArpReqRefreshSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARP request messages sent for ARP table refreshes prior to their
time-out.
Description from Standards: Number of ARP request messages sent for ARP table refreshes prior to their
time-out.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.25 apArpReSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARP request messages re-sent due to failure of lack of response.
Note: this statistic is pegged for all retries, including retries for apArpReqSnd and apArpReqRefreshSnd. If
this statistic is has significant values, this implies that backhaul congestion may have been experienced.
Description from Standards: Number of ARP request messages re-sent due to failure of lack of response.
Note: this statistic is pegged for all retries, including retries for apArpReqSnd and apArpReqRefreshSnd. If
this statistic is has significant values, this implies that backhaul congestion may have been experienced.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
R02.00.01.08 Page 295 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.26 apPmipReg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Registration requests.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Registration requests.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.27 apPmipRegFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Registration failures, including time-outs.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Registration failures, including time-outs.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.28 apPmipRereg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration requests.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration requests.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
R02.00.01.08 Page 296 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.29 apPmipReregFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration failures, including time-outs.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration failures, including time-outs.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.30 apPmipDereg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP De-Registration requests
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP De-Registration requests
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.31 apPmipDeregFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP De-Registration failures, including time-outs.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP De-Registration failures, including time-outs.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
R02.00.01.08 Page 297 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.53.32 apLinkContReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of AP Link Continuity Check Requests sent to all CAPCs.
Description from Standards: Number of AP Link Continuity Check Requests sent to all CAPCs.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.53.33 apLinkContNoRsp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of AP Link Continuity Check Responses not received in time from all
CAPCs.
Description from Standards: Number of AP Link Continuity Check Responses not received in time from all
CAPCs.
Scope: Per BTS
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54 wmanBtsSectorMeasurementTable
Presentation Name: AP's Sector Measurements

This group contains all PM stats which are collected on a per sector basis
1.3.54.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 298 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
AP Impact: online
1.3.54.2 apUsersActSlp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average of maximum value for 1 minute sampling
intervals over the collection interval where MSSs
are concurrently in either the active pr sleep mode
states
Description from Standards: Average of maximum value for 1 minute sampling
intervals over the collection interval where MSSs
are concurrently in either the active pr sleep mode
states
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.3 apUserActSleepThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times the peak number of MSSs concurrently
in the active or sleep mode state
exceeded a recommended percentage (TBD) of the
allowed maximum supported value.
Description from Standards: Number of times the peak number of MSSs concurrently
in the active or sleep mode state
exceeded a recommended percentage (TBD) of the
allowed maximum supported value.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 299 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.4 apUserActSleepPeak
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Peak number of MSSs in concurrently in either the
active or sleep mode states.
Description from Standards: Peak number of MSSs in concurrently in either the
active or sleep mode states.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.5 apTransportCids
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average of maximum value for 1 minute sampling
intervals over the collection interval of concurrently
utilized Transport CIDs.
Description from Standards: Average of maximum value for 1 minute sampling
intervals over the collection interval of concurrently
utilized Transport CIDs.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.6 apTransportCidsThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times the peak number of concurrently
active Transport CIDs exceeded a recommended
percentage (TBD) of the allowed maximum supported
R02.00.01.08 Page 300 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

value.
Description from Standards: Number of times the peak number of concurrently
active Transport CIDs exceeded a recommended
percentage (TBD) of the allowed maximum supported
value.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.7 apTransportCidsPeak
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Peak Transport CIDs utilized.
Description from Standards: Peak Transport CIDs utilized.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.8 apMapSlotsUsed
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Downlink slots used for the FCH and
MAP.
Description from Standards: Number of Downlink slots used for the FCH and
MAP.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: OHP
R02.00.01.08 Page 301 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.9 apDlMacBroadcastSlotsUsed
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Downlink slots used for the MAC Management
Broadcast messages.
Description from Standards: Number of Downlink slots used for the MAC Management
Broadcast messages.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.10 apDlUnicastSlotsused
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Downlink slots used for unicast messages.
Description from Standards: Number of Downlink slots used for unicast messages.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.11 apTotalDlSlotsAvail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Available Downlink slots are computed after omitting
symbols for: Preamble, TTG, and RTG.
Description from Standards: Available Downlink slots are computed after omitting
symbols for: Preamble, TTG, and RTG.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 302 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.12 apUlSlotsused
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of Uplink slots used.
Description from Standards: Total number of Uplink slots used.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.13 apTotalUlSlotsAvail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of Uplink slots available, after symbols
reserved for ranging and sounding (if applicable).
Description from Standards: Total number of Uplink slots available, after symbols
reserved for ranging and sounding (if applicable).
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.14 apDlPagingSlotsUsed
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of Downlink slots used for Broadcast
paging.
Description from Standards: Total number of Downlink slots used for Broadcast
paging.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 303 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.15 apDlRsrvSlotsCbrCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Reserved Downlink Unicast slots used for CBR
plus CIR service flows.
Description from Standards: Reserved Downlink Unicast slots used for CBR
plus CIR service flows.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.16 apDlAvgMcsCbrCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average Downlink MCS value used for CBR plus
CIR service flows, reported as the average bits per
slot.
Description from Standards: Average Downlink MCS value used for CBR plus
CIR service flows, reported as the average bits per
slot.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.17 apDlCbrCirBwThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of 1 minute intervals whereby the admitted
(and therefore reserved) CBR plus CIR service
flow Downlink slots multiplied by the average
Downlink MCS value (measured as average bits
per slot) for CBR plus CIR service flows (over that
same interval 1 minute interval) exceeded a recommended
R02.00.01.08 Page 304 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

percentage (TBD) of the 1 minute Downlink

provisioned bandwidth (measured in slots and
multiplied by the average Downlink bits per slot)
for CBR plus CIR service flows.
Description from Standards: Number of 1 minute intervals whereby the admitted
(and therefore reserved) CBR plus CIR service
flow Downlink slots multiplied by the average
Downlink MCS value (measured as average bits
per slot) for CBR plus CIR service flows (over that
same interval 1 minute interval) exceeded a recommended
percentage (TBD) of the 1 minute Downlink
provisioned bandwidth (measured in slots and
multiplied by the average Downlink bits per slot)
for CBR plus CIR service flows.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.18 apUlRsrvSlotsCbrCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Reserved Uplink slots used for CBR plus CIR service
flows.
Description from Standards: Reserved Uplink slots used for CBR plus CIR service
flows.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.19 apUlCbrCirBwThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of 1 minute intervals whereby the admitted (and therefore reserved)
CBR plus CIR service flow Uplink slots multiplied by the average Uplink MCS value (measured as
average bits per slot) for CBR plus CIR service flows (over that same interval 1 minute interval) exceeded
a recommended percentage (TBD) of the 1 minute Uplink provisioned bandwidth (measured in slots and
multiplied by the average Uplink bits per slot) for CBR plus CIR service flows.
R02.00.01.08 Page 305 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Number of 1 minute intervals whereby the admitted (and therefore reserved)
CBR plus CIR service flow Uplink slots multiplied by the average Uplink MCS value (measured as
average bits per slot) for CBR plus CIR service flows (over that same interval 1 minute interval) exceeded
a recommended percentage (TBD) of the 1 minute Uplink provisioned bandwidth (measured in slots and
multiplied by the average Uplink bits per slot) for CBR plus CIR service flows.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.20 apDlSlotsBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Downlink Unicast slots used for Best Effort service flows.
Description from Standards: Number of Downlink Unicast slots used for Best Effort service flows.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.21 apDIMcsBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average Downlink MCS value used for Best Effort, reported as the average bits
per slot.
Description from Standards: Average Downlink MCS value used for Best Effort, reported as the average
bits per slot.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 306 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.22 apUlSlotsBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Uplink slots used for Best Effort service flows.
Description from Standards: Number of Uplink slots used for Best Effort service flows.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.23 apDIPayloadKBCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Downlink payload kilobytes for CBR service flows successfully delivered.
Payload kilobytes include all bytes above the MAC layer.
Description from Standards: Downlink payload kilobytes for CBR service flows successfully delivered.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: BHP
1.3.54.24 apDIPayloadKBCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Downlink payload kilobytes for CIR service flows successfully delivered.
Description from Standards: Downlink payload kilobytes for CIR service flows successfully delivered.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 307 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.25 apDlPayloadKBBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Downlink payload kilobytes for BE service flows successfully delivered.
Description from Standards: Downlink payload kilobytes for BE service flows successfully delivered.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.26 apUIPayloadKCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Uplink payload kilobytes for CBR service flows successfully received. Payload
kilobytes include all bytes above the MAC layer.
Description from Standards: Uplink payload kilobytes for CBR service flows successfully received.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.27 apUIPayloadKCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Uplink payload kilobytes for CIR service flows successfully received. Payload
Description from Standards: Uplink payload kilobytes for CIR service flows successfully received.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 308 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.54.28 apUlPayloadKBBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Uplink payload kilobytes for BE service flows successfully received. Payload
Description from Standards: Uplink payload kilobytes for BE service flows successfully received. Payload
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.29 apPageCycles
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of paging cycles initiated. A paging cycle may consist of multiple page
attempts within the same Paging Group.
Description from Standards: Number of paging cycles initiated. A paging cycle may consist of multiple
page attempts within the same Paging Group.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.30 apPageCycleTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of paging cycles that time out due to lack of page response. A paging
cycle consists of the initial page attempt and any subsequent retries prior to page time-out.
Description from Standards: Number of paging cycles that time out due to lack of page response. A paging
cycle consists of the initial page attempt and any subsequent retries prior to page time-out.
R02.00.01.08 Page 309 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.31 apDropPageAp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times a page was dropped by the AP because it didn't fit into AP
paging interval.
Description from Standards: Number of times a page was dropped by the AP because it didn't fit into AP
paging interval.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.32 apDropPagesMss
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times a page was dropped by the AP because it didn't fit into the
MSS paging listening interval.
Description from Standards: Number of times a page was dropped by the AP because it didn't fit into the
MSS paging listening interval.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.33 apFlowNotChgdAi
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of service flows that failed a change request due to air interface
resources.
R02.00.01.08 Page 310 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Number of service flows that failed a change request due to air interface
resources.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.34 apFlowNotAdmAi
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of service flows not admitted due to air interface resources.
Description from Standards: Number of service flows not admitted due to air interface resources.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.35 apFlowNotAdmMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of service flows not admitted due to memory resources (including the
number of simulations MSSs or Transport CIDs in use).
Description from Standards: Number of service flows not admitted due to memory resources (including the
number of simulations MSSs or Transport CIDs in use).
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.36 apDlCbrBurstSuccTxSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 311 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of CBR Downlink bursts transmitted successfully.

Description from Standards: Number of CBR Downlink bursts transmitted successfully.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.37 apDlCbrBurstTxAllFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of CBR Downlink bursts that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of CBR Downlink bursts that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.38 apUlCbrBurstSuccRxSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of CBR Uplink Bursts received successfully.
Description from Standards: Number of CBR Uplink Bursts received successfully.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.39 apUlCbrBurstRxOppAllFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 312 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of CBR Uplink bursts opportunities that failed the initial and all
retransmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of CBR Uplink bursts opportunities that failed the initial and all
retransmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.40 apDlCirBurstTxSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of CIR Downlink bursts transmitted successfully.
Description from Standards: Number of CIR Downlink bursts transmitted successfully.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.41 apDlCirBurstTxAllFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of CIR Downlink bursts that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of CIR Downlink bursts that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 313 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.42 apUlCirBurstSuccRxSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of CIR Uplink Bursts received successfully.
Description from Standards: Number of CIR Uplink Bursts received successfully.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.43 apUlCirBurstRxOppAllFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of CIR Uplink bursts opportunities that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions
Description from Standards: Number of CIR Uplink bursts opportunities that failed both the initial and all
re-transmissions
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.44 apDIBeBurstTxSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Best Effort Downlink bursts transmitted successfully.
Description from Standards: Number of Best Effort Downlink bursts transmitted successfully.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 314 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.45 apDIBeBurstTxAllFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Best Effort bursts that failed both the initial and all re-transmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of Best Effort bursts that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.46 apUIBeBurstRxSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Best Effort Uplink Bursts received successfully.
Description from Standards: Number of Best Effort Uplink Bursts received successfully.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.47 apUlBeBurstRxOppallFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Best Effort bursts opportunities that failed both the initial and all re-
transmissions
Description from Standards: Number of Best Effort bursts opportunities that failed both the initial and all
re-transmissions
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 315 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.48 apFlowNotAdmBh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of service flows not admitted due to backhaul resources.
Description from Standards: Number of service flows not admitted due to backhaul resources.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.49 apFlowNotChgdBh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of service flows that failed a change request due to backhaul resources.
Description from Standards: Number of service flows that failed a change request due to backhaul
resources.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.50 apLocUpdPgChg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Location Updates received due to change in Paging Groups.
Description from Standards: Number of Location Updates received due to change in Paging Groups.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
R02.00.01.08 Page 316 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.51 apPwrDn
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Power Down Location Update requests received.
Description from Standards: Number of Power Down Location Update requests received.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.52 apFullMobHoTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total summed time for all successful full mobility handovers, measured by the
target Base Station in milliseconds from receipt of the HandoverIndication from the serving Base Station to
the transmission of a successful Ranging Response to the MSS.
Description from Standards: Total summed time for all successful full mobility handovers, measured by the
target Base Station in milliseconds from receipt of the HandoverIndication from the serving Base Station to
the transmission of a successful Ranging Response to the MSS.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.53 apMobScnReqSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Mobile scan requests
(MOB_SCN-REQ) received, indicating the triggers TLVs defined in the DCD requires neighbor scanning.
Description from Standards: Mobile scan requests
(MOB_SCN-REQ) received, indicating the triggers TLVs defined in the DCD requires neighbor scanning.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 317 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.54 apMobScnReptRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Mobile scan reports (MOB_SCAN-REPORT) received, which indicates the
trigger to initiate handover.
Description from Standards: Mobile scan reports (MOB_SCAN-REPORT) received, which indicates the
trigger to initiate handover.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.55 apMobHoIndRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Mobile handover indication (MOB_HO-IND) messages received without cancel
bit set, indicating the MSS will be handing out.
Description from Standards: Mobile handover indication (MOB_HO-IND) messages received without
cancel bit set, indicating the MSS will be handing out.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.56 apMobHoAbortRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Mobile handover indication (MOB_HO-IND) messages received with the
cancel bit set, indicating the MSS has aborted handout.
Description from Standards: Mobile handover indication (MOB_HO-IND) messages received with the
cancel bit set, indicating the MSS has aborted handout.
R02.00.01.08 Page 318 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector

1.3.54.57 apMobHoAdvise
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of handover advise messages received at the target BS indicating the
MSS has committed to handing in.
Description from Standards: Number of handover advise messages received at the target BS indicating the
MSS has committed to handing in.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.58 apHoRngReqRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of expected Handover Ranging Requests received at target base station
supporting the handin. This message is expected because a HO Advise message was received form the
serving Base Station for this handover.
Description from Standards: Number of expected Handover Ranging Requests received at target base
station supporting the handin. This message is expected because a HO Advise message was received form
the serving Base Station for this handover.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.59 apHoRngReqRcvUnexp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of unexpected Handover Ranging Requests received at target Base
Station (meaning that a HO Indication was not received for the MSS and Handover ID).
R02.00.01.08 Page 319 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Number of unexpected Handover Ranging Requests received at target Base
Station (meaning that a HO Indication was not received for the MSS and Handover ID).
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.60 apHoRngRspSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of successful HO Ranging Responses sent, indicating a successful
Handover.
Description from Standards: Number of successful HO Ranging Responses sent, indicating a successful
Handover.
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.54.61 apInitialRangingReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of initial and ranging requests received.
Description from Standards: Number of initial and ranging requests received.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.62 apInitialRangingReqFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 320 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of initial and ranging requests that failed due to timing or power
adjustment issues.
Description from Standards: Number of initial and ranging requests that failed due to timing or power
adjustment issues.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.63 apPeriodicRangingReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of periodic and ranging requests received.
Description from Standards: Number of periodic and ranging requests received.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.64 apPeriodicRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of periodic ranging requests that failed.
Description from Standards: Number of periodic ranging requests that failed.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.65 apArqBlockTransUl
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 321 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of uplink ARQ block transmissions.

Description from Standards: Number of uplink ARQ block transmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.66 apArqBlockFailUl
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of uplink ARQ blocks that failed all retransmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of uplink ARQ blocks that failed all retransmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.67 apArqBlockTransDl
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of downlink ARQ block transmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of downlink ARQ block transmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.68 apArqBlockFailDl
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of downlink ARQ blocks that failed all retransmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of downlink ARQ blocks that failed all retransmissions.
R02.00.01.08 Page 322 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.69 apArqHybridTransDl
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of downlink hybrid ARQ transmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of downlink hybrid ARQ transmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.70 apArqHybridDlFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of downlink hybrid ARQ transmissions that failed all retransmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of downlink hybrid ARQ transmissions that failed all
retransmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.71 apArqHybridTransUl
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of uplink hybrid ARQ transmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of uplink hybrid ARQ transmissions.
R02.00.01.08 Page 323 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.72 apArqHybridUlFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of uplink hybrid ARQ transmissions that failed all retransmissions.
Description from Standards: Number of uplink hybrid ARQ transmissions that failed all retransmissions.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.73 apPktDlBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets in the downlink direction for the BE QoS service type.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets in the downlink direction for the BE QoS service
type.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.74 apPktUlBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets in the uplink direction for the BE QoS service type.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets in the uplink direction for the BE QoS service type.
R02.00.01.08 Page 324 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.75 apPktDlQueueLatBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average packet latency in the downlink direction for the BE QoS service type.
Latency is measured from the time the SDU is received by the AP until the complete SDU is first
transmitted over the air (without ARQ and/or HARQ retries).
Description from Standards: Average packet latency in the downlink direction for the BE QoS service type.
Latency is measured from the time the SDU is received by the AP until the complete SDU is first
transmitted over the air (without ARQ and/or HARQ retries).
Scope: Per Sector
Task Allocation: N/A
1.3.54.76 apPktUlQueueLatBe
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average packet latency in the uplink direction for the BE QoS service type.
Latency is measured from the bandwidth request for bytes with that CID to the time the opportunity is
given for the last byte in that request.
Description from Standards: Average packet latency in the uplink direction for the BE QoS service type.
Latency is measured from the bandwidth request for bytes with that CID to the time the opportunity is
given for the last byte in that request.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 325 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.77 apPktLossDlBeQueue
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the BE QoS
service type due to queue overflow.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the BE QoS
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.78 apPktLossDlBeRetry
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the BE QoS
service type due to retries exceeded.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the BE QoS
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.79 apPktDlCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets in the downlink direction for the CIR QoS service type.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets in the downlink direction for the CIR QoS service
type.
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 326 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.80 apPktUlCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets in the uplink direction for the CIR QoS service type.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets in the uplink direction for the CIR QoS service type.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.81 apPktDlQueueLatCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the flow's latency
specification for the CIR QoS service type due to queueing/scheduling delays in the AP. Latency is
measured from the time the SDU is received by the AP until the complete SDU is first transmitted over the
air (without ARQ and/or HARQ retries).
Count this packet if (T2-T1) > latency
Description from Standards: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the flow's latency
specification for the CIR QoS service type due to queueing/scheduling delays in the AP. Latency is
air (without ARQ and/or HARQ retries).
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.82 apPktDlAirLatCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the session's latency
specification for the CIR QoS service type due to air interface retransmissions. Latency is measured from
the time the SDU is received by the AP until the complete SDU is successfully transmitted over the air
(including ARQ and/or HARQ retries).
Count this packet if (T3-T1) > latency but (T2-T1) < latency
R02.00.01.08 Page 327 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the session's latency
specification for the CIR QoS service type due to air interface retransmissions. Latency is measured from
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.83 apPktUlQueueLatCir
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of packets in the uplink direction exceeding the session's latency
specification for the CIR QoS service type. Latency is measured from the time the first request for
bandwidth is received by the AP until the complete SDU is sent by the AP (without ARQ and/or HARQ
retries).
Count this packet if (T2-T1) >latency
Description from Standards: Number of packets in the uplink direction exceeding the session's latency
specification for the CIR QoS service type. Latency is measured from the time the first request for
bandwidth is received by the AP until the complete SDU is sent by the AP (without ARQ and/or HARQ
retries).
Count this packet if (T2-T1) >latency
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.84 apPktLossDlCirQueue
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CIR QoS
Description from Standards: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CIR QoS
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 328 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.54.85 apPktLossDlCirRetry
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CIR QoS
Description from Standards: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CIR QoS
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.86 apPktDlCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets in the downlink direction for the CBR QoS service
type.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets in the downlink direction for the CBR QoS service
type.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.87 apPktUlCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets in the uplink direction for the CBR QoS service type.
Description from Standards: Total number of packets in the uplink direction for the CBR QoS service type.
R02.00.01.08 Page 329 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.88 apPktDlQueueLatCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the flow's latency
specification for the CBR QoS service type due to queueing/scheduling delays in the AP. Latency is
air (without HARQ retries).
Description from Standards: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the flow's latency
specification for the CBR QoS service type due to queueing/scheduling delays in the AP. Latency is
air (without HARQ retries).
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.89 apPktDlAirLatCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the session's latency
specification for the CBR QoS service type due to air interface retransmissions. Latency is measured from
Description from Standards: Number of packets in the downlink direction exceeding the session's latency
specification for the CBR QoS service type due to air interface retransmissions. Latency is measured from
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 330 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.54.90 apPktDlIntArrJit
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Statistical Variance in SDUs arriving at the AP for CBR flows. That is, measure
the normalized mean and standard deviation of DL SDU arrivals for each CBR flow.
Description from Standards: Statistical Variance in SDUs arriving at the AP for CBR flows. That is,
measure the normalized mean and standard deviation of DL SDU arrivals for each CBR flow.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.91 apPktDLSchJit
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Statistical Variance in SDUs being scheduled for transmission over-the-air for
CBR flows. That is, measure the normalized mean and standard deviation of scheduling DL SDUs for each
CBR flow
Description from Standards: Statistical Variance in SDUs being scheduled for transmission over-the-air for
CBR flows. That is, measure the normalized mean and standard deviation of scheduling DL SDUs for each
CBR flow
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.92 apPktULSchJit
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Statistical Variance in Grant opportunities being scheduled for uplink SDUs for
CBR flows. That is, measure the normalized mean and standard deviation of scheduling uplink grants for
each CBR flow.
R02.00.01.08 Page 331 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Statistical Variance in Grant opportunities being scheduled for uplink SDUs
for CBR flows. That is, measure the normalized mean and standard deviation of scheduling uplink grants
for each CBR flow.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.93 apMissGrantUlCbr
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of CBR grant opportunities in the uplink direction for which no
data was received.
Description from Standards: Total number of CBR grant opportunities in the uplink direction for which no
data was received.
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.54.94 apPktLossDlCbrQueue
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CBR QoS
Description from Standards: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CBR QoS
Scope: Per Sector
R02.00.01.08 Page 332 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.54.95 apPktLossDlCbrRetry
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CBR QoS
Description from Standards: Total number of packets discarded in the downlink direction for the CBR QoS
Scope: Per Sector
1.3.55 wmanBtsSecurityConfig
This table contains security related information for the AP
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.55.1 wmanBtsRadiusRetryTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
Description from Standards: Retry timeout for RADIUS requests sent by the BTS to the AAA server.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: BTS to AAA Retry Timeout for RADIUS
1.3.55.2 wmanBtsRadiusRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 333 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: 3
Description from Standards: Number of retries for the RADIUS request sent by the BTS to the AAA
server.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: CAPC to AAA Retry Count for RADIUS
1.3.55.3 wmanBtsEapSessionTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 300, 300, 300, 300
Description from Standards: This parameter is used as the guard timer for the EAP session during network
entry from EAP_ID_Request till EAP_Complete.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EAP Session Timeout
1.3.55.4 wmanBtsEnableAclFirewallRules
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the BTS is to enable ACL Frewall rules.
Description from Standards: Indicates if the BTS is to enable ACL Firewall rules.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Enable ACL Firewall Rules?
R02.00.01.08 Page 334 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.55.5 wmanBtsEnableIdsRules
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the BTS is to enable IDS rules.
Description from Standards: Indicates if the BTS is to enable IDS rules.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Enable IDS rules?
1.3.55.6 wmanBtsIPSecApplicationStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Activation status of the IPSec policy file.
notActivated (0)
Successful (1)
Failed (2)
Description from Standards: Activation status of the IPSec policy file.
notActivated (0)
Successful (1)
Failed (2)
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 335 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.56 wmanBtsLmtOnly
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.56.1 wmanBtsNodeAddressType
OID: <optional>
wmanBtsNodeAddress
1.3.56.2 wmanBtsNodeAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the IP address for the BTS. This value can only be changed from the
EMS if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the IP address for the BTS. This value can only be changed from the
EMS is the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: BTS's IP Address
1.3.56.3 wmanBtsNodeSubnetType
OID: <optional>
wmanBtsNodeSubnet
R02.00.01.08 Page 336 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.56.4 wmanBtsNodeSubnet
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the subnet mask for the BTS. This value can only be changed from the
Description from Standards: This is the subnet mask for the BTS. This value can only be changed from the
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: BTS Subnet
1.3.56.5 wmanBtsNodeDnsServerType
OID: <optional>
wmanBtsDnsServer
Presentation Name: DNS Server Type
1.3.56.6 wmanBtsNodeDnsServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
R02.00.01.08 Page 337 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: This is the DNS server the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed from
the EMS is the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the DNS server the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed
from the EMS is the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP
response
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DNS Server IP
1.3.56.7 wmanBtsNodeSecDnsServerType
OID: <optional>
wmanBtsDnsServer
Presentation Name: DNS Server Type
1.3.56.8 wmanBtsNodeSecDnsServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the DNS server the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed from
Description from Standards: This is the DNS server the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed
response
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: DNS Server IP
R02.00.01.08 Page 338 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.56.9 wmanBtsNodeGatewayType
OID: <optional>
wmanBtsNodeGateway
1.3.56.10 wmanBtsNodeGateway
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the gateway the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed from the
Description from Standards: This is the gateway the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed from
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.56.11 wmanBtsUseDHCP
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the BTS is to use DHCP to obtain is IP addressing information
Description from Standards: Indicates if the BTS is to use DHCP to obtain is IP addressing information
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: BTS Uses DHCP to Obtain IP
R02.00.01.08 Page 339 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.3.56.12 wmanBtsNodeEmsAddressType
OID: <optional>
wmanBtsNodeEmsAddress
Task Allocation: ap_boostrapping
1.3.56.13 wmanBtsNodeEmsAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the EMS IP Address the BTS is to use. This value can only be changed
response
Description from Standards: This is the EMS IP Address the CAPC is to use. This value can only be
changed from the EMS is the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the
DCHP response
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: EMS's IP Address used by BTS
Task Allocation: ap_bootstrapping
1.3.56.14 wmanBtsVlanNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
Motorola Implementation: Indicates vlan number the AP is to communicate on.
R02.00.01.08 Page 340 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Indicates vlan number the AP is to communicate on.

Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: BTS Uses DHCP to Obtain IP
Task Allocation: ap_IMP,ap_SM
1.3.56.15 wmanBtsNodeName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the name for the AP that is used in the DHCP request. This initial value
comes from site commissioning.
Description from Standards: This is the name for the AP that is used in the DHCP request. This initial
value comes from site commissioning.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: BTS's IP Address
1.3.56.16 wmanBtsBackhaulType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the BTS is to use daisy chain or link aggregation for its backhaul
Description from Standards: Indicates if the BTS is to use daisy chain or link aggregation for its backhaul
Range from Standards: INTEGER {daisychain(1), linkaggregation(2)}

Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Backhaul Type
R02.00.01.08 Page 341 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.57 wmanBtsDefaultAAAProfile
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.57.1 wmanBtsHoSvcClass
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: The HO_SVC_Class attribute identifies the users provisioned handover
performance classification. This is used by the system to enable different classes of handover performance
and to enable a service provider to extract value from customers to enable it on a per user basis.
Description from Standards: The HO_SVC_Class attribute identifies the users provisioned handover
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.57.2 wmanBtsTotalMaxULBandwidth
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1000
Motorola Implementation: The maximum bandwidth permitted an MS.
Description from Standards: The maximum bandwidth permitted an MS.
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 342 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.57.3 wmanBtsTotalMaxDLBandwidth
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1000
Motorola Implementation: The maximum bandwidth permitted an MS.
Description from Standards: The maximum bandwidth permitted an MS.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.57.4 wmanBtsTotalMaxCommitedBandwidthUL
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 500
Motorola Implementation: The maximum committed bandwidth permitted an MS.
Description from Standards: The maximum committed bandwidth permitted an MS.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.57.5 wmanBtsTotalMaxCommitedBandwidthDL
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 500
Motorola Implementation: The maximum committed bandwidth permitted an MS.
Description from Standards: The maximum committed bandwidth permitted an MS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 343 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS

1.3.57.6 wmanBtsUserPriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
Motorola Implementation: The User Priority assigned to the MS. Priority ranges from the values 8
(Highest) to 1 (Lowest).
Description from Standards: The User Priority assigned to the MS. Priority ranges from the values 8
(Highest) to 1 (Lowest).
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.57.7 wmanBtsCovergenceSublayer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
Motorola Implementation: The 802.16 Convergence Sublayer to be used by MS.
Description from Standards: The 802.16 Convergence Sublayer to be used by MS.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.57.8 wmanBtsServiceFlow
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: "2|Default"
Motorola Implementation: The 802.16 Service Flows Permitted to be created by an MS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 344 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: The 802.16 Service Flows Permitted to be created by an MS.
Motorola Default Value: "2|Default"
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Sector Mapping
1.3.58 wmanBtsArpParms
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.58.1 wmanBtsArpRetryCount
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: The number of ARP retries
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.58.2 wmanBtsArpRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: The time between arp retries
R02.00.01.08 Page 345 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS
1.3.58.3 wmanBtsArpRetryInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: The arp retry interval
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.58.4 wmanBtsArpCacheTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: The arp cache timer
Scope: Per BTS
R02.00.01.08 Page 346 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.58.5 wmanBtsArpPriorityTag
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: The arp priority tag
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.59 wmanBtsMisc
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.59.1 wmanBtsSaChallengeTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1000
Description from Standards: Security Association Challenge timer in milliseconds
R02.00.01.08 Page 347 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.59.2 wmanBtsSaChallengeMaxResends
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Description from Standards: Security Association maximum resends.
1.3.59.3 wmanBtsSaTekTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 43200
Description from Standards: Security Association Tek Timer.
1.3.59.4 wmanBtsPmkLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
1.3.59.5 wmanBtsPrivateParm1
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 348 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: 1
Description from Standards: AP INTERNAL USE ONLY
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.60 wmanBtsTimers
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.3.60.1 wmanBtsLVCReqTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.2 wmanBtsLVCRspTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
R02.00.01.08 Page 349 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


AP Impact: online
1.3.60.3 wmanBtsLCCStartTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.4 wmanBtsLCCReqTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 6
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.5 wmanBtsLCCRspTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
R02.00.01.08 Page 350 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

AP Impact: online
1.3.60.6 wmanBtsTCPReconnMinTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.7 wmanBtsTCPReconnMaxTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 25
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.8 wmanBtsLVCRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 60
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.9 wmanBtsSrvHoPrepareTimer
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 351 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 200
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.10 wmanBtsTrgHoInitTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 200
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.11 wmanBtsSrvHoInitTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 200
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.12 wmanBtsHoLastPacketTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30
R02.00.01.08 Page 352 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


AP Impact: online
1.3.60.13 wmanBtsIdleLastPacketTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30
AP Impact: online
1.3.60.14 wmanBtsNeighborUpdateTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 60
AP Impact: online
1.3.61 wmanBtsVlanMeasurementTable
Presentation Name: AP's Vlan measurement

This group contains all PM stats which are collected on a per VLAN ID basis.
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
R02.00.01.08 Page 353 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.61.1 wmanIfBsNspVlanId
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is the IEEE 802.1Q VLAN ID assigned to an NSP domain. Only the least
significant12 bits of this objects value are valid.
The operator can configure this table such that all the subscribers from the NSP/VAPs domain can be
assigned the same VLAN ID.
Scope: Per BTS
1.3.61.2 apVlanPacketDrop
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of packets that do not have the same VLAN ID on DL and UL traffic
Description from Standards: Number of packets that do not have the same VLAN ID on DL and UL traffic
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.61.3 apVlanDlPackets
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of DL packets for a particular VLAN ID
Description from Standards: Number of DL packets for a particular VLAN ID
Task Allocation: SC
1.3.61.4 apVlanUlPackets
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 354 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of UL packets for a particular VLAN ID
Description from Standards: Number of UL packets for a particular VLAN ID
Task Allocation: SC
1.4 Name: CAPCConfiguration
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
bundle.
Category: Inventory
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
R02.00.01.08 Page 355 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Category: Inventory
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 356 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.2 ifTable


1.4.2.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
R02.00.01.08 Page 357 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.2.2 ifDescr
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: A textual string containing information about the
interface. This string should include the name of the
manufacturer, the product name and the version of the
interface hardware/software.
Range from Standards: DisplayString (SIZE (0..255))
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Interface Description
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.2.3 ifType
OID: <optional>
Type: IANAifType
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The type of interface. Additional values for ifType are
assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA),
through updating the syntax of the IANAifType textual
convention.
Range from Standards: IANAifType
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Interface Type
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 358 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.2.4 ifSpeed
OID: <optional>
Type: Gauge32
InitialValue: ,,,
An estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in bits
per second. For interfaces which do not vary in bandwidth
or for those where no accurate estimation can be made, this
object should contain the nominal bandwidth. If the
bandwidth of the interface is greater than the maximum value
reportable by this object then this object should report its
maximum value (4,294,967,295) and ifHighSpeed must be used
to report the interace's speed. For a sub-layer which has
no concept of bandwidth, this object should be zero.
Category: Inventory
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: PhysAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
For example:
48.
0011 0101 0111 1011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0001 0000 1000 0000
C A E D 8 4 0 0 8 0 1 0
modification.
R02.00.01.08 Page 359 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Management Domain.

CAPCs)
CAPCs)

Category: Inventory
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.2.6 ifAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The desired state of the interface. The testing(3) state
indicates that no operational packets can be passed. When a
managed system initializes, all interfaces start with
ifAdminStatus in the down(2) state. As a result of either
explicit management action or per configuration information
retained by the managed system, ifAdminStatus is then
changed to either the up(1) or testing(3) states (or remains
R02.00.01.08 Page 360 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

in the down(2) state).

down(2),
}
Category: State
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.2.7 ifOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The current operational state of the interface. The
testing(3) state indicates that no operational packets can
be passed. If ifAdminStatus is down(2) then ifOperStatus
should be down(2). If ifAdminStatus is changed to up(1)
then ifOperStatus should change to up(1) if the interface is
ready to transmit and receive network traffic; it should
change to dormant(5) if the interface is waiting for
external actions (such as a serial line waiting for an
incoming connection); it should remain in the down(2) state
if and only if there is a fault that prevents it from going
to the up(1) state; it should remain in the notPresent(6)
state if the interface has missing (typically, hardware)
components.
down(2),
-- for some reason.
dormant(5),
}
Category: State
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 361 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.3 radiusAuthClient
Presentation Name: RADIUS Authentication Client

OID: { radiusAuthClientMIBObjects 1 }
Description from Standards: Information for entities implementing the client side of the RADIUS
authentication protocol.
In RADIUS authentication, clients send Access-Requests, and servers reply with Access-Accepts, Access-
Rejects, and Access-Challenges.
Network Element: MSS(HPVM) & CAPC
1.4.3.1 radiusAuthClientIdentifier
OID: <optional>
Type: SnmpAdminString
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The NAS-Identifier of the RADIUS authentication client.
This is not necessarily the same as sysName in MIB II.
Range from Standards: SnmpAdminString
CAPC Impact: online

OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Stereotype: Index
R02.00.01.08 Page 362 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


communicates.
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: IpAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
CAPC proxy.).
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1812 ,1812 ,1812 ,1812
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 363 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.5 wmanIfBsPagingGroupTable
Presentation Name: Paging Group Information

The ifIndex for paging groups is populated differently in BTS than CAPC. For BTS, it is the sector ifIndex.
In a CAPC, it is the payload card ifIndex.
IM rules:
The paging groups assigned to a payload card pair must belong to the same paging controller (have the
same wmanIfBsPagingControllerId and wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress).
wmanIfBsPagingGroupId must be globally unique (EMS can only enforce this rule within a managment
domain in current releases).
Description from Standards: This table provide paging group configuration for BTS and CAPC.
1.4.5.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 364 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Stereotype: Index
Presentation Name: Paging Group Index
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.5.4 wmanIfBsPagingControllerId
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: The format of Paging Controller Id is similar to the format of Base Station Id
defined in 802.16 standards. The left-most 3 bytes have to be the access service provider's id assigned by
IEEE.
The EMS can generate the right-most 3 bytes, but should also allow the operator to override them (in the
case when inter-management domain paging group is supported).
Description from Standards: Logical network identifier for the CAPC retaining MSS context information
while MSS in Idle Mode.
Motorola Range: CAPC Paging Controller: <IEEE Service Provider Id (3 octets)> + <3 octets controlled
by operator>.
Presentation Name: Paging Controller ID
R02.00.01.08 Page 365 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.5.5 wmanIfBsPagingBcastRetryCount
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Broadcast paging limit
Presentation Name: Broadcast Paging Retry Count
Network Element: CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.5.6 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This is the address of the paging controller. The value can either be FQDN or
IP address depending on the wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddressType.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Paging Controller Address
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.5.7 wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddressType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 366 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of value for
wmanIfBsPagingControllerAddress.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Paging Controller Address Type
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.5.8 wmanIfBsPagingGroupRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.6 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationTable
Presentation Name: Idle Mode Configuration

Description from Standards: This table provide Idle configuration.
1.4.6.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 367 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.6.2 wmanIfBsSystemIdleModeTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 4096s,4096s,4096s,4096s
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: System Idle Mode timer value
Motorola Default Value: 4096s
Motorola Range: 128 to 65535 seconds
Presentation Name: System Idle Mode Timer (s)
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.6.3 wmanIfIdleModeConfigurationRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
R02.00.01.08 Page 368 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationTable
Presentation Name: Mobile IP Configuration

This table contains BTS attributes related to mobility.
Description from Standards: This table contains general information for mobility support.
1.4.7.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.2 wmanIfBsMipRegistrationFlags
OID: <optional>
Type: RegistrationFlags
InitialValue: By default, reverseTunnel(2) is set to 1. All other bits are set to 0.,By default,
reverseTunnel(2) is set to 1. All other bits are set to 0.,By default, reverseTunnel(2) is set to 1. All other
bits are set to 0.,By default, reverseTunnel(2) is set to 1. All other bits are set to 0.
Motorola Implementation: The configuration here must be consistent with the Home Agent registration
flags. If they are not the same, the HA will always reject the MIP request. The Home Agent configuration
is not handled via EMS. The operator must ensure the registration flags are set correctly on the Home
Agent.
Description from Standards: Defines the registration flags for Mobile IP registration extension. This is a
BITS parameter.
A bit of this object is set to 1 if the feature indicated by that bit is supported, and 0 otherwise.
reserved1(1) -- Reserved
reverseTunnel(2) -- Request to support reverse tunneling
reserved2(3) -- Reserved
R02.00.01.08 Page 369 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

gre(4) -- Request to use GRE

minEnc(5) -- Request to use minimal encapsulation
decapsulationbyMN(6) -- Decapsulation by mobile node
broadcastDatagram(7) -- Request to receive broadcasts
simultaneousBindings(8) -- Request to retain prior binding(s)
Note that BITS are encoded most significant bit first.
Range from Standards: RegistrationFlags
Motorola Default Value: By default, reverseTunnel(2) is set to 1. All other bits are set to 0.
Presentation Name: Mobile IP Registration Extension Flags
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.3 wmanIfCapcMipIcmpAdvertFaMissLimit
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: # of missed ICMP Router Advertisement/MIP Agent Advertisement before
declaring CAPC - Router/FA link failure
Motorola Range: TBD
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.4 wmanIfBsMaxRegLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 7200
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: This parameter globally sets the maximum registration lifetime for all FAs
(lifetime requested will be the smaller of this value or the value advertised by individual FAs).
Motorola Default Value: 7200 seconds (2 hours)
Motorola Range: 3600..64800 seconds (1..18 hours)
R02.00.01.08 Page 370 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Presentation Name: MIP Maximum Registration Lifetime
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.5 wmanIfBsMnRegRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: MN Registration Retry timeout (BTS-CAPC ICD).
Description from Standards: MN Registration Retry timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: MN Registration Retry Timeout
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.6 wmanIfBsMnRegRetryCount
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Motorola Implementation: MN Registration Retry Count (BTS-CAPC ICD).
Description from Standards: This parameter determines how many times the MN Registration Retry will be
performed by the MN.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: MN Registration Retries
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 371 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.7.7 wmanIfBsPmnTriggerSolicitationTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 30
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: This timer is used to trigger solicitation after initialization if an advertisement
has not been received.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Proxy MN Trigger Solicitation Timer
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.8 wmanIfBsMinSolicitationRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 450
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: Initially MN uses this timer to retry solicitation for 3 times.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: MN Min Solicitation Timer
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.9 wmanIfBsMaxSolicitationRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: In subsequent solicitation retries, this timer is used as an upper-bound for the
retry interval calculated from the backoff algorithm.
R02.00.01.08 Page 372 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: MN Max Solicitation Timer
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.7.10 wmanIfMobilityConfigurationRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.8 wmanIfBsPagingGroupBsTable
Presentation Name: Paging Group

This table defines each paging group's BSs.
Description from Standards: This table provides all BTSs belong to a paging group for CAPC
1.4.8.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 373 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.8.3 wmanIfBsPagingGroupMemberId
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is the BS ID defined in IEEE 802.16 specifications. The value of this
parameter can be either a BS ID or a Sector ID.
Scope: Per BTS
Presentation Name: Paging Group Member ID
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 374 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.8.4 wmanIfBsPagingGroupPrimCapcPayloadAddressType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for
wmanIfBsPagingGroupPrimCapcPayloadAddress.
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanIfBsPagingGroupPrimCapcPayloadAddress actually
contains a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Payload Address Type
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.8.5 wmanIfBsPagingGroupPrimCapcPayloadAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This is the Internet address configured for the payload module to handle
traffic from BTS's.
If a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) is configured instead of an IP address, the CAPC needs to
resolve the FQDN into an actual address through the DNS server.
As one CAPC has multiple payload IP addresses visible to the network, each payload module would need a
separate FQDN provisioned in the DNS server.
Some pre-defined naming convention should be followed.
For example:
if the FQDN for a CAPC is capc_chicago.besttel.com, then
capc_chicago_10.besttel.com would indicate the payload module on slot 10 of the CAPC.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Payload Address
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.8.6 wmanIfBsPagingGroupBsRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 375 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

upon SNMP request.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.9 wmanIfBsNetworkSignalingTrafficPriorityTable
Presentation Name: Network Signaling Traffic Priority Relative to Bearer

Configuration for Network Signaling Plane Traffic
In order to ensure that network signaling traffic(i.e., traffic that is not is part of a 802.16 service flows) can
be tuned relative to bearer traffic, configurable parameters will be added to the CAPC, BTS, and
NMS/DMS. It is currently expected that OAM traffic will be prioritized below other network traffic types.
The user is expected to assign VLAN priority tags at the EMS for each of the three kinds of traffic:
O&M
Real Time
Non Real Time
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.4.9.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 376 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.9.2 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassOAM
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units:
Description from Standards: OAM traffic(e.g config download, statistics etc).
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.9.3 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRt
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units:
Description from Standards: High priority network traffic.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.9.4 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassNrt
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units:
Description from Standards: Low priority network traffic.
R02.00.01.08 Page 377 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.9.5 wmanIfBsNetworkTrafficClassRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
InitialValue: ,,,
upon SNMP request.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10 wmanCapcPhysical
Presentation Name: Node Information

OID: { wmanCapcPrivate 1}
wmanCapcPhysical branch contains information about CAPC physical components.
Task Allocation: capcNM, capcPlatform
1.4.10.1 wmanCapcSoftwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the current version of the CAPC software. This attribute will be
updated upon succesful activation of a software load.
Description from Standards: The software bundle version of this CAPC.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 378 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.2 wmanCapcType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The Capc Type.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { lowTier(1), highTier(2) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.3 wmanCapcChassisTypeIdentifier
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The CAPC chassis type identifier.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { Chassis1405(1), Chassis1406(2) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: re-init-device
1.4.10.4 wmanCapcNodeAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
down(2),
}

Category: Action
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 379 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.5 wmanCapcNodeOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The operational state of the Node.
down(2),
-- for some reason.
dormant(5),
}
Category: State
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.6 wmanCapcNodePrimNtpServerType
OID: <optional>
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for the CAPC
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodePrimNtpServer actually contains a fully-
qualified domain name (FQDN).
Presentation Name: Primary NTP Server Address Type
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 380 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.10.7 wmanCapcNodePrimNtpServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the Primary NTP server the CAPC is to use.
Description from Standards: This is the Primary NTP server the CAPC is to use.
Presentation Name: Primary NTP Server Address
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.8 wmanCapcNodeSecNtpServerType
OID: <optional>
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeSecNtpServer actually contains a fully-
Presentation Name: Secondary NTP Server Address Type
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.9 wmanCapcNodeSecNtpServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the Secondary NTP server the CAPC is to use.
Description from Standards: This is the Secondary NTP server the CAPC is to use.
Presentation Name: Secondary NTP Server Address
R02.00.01.08 Page 381 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.10 wmanCapcAgentRefreshOp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Perform the action of refreshing the CL Agent
Category: Action
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.10.11 wmanCapcUpgradeTypeOp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Perform the action of setting the sw upgade type.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { rollingUpgrade(1), fastSiteUpgrade(2) }
Category: Action
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11 wmanCapcFruTable
Presentation Name: FRU

Description from Standards: This table contains CAPC physical FRU information.
1.4.11.1 wmanCapcFruType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 382 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

System Controller (1)

Payload Card (2)
Shelf Manager (SAM) (3)
Power Supply (PEM) (4)
Fan Module (FTM) (5)
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: This is the type of the CAPC managable FRUs.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { systemController(1),
payload(2),
sam(3),
pem(4),
ftm(5)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.2 wmanCapcFruSlot
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The physical slot number number on which this FRU is located.
Stereotype: Index
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.3 wmanCapcFruBoardManufacturer
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is board manufacturer of the FRU.
When the FRU is not present, the value is NULL.
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 383 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.4 wmanCapcFruBoardProductName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board product name of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.5 wmanCapcFruBoardSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board serial number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.6 wmanCapcFruBoardPartNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board part number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 384 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.7 wmanCapcFruProductManufacturer
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product manufacturer of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.8 wmanCapcFruProductPoductName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product product name of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.9 wmanCapcFruProductPartNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product part number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 385 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.10 wmanCapcFruProductVersionNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board version number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.11 wmanCapcFruProductSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product serial number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.12 wmanCapcFruProductInventoryAssetId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product inventory asseet id of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 386 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.13 wmanCapcFruFirmwareSoftwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the software version of the FRU Firmware.
Only apply to system controller, payload, SAM and PEM.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.14 wmanCapcFruAppSoftwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the software version of the FRU application.
Only apply to system controller, and payload.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.15 wmanCapcFruAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: The desired state of the FRU,
Apply only to system controller and payload.
down(2),
}

Category: Action
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 387 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.16 wmanCapcFruOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
down(2),
-- for some reason.
dormant(5),
}
Category: State
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.17 wmanCapcMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
only apply to system controller, and payload card.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
Task Allocation: capcPlatform
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 388 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.11.18 wmanCapcLogicalId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: This field indicates the logical id for redundant or pooled hardware.
Description from Standards: This field indicates the logical id for redundant or pooled hardware.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.11.19 wmanCapcIfTableIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: This is a reference to the ifIndex that this FRU is assigned to. This only applies
for payload FRUs.
This will be set to zero for al other FRU types.
Description from Standards: This is a reference to the ifIndex that this FRU is assigned to. This only
applies for payload FRUs.
This will be set to zero for al other FRU types.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12 wmanCapcPayloadModuleConfigTable
Presentation Name: Payload Module Information

OID: { wmanCapcPrivate 5 }
This table contains the IP configuration for a CAPC payload.
The EMS will supply the the configuration to each physical payload independent
of the redundancy configuration at the CAPC or layout of the GUI screens at the EMS.
Description from Standards: This table contains the IP address assigned to each payload module.
R02.00.01.08 Page 389 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.4.12.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.2 wmanCapcPayloadAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the Internet address configured for the payload module.
Description from Standards: This is the Internet address configured for the payload module to handle
traffic from BTS's.
If a fully-qualified domain name (FQDN) is configured instead of an IP address, the CAPC needs to
resolve the FQDN into an actual address through the DNS server.
As one CAPC has multiple payload IP addresses visible to the network, each payload module would need a
separate FQDN provisioned in the DNS server.
Some pre-defined naming convention should be followed.
For example:
if the FQDN for a CAPC is capc_chicago.besttel.com, then
capc_chicago_10.besttel.com would indicate the payload module on slot 10 of the CAPC.
Scope: Per pCAPC
Presentation Name: Payload Address
R02.00.01.08 Page 390 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.3 wmanCapcPayloadAddressType
OID: <optional>
Motorola Implementation: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for
wmanCapcPayloadAddress.
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for
wmanCapcPayloadAddress.
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcPayloadAddress actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per pCAPC
Presentation Name: Payload Address Type
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.4 wmanCapcPayloadSubnet
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the subnet mask for the pCAPC.
Description from Standards: This is the subnet mask for the pCAPC.
Scope: Per pCAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.5 wmanCapcPayloadSubnetType
OID: <optional>
Motorola Implementation: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for the
wmanCapcPayloadSubnet
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for the
wmanCapcPayloadSubnet
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcPayloadSubnet actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
R02.00.01.08 Page 391 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per pCAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.6 wmanCapcPayloadPrimDnsServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the DNS server the pCAPC is to use.
Description from Standards: This is the DNS server the CAPC is to use.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.7 wmanCapcPayloadPrimDnsServerType
OID: <optional>
wmanCapcPayloadDnsServer
wmanCapcPayloadDnsServer
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcPayloadDnsServer actually contains a fully-
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.8 wmanCapcPayloadSecDnsServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the secondary DNS server the pCAPC is to use.
R02.00.01.08 Page 392 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This is the DNS server the CAPC is to use.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.9 wmanCapcPayloadSecDnsServerType
OID: <optional>
wmanCapcPayloadSecDnsServer
wmanCapcPayloadSecDnsServer
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcPayloadDnsServer actually contains a fully-
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.10 wmanCapcPayloadGateway
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the gateway the CAPC is to use.
Description from Standards: This is the gateway the pCAPC is to use.
Scope: Per pCAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.11 wmanCapcPayloadGatewayType
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 393 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

wmanCapcPayloadGateway
wmanCapcPayloadGateway
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcPayloadGateway actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per pCAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.12 wmanCapcPayloadHostname
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the hostname the pCAPC is to use.
Description from Standards: This is the hostname the pCAPC is to use.
Scope: Per pCAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.13 wmanCapcPayloadVlanId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
Motorola Implementation: Layer 3 payload vlan id.
Description from Standards: A 12-bit VLAN ID used in the VLAN Tag header. Only the least significant
12 bits of this parameter's value are valid.
A value 0 indicates the NULL VLAN. The NULL VLAN is used when the operator does not need a
VLAN
so that the 802.1p priority tag is still available.
Motorola Range: INTEGER (0..0xFFE)
Scope: Per pCAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 394 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.12.14 wmanCapcPayloadRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.13 wmanCapcBtsConfigTable
Presentation Name: AP List used by CAPC

This table contains the BTSs configured to a CAPC payload.
The EMS will supply the the configuration to each physical payload independent
of the redundancy configuration at the CAPC or layout of the GUI screens at the EMS.
Description from Standards: This table defines all BTSs controlled by this CAPC payload.
1.4.13.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 395 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.13.2 wmanCapcBtsId
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The identifiers of the BS's that are assigned to the CAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.13.3 wmanCapcBtsAddressType
OID: <optional>
Description from Standards: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for the BTS.
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcBtsAddress actually contains a
fully-qualified domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: AP Address Type
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.13.4 wmanCapcBtsAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Description from Standards: This is the Internet address configured for each BTS, it can be either an IP
address on FQDN, depending on the address type.
R02.00.01.08 Page 396 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: AP Address used by CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.13.5 wmanCapcBtsVlanId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
Motorola Implementation: Layer 2 payload vlan id.
VLAN
VLAN Tags 0x900 through 0x97F are reserved for BS usage and are therefore not allowed to be
configured by the operator.
Motorola Range: INTEGER (0..0x8FF | 0x980..0xFFE)
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.13.6 wmanCapcBtsRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 397 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.14 wmanCapcConfig
Presentation Name: CAPC Configuration Settings

This table contains configuration that applies to the entire CAPC node.
Task Allocation: capcComm, capcPlatform
1.4.14.1 wmanCapcL2UpdateRetryTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
Units: ms
Description from Standards: Layer 2 update refresh timeout. CAPC sends a refresh update when this timer
expires.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: L2 Update Retry Timeout (ms)
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.2 wmanCapcL2UpdateRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 5
Description from Standards: Layer 2 update retries. Number of times CAPC will send a Layer 2 update if it
doesn't get a response.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: L2 Update Retries
R02.00.01.08 Page 398 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.3 wmanCapcL2UpdateCacheTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 240
Units: minutes
Description from Standards: Layer 2 Arp cache timeout. Timeout value for the ARP cache.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: L2 Update Cache Timeout
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.4 wmanCapcLeaseValidationCriteria
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
Units:
Description from Standards: Determines what type of lease validation should occur.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { neverValidate(0), validateEveryTrans(1), validateSecondTrans(2) }
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Lease Validation Criteria
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 399 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.14.5 wmanCapcCpuNormalizationFactor
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 40
Motorola Implementation: To be used for normalization of CPU related statistics

Description from Standards: To be used for normalization of CPU related statistics
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.6 wmanCapcIoNormalizationFactor
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30
Motorola Implementation: To be used for normalization of I/O related statistics

Description from Standards: To be used for normalization of I/O related statistics
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.7 wmanCapcCmsPollingInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 5
Motorola Implementation: Frequency that CMS will poll for resource statistics
Description from Standards: Frequency that CMS will poll for resource statistics
R02.00.01.08 Page 400 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.8 wmanCapcResourceLoggingRate
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 15
Motorola Implementation: The number of seconds that CMS will wait before persistently logging resource
related information (CPU stats, memory stats, etc) to disk

Description from Standards: The number of seconds that CMS will wait before persistently logging
resource related information (CPU stats, memory stats, etc) to disk
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.9 wmanCapcResourceLoggingPeriods
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 5760
Motorola Implementation: The number of logging activities that will be stored onto disk. For example,
using 15 seconds for the logging rate and a value of 20 for Logging Periods, CMS will ensure that 300
seconds worth of resource statistics history is stored onto disk.

Description from Standards: The number of logging activities that will be stored onto disk. For example,
using 15 seconds for the logging rate and a value of 20 for Logging Periods, CMS will ensure that 300
seconds worth of resource statistics history is stored onto disk.
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 401 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.10 wmanCapcEnableLoadShed
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: false
Motorola Implementation: If this is FALSE, load shedding will not be performed. Will be defaulted to
TRUE in release 2 timeframe
Default Value from Standards: false

Description from Standards: To be used as a low water mark for level 5 load shedding algorithm
Motorola Default Value: false
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.11 wmanCapcCpuLoadShedHighLevel1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 200
Motorola Implementation: To be used as a CPU utilization high water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm

Description from Standards: To be used as a CPU utilization high water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.12 wmanCapcCpuLoadShedLowLevel1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 180
R02.00.01.08 Page 402 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: To be used as a CPU utilization low water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm

Description from Standards: To be used as a CPU utilization low water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 180
algorithm
algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 170
algorithm

algorithm
R02.00.01.08 Page 403 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 170
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 160
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 404 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 160
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 150
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 405 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 150
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 110
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.21 wmanCapcSsLoadShedHighLevel1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 240
R02.00.01.08 Page 406 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: To be used as a managed SS high water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm

Description from Standards: To be used as a managed SS high water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.22 wmanCapcSsLoadShedLowLevel1
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 220
Motorola Implementation: To be used as a managed SS low water mark for level 1 load shedding algorithm

Description from Standards: To be used as a managed SS low water mark for level 1 load shedding
algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 220
algorithm

algorithm
R02.00.01.08 Page 407 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 216

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 216
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 408 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 214

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 214
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 212
R02.00.01.08 Page 409 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 212
algorithm

algorithm
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 210

algorithm
R02.00.01.08 Page 410 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.31 wmanCapcLogFileSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
Motorola Implementation: Maximum size file before we create a new log. Expressed in MB. Used for
dynamic log files.

Description from Standards: Maximum size file before we create a new log. Expressed in MB. Used for
dynamic log files.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.32 wmanCapcLogDiskHighMark
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 85
Motorola Implementation: High water mark for disk ultilization (%). Used for dynamic logging.

Description from Standards: High water mark for disk ultilization. Used for dynamic logging.
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 411 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.33 wmanCapcArpRetryInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 40
Units: ms
Description from Standards: Time interval for ARP retries.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: ARP Retry Timer
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.14.34 wmanCapcArpRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Description from Standards: Number of times CAPC will perform ARP retries if needed.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: ARP Retries
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15 wmanCapcInternalDevTable
Presentation Name: Internal Devices
R02.00.01.08 Page 412 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

This table is for non-EMS state managed device by the CAPC.
Currently only RTM.
However, they are part of EMS inventory. When a RTM has problem, the alarm will be reported against on
either system controller or Payload card depending on the slot. Additional text will explain the details.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Range from Standards: INTEGER {rtm(6)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
Task Allocation: capcNm
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.3 wmanCapcIntFruHardwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the hardware version of the FRU.
R02.00.01.08 Page 413 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Usually includes information such as vendor, serial number, manufacture date, etc.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.4 wmanCapcIntFruBoardManufacturer
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is board manufacturer of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.5 wmanCapcIntFruBoardProductName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board product name of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.6 wmanCapcIntFruBoardSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board serial number of the FRU.
R02.00.01.08 Page 414 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.7 wmanCapcIntFruBoardPartNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board part number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.8 wmanCapcIntFruProductManufacturer
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product manufacturer of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.9 wmanCapcIntFruProductPoductName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product product name of the FRU.
R02.00.01.08 Page 415 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.10 wmanCapcIntFruProductPartNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product part number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.11 wmanCapcIntFruProductVersionNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the board version number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.12 wmanCapcIntFruProductSerialNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product serial number of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 416 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.13 wmanCapcIntFruProductInventoryAssetId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the product inventory asseet id of the FRU.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.14 wmanCapcIntFruFirmwareSoftwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the software version of the FRU Firmware.
Only apply to system controller, payload, SAM and PEM.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.15 wmanCapcIntFruAppSoftwareVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the software version of the FRU application.
Only apply to system controller, and payload.
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 417 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.15.16 wmanCapcIntMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
only apply to system controller, and payload card.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.16 wmanCapcLinkTable
Presentation Name: Links

1.4.16.1 wmanCapcLinkType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Link type:
bts(1),
pCAPC(2)
Stereotype: Index
Range from Standards: INTEGER { bts(1), pCAPC(2) }
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 418 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.16.2 wmanCapcLinkId
OID: <optional>
Motorola Implementation: The Id of the link.
For CAPC-BTS links, this is the BTS Id.

For CAPC-CAPC links, this is the pCAPC Id.
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The Id of the link. For CAPC-BTS links, this is the BTS Id.
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.16.3 wmanCapcLinkAdminStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
down(2),
}

Category: State
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.16.4 wmanCapcLinkOperStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 419 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


lowerLayerDown(7)}
Category: State
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.17 wmanCapcEthernetConfTable
Presentation Name: Ethernet Configuration (used when no Auto-negotiation)

Ethernet configuration to be used when the autonegotiation flag is set to false.
This table is supported for the system controllers and payload cards.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER

Payload (2)
payload(2),
sam(3),
pem(4),
ftm(5)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 420 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER

Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.17.3 wmanCapcEthernetLinkSpeed
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1000
Motorola Implementation: This representst the link speed of the ethernet ports on the system controller or
payload card. This can only be changed if autonegotiate is set to false
Description from Standards: The ethernet connection speed supported by the card
Range from Standards: INTEGER {ethernet(10),fastEthernet(100), gigabitEthernet(1000)}

Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Enet Link Speed
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.17.4 wmanCapcEthernetDuplex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2
Motorola Implementation: This represents the duplex (half or full) of the ethernet ports on the system
controller or payload card. This value can only be set if autonegotiate is set to false
R02.00.01.08 Page 421 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: The ethernet connection duplex setting supported by the card
Range from Standards: INTEGER {half(1),full(2)}

Motorola Range: 1,2
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Enet Duplex Setting
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.17.5 wmanCapcEthernetAutonegotiate
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the system controller or payload card is to autonegotiate the ethernet
link speeds
Description from Standards: Indicates if the card's ethernet ports should do autonegotiation.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Enet Auto Negotiation
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.17.6 wmanCapcEthernetAutoMdiX
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: This represents the Auto MIDI-X configuration of the ethernet ports. This can
only be changed if autonegotiate is set to false
R02.00.01.08 Page 422 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Enet Auto MDI-X?
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.17.7 wmanCapcMtuSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1500
Motorola Implementation: This represents mtu size on the ethernet ports. This can only be changed if
autonegotiate is set to false
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: MTU Size for Auto MIDI-X configuration
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.18 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretTable
Presentation Name: Radius Shared Secret

OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
R02.00.01.08 Page 423 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

communicates.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.18.2 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecret
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the shared secret used for the CAPC-AAA authentication.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Radius Shared Secret used by CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19 wmanCapcSecurityConfig
Presentation Name: CAPC Security Configuration

Task Allocation: capcAuth, capcPlatform
1.4.19.1 wmanCapcRadiusRetryTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
Description from Standards: Retry timeout (in seconds) for RADIUS requests sent by the CAPC to the
AAA server.
R02.00.01.08 Page 424 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

Presentation Name: Radius Retry Timeout (s)
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19.2 wmanCapcRadiusRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Description from Standards: Number of retries for the RADIUS request sent bt the CAPC to the AAA
server.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Radius Retry Count
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19.3 wmanCapcEapSessionTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 86400
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: After this timer expires, a full reauthentication with the MSS must occur.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: EAP Session Timeout (s)
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 425 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.19.4 wmanCapcEapMaxSessionThreshold
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 96
Description from Standards: This threshold defines the maximum number of outstanding EAP Sessions
that are allowed on a given pCAPC - BTS pair. Once this limit has been reached,
the pCAPC will not accept any additional EAP Authentication sessions for that BTS.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: EAP Max Session Threshold
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19.5 wmanCapcAuthenticationRealm
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Parameter for specifying a realm which may be added to authentication
requests by the CAPC AAA Proxy.
The realm is a string value that conforms to the realm specification for a Network Access Identifier as
defined in RFC2486.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Authentication Realm
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19.6 wmanCapcCompCASStExeTime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Description from Standards: Time at which the security scoring tool will execute
within CAPC and generate a report.
R02.00.01.08 Page 426 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Military time 0:00 to 23:00

Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19.7 wmanCapcStatSampleRateLow
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 20
Motorola Implementation: The sampling rate at which the Authenticator will get a count of the number of
SSs in the database. This will primarily be used for those statistics that are related to an average number of
SSs.
Description from Standards: The sampling rate at which the database will get a count of the number of SS
in the database. This will primarily be used for those statistics that are related to an average number of SSs.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.19.8 wmanCapcStatSampleRateHigh
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
Motorola Implementation: This is the sampling rate at which the Authenticator will get a count of the
number of SSs. This is primarily used for those stats related to pegging a peak value during a statistic
collection interval.
Description from Standards: This is the sampling rate at which the Authenticator will get a count of the
number of SSs. This is primarily used for those stats related to pegging a peak value during a statistic
collection interval.
R02.00.01.08 Page 427 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.20 wmanCapcMeasurement
This table contains all (EMS visible) PM stats which are collected on a per CAPC basis
1.4.20.1 capcScIoUtilAvg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: CAPC switch card I/O interface average utilization.
Description from Standards: CAPC switch card I/O interface average utilization.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.20.2 capcScIoUtilPeakThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times the CAPC switch card normalized
I/O utilization exceeded a recommended threshold
value (TBD).
Description from Standards: Number of times the CAPC switch card normalized
value (TBD).
R02.00.01.08 Page 428 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21 wmanCapcPayloadMeasurementTable
This group contains all (EMS visible) PM stats which are collected on a per pCAPC basis
Task Allocation: capcAuth, capcMobility, capcPlatform
1.4.21.1 wmanCapcLogicalIdIndex
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.2 capcCpuAvg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average CAPC payload card normalized CPU utilization
Description from Standards: Average CAPC payload card normalized CPU utilization
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.3 capcCpuPeakThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times the normalized peak CPU utilization
R02.00.01.08 Page 429 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

exceeded a recommended threshold value

Description from Standards: Number of times the normalized peak CPU utilization
exceeded a recommended threshold value
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.4 capcPayLdIoAvg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: CAPC payload card I/O average utilization.
Description from Standards: CAPC payload card I/O average utilization.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.5 capcPayLdIoPeakThresh
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times the normalized peak payload card
value
Description from Standards: Number of times the normalized peak payload card
value
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.6 capcMssMax
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 430 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Maximum number of concurrent MSSs (Fixed and

Mobile) per CAPC payload card.
Description from Standards: Maximum number of concurrent MSSs (Fixed and
Mobile) per CAPC payload card.
Task Allocation: cacpAuth
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.7 capcEapMax
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Maximum number of concurrent EAP transactions.
Description from Standards: Maximum number of concurrent EAP transactions.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.8 capcEapThrottle
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of times an EAP procedure was rejected
(throttled) due to excessive EAP transactions.
Description from Standards: Number of times an EAP procedure was rejected
(throttled) due to excessive EAP transactions.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.9 capcInterCapcHo
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of inter-CAPC Handover attempts.
R02.00.01.08 Page 431 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Number of inter-CAPC Handover attempts.

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.10 capcInterCapcHoSucc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of successful inter-CAPC shelf Handovers.
Description from Standards: Number of successful inter-CAPC shelf Handovers.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.11 capcArpReqSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARP request messages sent for manipulation
of the bearer stream.
Description from Standards: Number of ARP request messages sent for manipulation
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.12 capcArpReqRefreshSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARP request messages sent for manipulation
Description from Standards: Number of ARP request messages sent for manipulation
R02.00.01.08 Page 432 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.13 capcArpReSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARP request messages re-sent due to
failure of lack of response.
Description from Standards: Number of ARP request messages re-sent due to
failure of lack of response.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.14 capcPmipReg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Registration requests.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Registration requests.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.15 capcPmipRegFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Registration failures,
including time-outs.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Registration failures,
R02.00.01.08 Page 433 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.16 capcPmipRereg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration requests.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration requests.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.17 capcPmipReregFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration failures,
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP Re-Registration failures,
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.18 capcPmipDereg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP De-Registration requests.
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP De-Registration requests.
R02.00.01.08 Page 434 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.21.19 capcPmipDeregFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of PMIP De-Registration failures,
Description from Standards: Total number of PMIP De-Registration failures,
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22 wmanCapcPagingGroupMeasurementTable
This group contains all (EMS visible) PM stats which are collected on a per paging group basis
OID: <optional>
Range from Standards: <baseType | textualConvention | BITS>
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 435 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.3 capcMssMaxPgGrp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Maximum number of concurrent MSSs (Fixed and
Mobile) per paging group.
Description from Standards: Maximum number of concurrent MSSs (Fixed and
Mobile) per paging group.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.4 capcInitPagesSent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total initial pages sent.
Description from Standards: Total initial pages sent.
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 436 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.22.5 capcPageRetrySent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total retried pages sent.
Description from Standards: Total retried pages sent.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.6 capcIdleModeRlsReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of received requests to release the MSS
from idle mode.
Description from Standards: Number of received requests to release the MSS
from idle mode.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.7 capcRlsLeaseReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of lease requests received.
Description from Standards: Number of lease requests received.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.8 capcRevokeLeaseReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 437 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of lease revocations sent.

Description from Standards: Number of lease revocations sent.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.9 capcSecContextReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of security context requests received.
Description from Standards: Number of security context requests received.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.10 capcObBearSnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of outbound bearer packets sent upon successful
page response.
Description from Standards: Number of outbound bearer packets sent upon successful
page response.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.22.11 capcMobileMss
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of concurrent MSSs provisioned for Portable,
Simple, or Full mobility per their
HO_SVC_CLASS at the end of the collection
R02.00.01.08 Page 438 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

interval
Description from Standards: Number of concurrent MSSs provisioned for Portable,
Simple, or Full mobility per their
HO_SVC_CLASS at the end of the collection
interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.23 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretProxyTable
1.4.23.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 439 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.23.2 wmanCapcBtsId
OID: <optional>
Description from Standards: The identifiers of the BS's that are assigned to the CAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.23.3 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretAAAProxy
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the shared secret used for the CAPC-AAA Proxy authentication.
This parameter value should match shared secret specified for the BTS
AAA server shared secret parameter (wmanBtsRadiusSharedSecret).
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: Radius Shared Secret Proxy Authentication used by CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.23.4 wmanCapcRadiusSharedSecretProxyRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24 wmanCapcNodeIpConfig
R02.00.01.08 Page 440 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.24.1 wmanCapcNodeAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the IP address for the CAPC. This value can only be changed from the
LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the IP address for the CAPC. This value can only be changed from the
LM if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.2 wmanCapcNodeAddressType
OID: <optional>
Motorola Implementation: This parameter indicates the type of Internet address configured for the CAPC
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeAddress actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.3 wmanCapcNodeSubnet
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the subnet mask for the CAPC. This value can only be changed from the
LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the subnet mask for the CAPC. This value can only be changed from
the LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
R02.00.01.08 Page 441 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.4 wmanCapcNodeSubnetType
OID: <optional>
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeSubnet actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.5 wmanCapcNodePrimDnsServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the DNS server the CAPC is to use. This value can only be changed
from the LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP
response
Description from Standards: This is the DNS server the CAPC is to use. This value can only be changed
response
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.6 wmanCapcNodePrimDnsServerType
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 442 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeDnsServer actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.7 wmanCapcNodeSecDnsServer
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the secondary DNS server the CAPC is to use. This value can only be
changed from the LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the
DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the DNS server the CAPC is to use. This value can only be changed
response
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.8 wmanCapcNodeSecDnsServerType
OID: <optional>
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeSecDnsServer actually contains a fully-
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 443 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.24.9 wmanCapcNodeGateway
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the gateway the CAPC is to use. This value can only be changed from
the LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false. Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the gateway the CAPC is to use. This value can only be changed from
the LMT if the UseDHCP flag is set to false.
Otherwise, this value is populated from the DCHP response
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.10 wmanCapcNodeGatewayType
OID: <optional>
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeGateway actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.11 wmanCapcNodeEmsAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: This is the EMS IP Address the CAPC is to use. This value can only be
DCHP response
Description from Standards: This is the EMS IP Address the CAPC is to use. This value can only be
DCHP response
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 444 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.12 wmanCapcNodeEmsAddressType
OID: <optional>
Note that the value of dns(16) indicates the wmanCapcNodeEmsAddress actually contains a fully-qualified
domain name (FQDN).
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.13 wmanCapcNodeVlanId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
Motorola Implementation: Layer 3 node vlan id.
VLAN
Motorola Range: INTEGER (0..0xFFE)
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.14 wmanCapcNodeUseDHCP
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
R02.00.01.08 Page 445 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: true
Motorola Implementation: Indicates if the CAPC is to use DHCP to obtain is IP addressing information
Description from Standards: Indicates if the CAPC is to use DHCP to obtain is IP addressing information
Motorola Default Value: TRUE
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: CAPC Uses DHCP to Obtain IP
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.15 wmanCapcNodeHostname
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the hostname to use in external DHCP requests. It is set during
commissioning and is not expected to be modified.
Description from Standards: This is the hostname to use in external DHCP requests. It is set during
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.24.16 wmanCapcNodeDomainName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the domain name to use in external DHCP requests. It is set during
Description from Standards: This is the domain name to use in external DHCP requests. It is set during
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 446 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25 wmanCapcLinkManagerConfig
This table contains internal Link Manager configuration.
BTS-CAPC ICD Timers

T_LCC_CONTROL_Req
T_LVD_Start
CAPC-CAPC ICD Timers

T_LVC_Rsp
T_LVC_Retry
T_LCC_CONTROL_Rsp
T_LCC_CONTROL_Start
Description from Standards: This table contains internal Link Manager configuration.
1.4.25.1 wmanCapcControlListenPortTcp4Ap
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 32901
Motorola Implementation: TCP listening port for message coming from AP
Description from Standards: TCP listening port for message coming from AP
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.2 wmanCapcListenPortUdp4Radius
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 447 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: 1812
Motorola Implementation: UDP listening port for RADIUS messages coming from AP
Description from Standards: UDP listening port for RADIUS messages coming from AP
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.3 wmanCapcNumThreadsIncomingTcp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 4
Motorola Implementation: Number of threads handling inbound messages from AP over TCP
Description from Standards: Number of threads handling inbound messages from AP over TCP
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.4 wmanCapcNumThreadsIncomingUdp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
Motorola Implementation: Number of threads handling inbound messages from AP over UDP
Description from Standards: Number of threads handling inbound messages from AP over UDP
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 448 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.5 wmanCapcControlLccTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 9
Motorola Implementation: LCC Request timeout
Description from Standards: LCC Request timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.6 wmanCapcLvdStartTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Motorola Implementation: Link Version Down timeout after link establishment
Description from Standards: Link Version Down timeout after link establishment
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.7 wmanCapcTcpNoDelay
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 0
R02.00.01.08 Page 449 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: TCP_NODELAY option; 0=Nagle Algorithm enabled, 1=Nagle Algorithm

disabled
Default : TcpNodeDelay = 0 = disabled

Description from Standards: TCP_NODELAY option; 0=Nagle Algorithm enabled, 1=Nagle Algorithm
disabled
Range from Standards: INTEGER { disabled(0),
enabled(1)}

Motorola Range: 0,1
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.8 wmanCapcLvcRspTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: LVC Response timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: LVC Response timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.9 wmanCapcLvcRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 60
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: LVC Retry timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: LVC Retry timeout
R02.00.01.08 Page 450 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.10 wmanCapcLccControlRspTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: Lcc Control Response timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Lcc Control Response
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.11 wmanCapcLccControlStartTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: Lcc Control Start timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Lcc Control Response
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 451 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.12 wmanCapcControlDscp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 26
Motorola Implementation: Differentiated service code point. Used by LM to tag packets with DS code
points.
Description from Standards: The DSCP value that CAPC will used to mark for control packet sourced from
it.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: DSCP used by CAPC for Control Messages
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.13 wmanCapcControlUserPriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 5
Description from Standards: User Priority used by CAPC to perform DSCP/User Priority translation for
control messages.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: User Priority used by CAPC for Control Messages
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.25.14 wmanCapcRedirectedBearerDscp
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10
R02.00.01.08 Page 452 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: The DSCP value that CAPC will used to mark for data packet sourced from it.
Scope: Per CAPC
Presentation Name: DSCP used by CAPC for Redirected Data Messages
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.26 wmanCapcSwUpgradeConfig
This table contains internal Sw Upgrade Manager configuration.
Description from Standards: This table contains internal Sw Upgrade Manager configuration.
1.4.26.1 wmanCapcPayloadStabilizationTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30000
Motorola Implementation: Timer used during software upgrade for payload to stabilize before switching
over to the partner.
Range: 0-10 minutes in miiliseconds.

Description from Standards: Timer used during software upgrade for payload to stabilize before switching
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 453 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.26.2 wmanCapcControllerStabilizationTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30000
Motorola Implementation: Timer used during software upgrade for controller to stabilize before switching

Description from Standards: Timer used during software upgrade for the controller to stabilize before
switching over to the partner.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.26.3 wmanCapcInstallTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30000
Motorola Implementation: Timer used during software upgrade for SSU to complete the install.

Description from Standards: Timer used during software upgrade for SSU to complete the install.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.26.4 wmanCapcUpgradeStatusTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 300000
R02.00.01.08 Page 454 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Timer used during software upgrade for board to come up on the new load after
an upgrade.

Description from Standards: Timer used during software upgrade for board to come up on the new load
after an upgrade.
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27 wmanCapcInternalPlatformPayloadMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the platform payload level.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 455 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.27.2 capcPayloadNormCurrCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current normalized CPU utilization for a single
pCAPC.
Category: Real-Time Statistic
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.3 capcPayloadNormPeakCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak normalized CPU utilization for a single pCAPC
across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.4 capcPayloadNormAvgCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average normalized CPU utilization for a single
pCAPC across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.5 capcPayloadNormCurrKernalCpu
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 456 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current normalized CPU utilization taken by OS-
related operations for a single pCAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.6 capcPayloadNormPeakKernalCpu
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak normalized CPU utilization taken by OS-
related operations for a single pCAPC across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.7 capcPayloadNormAvgKernalCpu
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average normalized CPU utilization taken by OS-
related operations for a single pCAPC across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.8 capcPayloadTotalPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 457 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of physical memory that exists on a
single pCAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.9 capcPayloadTotalUsedPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of physical memory that is currently
utilized on a single pCAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.10 capcPayloadTotalNonUtilPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
non-utilized on a single pCAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.11 capcPayloadTotalUtilSwapSpace
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of utilized virtual memory that exists
within a single pCAPC.
R02.00.01.08 Page 458 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.12 capcPayloadTotalFreeSwapSpace
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of non-utilized virtual memory that
exists within a single pCAPC.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.13 capcPayloadTotalUsedPhyMemNonCapc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represented the total amount of physical memory that is currently
utilized on a single pCAPC by Non Capc specific functionality
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.14 capcPayloadCurrDbSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This stat represents the current size of the in-memory database (expressed in
units of MB) on a single pCAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 459 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Task Allocation: capcDB
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.27.15 capcPayloadPeakDbSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This stat represents the peak size of the in-memory database (expressed in
units of MB) on a single pCAPC across the current statistics interval.
Task Allocation: capcDB
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28 wmanCapcInternalPlatformAppPayloadMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the platform application payload level.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 460 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.2 capcAppIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The application index.
Description from Standards: The application index.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { LogTask(1), EvtAlmTask(2), TraceTask(3), CctTask(4),
IpSecTask(5), DbAvlMgrTask(6), AuthTask(7), NmLsmTask(8), LmtProxyTask(9), LmTask(10) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.3 capcPayloadAppNormCurrCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current normalized CPU utilizatation for a CAPC
application.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.4 capcPayloadAppNormPeakCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak normalized CPU utilization for a CAPC
application across the current statistics interval.
R02.00.01.08 Page 461 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.5 capcPayloadAppNormAvgCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average normalized CPU utilization for a CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.6 capcPayloadAppCurrPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current total amount of memory utilized by a CAPC
application.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.7 capcPayloadAppPeakPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the largest amount of memory utilized by a CAPC
application within the statistics interval.
R02.00.01.08 Page 462 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.8 capcPayloadAppAvgPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average amount of memory utilized by a CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.9 capcPayloadAppCurrCpalBuffMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
application that is managed by 3rd party middleware.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.10 capcPayloadAppPeakCpalBuffMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
application that is managed by 3rd party middleware within the statistics interval.
R02.00.01.08 Page 463 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.28.11 capcPayloadAppAvgCpalBuffMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29 wmanCapcInternalPlatformMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the platform system controller level.
Description from Standards: Non EMS managed statistics at the platform system controller level.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 464 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.29.2 capcScNormCurrCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current normalized CPU utilization for a single
System Controller
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.3 capcScNormPeakCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak normalized CPU utilization for a single System
Controller across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.4 capcScNormAvgCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average normalized CPU utilization for a single
System Controller across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.5 capcScNormCurrKernalCpu
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 465 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current normalized CPU utilization taken by OS-
related operations for a single System Controller.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.6 capcScNormPeakKernalCpu
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak normalized CPU utilization taken by OS-
related operations for a single System Controller across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.7 capcScNormAvgKernalCpu
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average normalized CPU utilization taken by OS-
related operations for a single System Controller across the current statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.8 capcScTotalPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 466 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of physical memory that exists on a
single System Controller.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.9 capcScTotalUsedPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
utilized on a single System Controller.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.10 capcScTotalNonUtilPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
non-utilized on a single System Controller.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.11 capcScTotalUtilSwapSpace
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of utilized virtual memory that exists
within a single System Controller
R02.00.01.08 Page 467 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.12 capcScTotalFreeSwapSpace
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the total amount of non-utilized virtual memory that
exists within a single System Controller.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.29.13 capcScTotalUsedPhyMemNonCapc
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represented the total amount of physical memory that is currently
utilized on a single System controller by Non Capc specific functionality
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30 wmanCapcInternalPlatformAppMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics.
R02.00.01.08 Page 468 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.2 capcAppIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: The application index.
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The application index.
Range from Standards: INTEGER { LogTask(1), EvtAlmTask(2), TraceTask(3), CctTask(4),
IpSecTask(5), DbAvlMgrTask(6), AuthTask(7), NmLsmTask(8), LmtProxyTask(9), LmTask(10) }
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.3 capcScAppNormCurrCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current normalized CPU utilizatation for a CAPC
application.
R02.00.01.08 Page 469 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.4 capcScAppNormPeakCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak normalized CPU utilization for a CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.5 capcScAppNormAvgCpuUsage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average normalized CPU utilization for a CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.6 capcScAppCurrPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
application.
R02.00.01.08 Page 470 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.7 capcScAppPeakPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.8 capcScAppAvgPhyMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.9 capcScAppCurrCpalBuffMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
application that is managed by 3rd party middleware.
R02.00.01.08 Page 471 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.10 capcScAppPeakCpalBuffMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.30.11 capcScAppAvgCpalBuffMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.31 wmanCapcInternalLmPayloadMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the Link Manager payload level.
Task Allocation: capcNM, capcComm
R02.00.01.08 Page 472 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.31.2 capcLmMsgSentAllAp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Stat to track total number of messages transmitted to all connected AP's
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.31.3 capcLmMsgRecAllAp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Stat to track total number of messages received from all connected AP's
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 473 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.32 wmanCapcInternalAuthMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the Autheniticator chassis level.
Description from Standards: Non EMS managed statistics at the Autheniticator chassis level.
Task Allocation: capcNM, capcAuth
1.4.32.1 capcGenericEvent4
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times generic event 4 has occurred.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.32.2 capcUserLogins
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of CAPC user logins
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33 wmanCapcInternalAuthPayloadMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the Authenticator payload level.
Description from Standards: Non EMS managed statistics at the Authenticator payload level.
R02.00.01.08 Page 474 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Task Allocation: capcNM, capcAuth
OID: <optional>
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.2 capcInvalidMSecInitAuthMsgRec
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of M_SEC_INIT_AUTH msgs received with CmacPresent
field set to CmacNotPresent for an SS that is currently being authenticated and the authentication process
was initiated by an M_SEC_INIT_AUTH message with CmacPresent field set to CmacPresent
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.3 capcInvalidMSecEapRspMsgRec
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of M_SEC_EAP_RSP msgs received with an EAP
identifier field that does not match the EAP identifier field in the corresponding M_SEC_EAP_REQ or
that have a CmacPresent field with contents not matching the contents of the CmacPresent field in the
M_SEC_INIT_AUTH message that initiated the authentication process
R02.00.01.08 Page 475 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.4 capcInvalidAAARspAuth
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of responses from the AAA with invalid Response
Authenticator fields.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.5 capcRadiusAccessAcceptMsgRec
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of RADIUS Access Accept msgs received from the AAA.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.6 capcRadiusAccessChallengeMsgRec
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of RADIUS Access Challenge msgs received from the
AAA.
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 476 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.33.7 capcRadiusAccessRejMsgRec
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of RADIUS Access Reject msgs received from the AAA.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.8 capcAAARspInvalidEAPAuthFields
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of responses from the AAA having a Message-
Authenticator attribute with contents not matching the calculated value
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.9 capcOutstandAuthContexts
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Number of Current Outstanding Authentication Contexts
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.10 capcNewedAuthContexts
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of Newed AuthenticationContexts
R02.00.01.08 Page 477 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.11 capcEAPRspTimerExp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times a EAP Response timer expires.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.12 capcAAARspTimerExp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times a AAA Response timer expires.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.13 capcAuthUpdateCfg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times Authenticator has been asked to update its
configuration parameters.
R02.00.01.08 Page 478 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.14 capcMsgRecStandby
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of messages received while in the Standby state.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.15 capcOutstandAccReq
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Current Outstanding Access Requests
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.16 capcDBWriteFailMem
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times a database write has failed due to lack of memory.
R02.00.01.08 Page 479 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.17 capcDBWriteFailConn
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times a database write has failed due to inability to
establish a connection.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.18 capcDBWriteFailOther
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times a database write has failed for reasons other than
memory and connection issues.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.19 capcAPMsgRecNoAuthContext
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Number of times a message is received from the AP for which there is no
AuthenticationContext.
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 480 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.33.20 capcAAAMsgRecNoAuthContext
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Number of times a message is received from the AAA for which there is no
AuthenticationContext.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.21 capcAuthRecMsgNotExpInCurrentState
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times an AuthenticationContext receives a message not
expected for the current state.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.22 capcAuthStateChg
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of times Authenticator has been requested to change its
state.
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 481 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.26 capcGenericEventCurrNum
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Current Number for a Generic Event
R02.00.01.08 Page 482 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.27 capcRadiusAccReqAPProxied
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count the number of RADIUS Access Requests from the AP that have been
proxied.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.28 capcRadiusAuthAttemptForPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of Radius authentication attempts for primary AAA.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.29 capcRadiusAuthAttemptForSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of Radius authentication attempts for secondary AAA.
R02.00.01.08 Page 483 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.30 capcRadiusAuthReAttemptForPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS re-authentication attempts for primary AAA
server.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.31 capcRadiusAuthReAttemptForSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS re-authentication attempts for secondary AAA
server.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.32 capcRadiusAccAcceptForPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of successful RADIUS authentication and re-authentications
for primary AAA server
R02.00.01.08 Page 484 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.33 capcRadiusAccAcceptForSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of successful RADIUS authentication and re-authentications
for secondary AAA server
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.34 capcRadiusAccRejectForPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS authentication and re-authentications indicating
failure for primary AAA server, excluding timeouts and late responses.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.35 capcRadiusAccRejectForSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS authentication and re-authentications indicating
failure for secondary AAA server, excluding timeouts and late responses.
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 485 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.33.36 capcRadiusInitialAccAcceptForPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of successful RADIUS authorizations for primary AAA server,
excluding re-authentication.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.37 capcRadiusInitialAccAcceptForSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of successful RADIUS authorizations for secondary AAA
server, excluding re-authentication.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.38 capcRadiusAccRequestRetransmittedForPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of retransmitted RADIUS requests for primary AAA server.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.39 capcRadiusAccRequestRetransmittedForSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 486 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Count number of retransmitted RADIUS requests for secondary AAA server.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.40 capcRadiusMsgSentToPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS messages transmitted to primary AAA server.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.41 capcRadiusMsgSentToSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS messages transmitted to secondary AAA server.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.42 capcRadiusMsgReceivedFromPrimaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS messages received from primary AAA.
R02.00.01.08 Page 487 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.43 capcRadiusMsgReceivedFromSecondaryAaa
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of RADIUS messages received from secondary AAA.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.44 capcInitialAccAcceptForFixed
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: Count number of Initial Network Entry procedures for non-PMIP subscribers.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.45 capcMobileSSInitNtwrkEntry
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The total number of Initial Network Entry procedures for Mobile MSS.
Description from Standards: The total number of Initial Network Entry procedures for Mobile MSS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 488 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.46 capcAvgNumOfMobileSSs
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The average number of simultaneous PMIP Subscribers.
Description from Standards: The average number of simultaneous PMIP Subscribers.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.47 capcMobileSSMax
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The maximum number of simultaneous PMIP Subscribers.
Description from Standards: The maximum number of simultaneous PMIP Subscribers.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.48 capcFixedSSMax
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The maximum number of simultaneous non-PMIP subscribers.
Description from Standards: The maximum number of simultaneous non-PMIP subscribers.
R02.00.01.08 Page 489 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.33.49 capcAvgNumOfFixedSSs
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The average number of simultaneous non-PMIP Subscribers.
Description from Standards: The average number of simultaneous non-PMIP Subscribers.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.34 wmanCapcIpSecPolicyTable
Presentation Name: CAPC IpSec Policy Data

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER

Payload (2)
payload(2),
sam(3),
pem(4),
ftm(5)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 490 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.34.3 wmanCapcIpSecApplicationStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Activation status of the IPSec policy file.
notActivated (0)
Successful (1)
Failed (2)
Description from Standards: Activation status of the IPSec policy file.

notActivated (0)
Successful (1)
Failed (2)
Range from Standards: INTEGER { notActivated(0),
successful(1),
failed(3)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 491 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.35 wmanCapcMobilityConfig
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.4.35.1 wmanCapcLeaseXfrTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 1000
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Lease Transfer timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Lease Transfer timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.2 wmanCapcCntxtXfrTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2000
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Context Transfer timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Context Transfer timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 492 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.3 wmanCapcCntxtLifeTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 2000
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Context Life timeout (CAPC-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Context Life timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.4 wmanCapcLocUpdateConfirmTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 3
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Location Update Confirm timeout (BTS-CAPC ICD)
This timer has no range, so why is this being added to the IM?
Description from Standards: Location Update Confirm timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.5 wmanCapcHoInitTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 100
Units: milliseconds
R02.00.01.08 Page 493 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Handoff Init timeout (BTS-CAPC ICD)

Description from Standards: Handoff Init timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.6 wmanCapcBearerFrwrdIntervalTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 30
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: Bearer Forwarding Interval timeout (BTS-CAPC ICD)
ISSUE: This timer has no range, so why do we have it in the IM?
Description from Standards: Bearer Forwarding Interval timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.7 wmanCapcLeaseDurationTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 144
Units: seconds
Motorola Implementation: Lease Duration timeout (BTS-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Lease Duration timeout
R02.00.01.08 Page 494 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Scope: Per CAPC

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.35.8 wmanCapcLeaseRevokeRspTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 60
Units: milliseconds
Motorola Implementation: Lease Revoke Response timeout (BTS-CAPC ICD)
Description from Standards: Lease Revoke Response timeout
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36 wmanCapcInternalMeasurement
Non EMS managed statistics which are collected on a per CAPC basis
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
1.4.36.1 capcPs1AvgPowerCurrent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average power current for Power Supply 1 over the
statistics interval
R02.00.01.08 Page 495 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.2 capcPs1AvgPowerVoltage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average power voltage for Power Supply 1 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.3 capcPs1PeakPowerCurrent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak power current for Power Supply 1 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.4 capcPs1PeakPowerVoltage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak power voltage for Power Supply 1 over the
statistics interval
R02.00.01.08 Page 496 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.5 capcPs1CurrPowerCurrent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current power current for Power Supply 1 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.6 capcPs1CurrPowerVoltage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current power voltage for Power Supply 1 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.7 capcPs2AvgPowerCurrent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average power current for Power Supply 2 over the
statistics interval
R02.00.01.08 Page 497 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.8 capcPs2AvgPowerVoltage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the average power voltage for Power Supply 2 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.9 capcPs2PeakPowerCurrent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak power current for Power Supply 2 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.10 capcPs2PeakPowerVoltage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the peak power voltage for Power Supply 2 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 498 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.4.36.11 capcPs2CurrPowerCurrent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current power current for Power Supply 2 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.36.12 capcPs2CurrPowerVoltage
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Description from Standards: This value represents the current power voltage for Power Supply 2 over the
statistics interval
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.37 wmanCapcModuleConfigTable
This table contains configuration that applies to individual cards wihtin the CAPC.
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 499 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Payload (2)
payload(2),
sam(3),
pem(4),
ftm(5)}
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Category: Inventory
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.37.3 wmanCapcSystemLogFileSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50
Motorola Implementation: Maximum size file before we create a new log. Expressed in MB. Used for
platform system log files.

Description from Standards: Maximum size file before we create a new log. Expressed in MB. Used for
platform system log files.
R02.00.01.08 Page 500 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Motorola Range: 1 .. 180
Scope: Per CAPC
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38 wmanCapcInternalMobPayloadMeasurementTable
Non EMS managed statistics at the Database payload level.
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.2 capcTotalLLCUpdatesSent
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Total number of LLC updates sent.
Description from Standards: Total number of LLC updates sent.
R02.00.01.08 Page 501 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.3 capcTotalApPowerDowns
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The total number of Power Down procedures initiated by the AP.
Description from Standards: The total number of Power Down procedures initiated by the AP.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.4 capcTotalInitSessionsNoResp
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The total number of CAPC initiated sessions without response (CAPC tries to
page an SS and it never responds after X number of retries).
Description from Standards: The total number of CAPC initiated sessions without response (CAPC tries to
page an SS and it never responds after X number of retries).
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.5 capcTotalIdleModeInterPgGrpLU
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: The total number of Inter Paging Group Location Update procedures in Idle
mode.
Description from Standards: The total number of Inter Paging Group Location Update procedures in Idle
mode.
R02.00.01.08 Page 502 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.6 capcTotalIdleLUWithoutPgGrpChanges
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Tracks per pCAPC and per paging group the total number of Idle Location
Update procedures without Paging Group Changes.
Description from Standards: Tracks per pCAPC and per paging group the total number of Idle Location
Update procedures without Paging Group Changes.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.7 capcAvgIdleBufferUtil
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Average IDLE buffer utilization which will be averaged over a period of the
EMS-defined statistics interval.
Description from Standards: Average IDLE buffer utilization which will be averaged over a period of the
EMS-defined statistics interval.
CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.8 capcPeakIdleBufferUtil
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Peak IDLE buffer utilization which will be normalized over the EMS-defined
statistics interval.
Description from Standards: Peak IDLE buffer utilization which will be normalized over the EMS-defined
statistics interval.
R02.00.01.08 Page 503 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CAPC Impact: online
1.4.38.9 capcCurrentIdleBufferUtil
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Monitor current IDLE buffer utilization.
Description from Standards: Monitor current IDLE buffer utilization.
CAPC Impact: online
1.5 Name: CPEConfiguration
1.5.1 wmanIfSsConfigurationTable
OID: { wmanIfSsCps 1 }
wmanIfSsConfigurationTable contains global parameters for SS
Description from Standards: This table contains one row for the SS system
parameters.
Network Element: CPE/HPVM
1.5.1.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 504 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.1.2 wmanIfSsLostDLMapInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time since last received DL-MAP message before downlink
synchronization is considered lost in ms.
CPE Impact: re-init-device
1.5.1.3 wmanIfSsLostULMapInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time since last received UL-MAP message before downlink
1.5.1.4 wmanIfSsContentionRangRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 505 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Number of retries on contention Ranging Requests.
1.5.1.5 wmanIfSsRequestRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on bandwidth allocation requests.
1.5.1.6 wmanIfSsRegRequestRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on registration requests.
1.5.1.7 wmanIfSsT1Timeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50000,50000,50000,50000
Units: milliseconds
R02.00.01.08 Page 506 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: Wait for DCD timeout in ms.

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10000,10000,10000,10000
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for broadcast ranging timeout in ms.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Ranging Response reception timeout following the
transmission of a Ranging Request in ms.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 507 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: 10 s,10 s,10 s,10 s

Units: seconds
Description from Standards: Wait for unicast ranging opportunity. If the pending until
complete field was used earlier by this SS, then the value
of that field shall be added to this interval in second.
Motorola Default Value: 10 s
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for registration response in ms.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50000,50000,50000,50000
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for UCD descriptor in ms.
R02.00.01.08 Page 508 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for DSX-RVD Timeout in ms.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: wait for SBC-RSP timeout in ms.
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time SS searches for preambles on a given channel in ms.
R02.00.01.08 Page 509 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time SS searches for DL-MAP on a given channel in ms.
1.5.1.17 wmanIfSsSBCRequestRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on SBC Request.
1.5.2 wmanIfSsChannelMeasurementTable
Useful for debugging purposes.
Description from Standards: This table contains downlink channel measurement
information for each SS.
REFERENCE: 6.3.2.3.33 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.5.2.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 510 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.2.2 wmanIfSsHistogramIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: wmanIfSsHistogramIndex identifies the histogram samples
in the table for each subscriber station.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.2.3 wmanIfSsChannelNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfChannelNumber
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Physical channel number to be reported on.
Range from Standards: WmanIfChannelNumber
1.5.2.4 wmanIfSsStartFrame
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 511 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Frame number in which measurement for this channel
started.
1.5.2.5 wmanIfSsDuration
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Cumulative measurement duration on the channel in
multiples of Ts. For any value exceeding 0xFFFFFF,
report 0xFFFFFF.
1.5.2.6 wmanIfSsBasicReport
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Bit #0: WirelessHUMAN detected on the channel
Bit #1: Unknown transmissions detected on the channel
Bit #2: Primary User detected on the channel
Bit #3: Unmeasured. Channel not measured
Range from Standards: BITS {wirelessHuman(0),
unknownTransmission(1),
primaryUser(2),
channelNotMeasured(3)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 512 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.2.7 wmanIfSsMeanCinrReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Mean CINR report.
1.5.2.8 wmanIfSsStdDeviationCinrReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Standard deviation CINR report.
1.5.2.9 wmanIfSsMeanRssiReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
Description from Standards: Mean RSSI report.
1.5.2.10 wmanIfSsStdDeviationRssiReport
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 513 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Standard deviation RSSI report.
1.5.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthTable
OID: { wmanIfSsPkmObjects 1 }
Table wmanIfSsPkmAuthTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the PKM attributes related
to the authorization for each SS wireless interface.
1.5.3.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.3.2 wmanIfSsPkmAuthState
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 514 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the state of the SS
authorization FSM. The start state indicates that FSM is
in its initial state.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {start(1),
authWait(2),
authorized(3),
reauthWait(4),
authRejectWait(5),
silent(6)}
1.5.3.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthKeySequenceNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the most recent authorization
key sequence number for this FSM.
1.5.3.4 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresOld
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the actual clock time for
expiration of the immediate predecessor of the most recent
authorization key for this FSM. If this FSM has only one
authorization key, then the value is the time of activation
of this FSM.
Range from Standards: DateAndTime
R02.00.01.08 Page 515 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.3.5 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresNew
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
expiration of the most recent authorization key for this
FSM.
1.5.3.6 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReset
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Setting this object to TRUE generates a Reauthorize event
in the authorization FSM. Reading this object always
returns FALSE.
1.5.3.7 wmanIfSsPkmAuthentInfos
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the count of times the SS has
transmitted an Authentication Information message.
R02.00.01.08 Page 516 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.3.8 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
transmitted an Authorization Request message.
1.5.3.9 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReplies
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received an Authorization Reply message.
1.5.3.10 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejects
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received an Authorization Reject message.
R02.00.01.08 Page 517 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.3.11 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalids
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received an Authorization Invalid message.
1.5.3.12 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the enumerated description of
the Error-Code in most recent Authorization Reject message
received by the SS. This has value unknown(2) if the last
Error-Code value was 0, and none(1) if no Authorization
Reject message has been received since reboot.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {none(1),
unknown(2),
unauthorizedSs(3),
unauthorizedSaid(4),
permanentAuthorizationFailure(8),
timeOfDayNotAcquired(11)}
1.5.3.13 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Display-String in most
recent Authorization Reject message received by the SS.
This is a zero length string if no Authorization Reject
message has been received since reboot.
R02.00.01.08 Page 518 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Range from Standards: SnmpAdminString (SIZE (0..128))

1.5.3.14 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
the Error-Code in most recent Authorization Invalid message
Invalid message has been received since reboot.
unknown(2),
unauthorizedSs(3),
unsolicited(5),
invalidKeySequence(6),
keyRequestAuthenticationFailure(7)}
1.5.3.15 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent Authorization Invalid message received by the SS.
This is a zero length string if no Authorization Invalid
R02.00.01.08 Page 519 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.3.16 wmanIfSsPkmAuthGraceTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the grace time for an
authorization key. A SS is expected to start trying to get
a new authorization key beginning AuthGraceTime seconds
before the authorization key actually expires.
1.5.3.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekGraceTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 3600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the grace time for the TEK in
seconds. The SS is expected to start trying to acquire a
new TEK beginning TEK GraceTime seconds before the
expiration of the most recent TEK.
1.5.3.18 wmanIfSsPkmAuthWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Authorize Wait Timeout.
R02.00.01.08 Page 520 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.3.19 wmanIfSsPkmReauthWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Reauthorize Wait Timeout
in seconds.
1.5.3.20 wmanIfSsPkmOpWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Operational Wait Timeout
in seconds.
1.5.3.21 wmanIfSsPkmRekeyWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
R02.00.01.08 Page 521 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Rekey Wait Timeout in
seconds.
1.5.3.22 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 60
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Authorization Reject Wait
Timeout in seconds.
1.5.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekTable
Table wmanIfSsPkmTekTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the attributes of each SS Traffic
Encryption Key(TEK) association. The SS maintains (no more
than) one TEK association per SAID per SS wireless
interface.
R02.00.01.08 Page 522 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.4.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.4.2 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Security Association
ID (SAID).
CPE Impact: online
1.5.4.3 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the type of security
association.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {primarySA(0),
staticSA(1),
dynamicSA(2)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 523 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.4.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataEncryptAlg
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
being utilized.
1.5.4.5 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataAuthentAlg
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
algorithm being utilized.
1.5.4.6 wmanIfSsPkmTekEncryptAlg
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 524 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.4.7 wmanIfSsPkmTekState
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the state of the indicated TEK
FSM. The start(1) state indicates that FSM is in its
initial state.
opWait(2),
opReauthWait(3),
operational(4),
rekeyWait(5),
rekeyReauthWait(6)}
1.5.4.8 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeySequenceNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the most recent TEK key
sequence number for this TEK FSM.
1.5.4.9 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresOld
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
TEK for this FSM. If this FSM has only one TEK, then the
value is the time of activation of this FSM.
R02.00.01.08 Page 525 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.4.10 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresNew
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
expiration of the most recent TEK for this FSM.
1.5.4.11 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
transmitted a Key Request message.
1.5.4.12 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyReplies
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received a Key Reply message, including a message whose
authentication failed.
R02.00.01.08 Page 526 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.4.13 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejects
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received a Key Reject message, including a message whose
1.5.4.14 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalids
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received a TEK Invalid message, including a message whose
1.5.4.15 wmanIfSsPkmTekAuthPends
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the count of times an
Authorization Pending (Auth Pend) event occurred in this
FSM.
R02.00.01.08 Page 527 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.4.16 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
the Error-Code in most recent Key Reject message received
by the SS. This has value unknown(2) if the last Error-Code
value was 0, and none(1) if no Key Reject message has been
received since reboot.
unknown(2),
unauthorizedSaid(4)}
1.5.4.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent Key Reject message received by the SS. This is a
zero length string if no Key Reject message has been
1.5.4.18 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
the Error-Code in most recent TEK Invalid message received
R02.00.01.08 Page 528 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

by the SS. This has value unknown(2) if the last

Error-Code value was 0, and none(1) if no TEK Invalid
unknown(2),
invalidKeySequence(6)}
1.5.4.19 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent TEK Invalid message received by the SS. This is a
zero length string if no TEK Invalid message has been
1.5.5 wmanIfSsDeviceCertTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the PKM device certificates for each
SS wireless interface.
1.5.5.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 529 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.5.2 wmanIfSsDeviceCert
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The X509 DER-encoded subscriber station certificate.
1.5.5.3 wmanIfSsDeviceManufCert
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The X509 DER-encoded manufacturer certificate which is
signed by the CA root authority certificate.
1.5.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkChannelTable
OID: { wmanIfSsOfdmaPhy 1 }
R02.00.01.08 Page 530 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

REFERENCE: Subclause 11.3.1, table 349 and 353, in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.5.6.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.6.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaCtBasedResvTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of UL-MAPs to receive before contention-based
reservation is attempted again for the same connection.
1.5.6.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
R02.00.01.08 Page 531 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.6.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
0..255. The total number of wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngCodes,
wmanIfSsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes and wmanIfSsOfdmaBWReqCodes
1.5.6.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.6.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaBWReqCodes
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 532 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.6.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging
contention, expressed as a power of 2.
1.5.6.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
expressed as a power of 2.
R02.00.01.08 Page 533 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.6.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.6.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaPermutationBase
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.6.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaBinStatRepMAXPeriod
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: Frame
Description from Standards: This object defines the OFDMA bin status reporting
maximum period.
R02.00.01.08 Page 534 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.6.12 wmanIfSsOfdmaSafetyChaRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: Frame
Description from Standards: This object defines the OFDMA safety channel retry
timer.
1.5.6.13 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
twoframesoffset(2),
1.5.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkChannelTable
R02.00.01.08 Page 535 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.7.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.7.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsEIRP
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
1.5.7.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaTTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 536 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.7.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaRTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.7.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
1.5.7.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
R02.00.01.08 Page 537 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.7.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsId
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.7.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaMacVersion
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.7.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaFrameDurationCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
duration2ms(1),
duration2dot5ms(2),
duration4ms(3),
duration5ms(4),
duration8ms(5),
duration10ms(6),
duration20ms(8)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 538 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.7.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaSizeCqichIdField
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
0 = Reserved
1 = 3 bits
2 = 4 bits
3 = 5 bits
4 = 6 bits
5 = 7 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 9 bits
8...255 = Reserved
fourbits(2),
fivebits(3),
sixbits(4),
sevenbits(5),
eightbits(6),
ninebits(7)}
1.5.7.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
twoframesoffset(2),
R02.00.01.08 Page 539 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.8 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleTable
OID: { wmanIfCmnPacketCs 1 }
with service flows.
1.5.8.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.2 wmanIfCmnCpsSfId
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Range from Standards: Unsigned32 ( 1 .. 4294967295)
R02.00.01.08 Page 540 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.3 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: An index is assigned to each classifier in the classifiers
table
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.4 wmanIfCmnClassifierRulePriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value specifies the order of evaluation of the
classifiers. The higher the value the higher the
priority. The value of 0 is used as default in
provisioned service flows classifiers. The default
value of 64 is used for dynamic service flow classifiers.
, this object reports the default value as defined above
Access: -
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.5 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosLow
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 541 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.8.6 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosHigh
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
, this object reports the value of 0.
1.5.8.7 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosMask
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The mask value is bitwise ANDed with TOS byte in an IP
packet and this value is used for the range checking of
TosLow and TosHigh. If the referenced parameter is not
present in a classifier, this object reports the value
of 0.
1.5.8.8 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpProtocol
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 542 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.9 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
ANDed with the wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask value
equals the wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr value.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.10 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
ANDed with the
wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask value equals the
wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr value.
CPE Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 543 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.8.11 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestMask value equals the
wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestAddr value.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.12 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestMask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.13 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortStart
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
TCP/UDP source port numbers to which a packet is compared
. This object is irrelevant for non-TCP/UDP IP packets.
R02.00.01.08 Page 544 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.14 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.15 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortStart
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
CPE Impact: online
1.5.8.16 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 545 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


65535.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.9 wmanIfCmnPhsRuleTable
Need help to identify if we need to support PHS.
Description from Standards: This table contains PHS rule dictionary entries. Each
entry contains the data of the header to be suppressed
along with its identification - PHSI. The classifier
uniquely maps packets to its associated PHS Rule. The
receiving entity uses the CID and the PHSI to restore the
PHSF. Once a PHSF has been assigned to a PHSI, it shall
not be changed. To change the value of a PHSF on a
service flow, a new PHS rule shall be defined, the old
rule is removed from the service flow, and the new rule
is added. When a classifier is deleted, any associated
PHS rule shall also be deleted.
REFERENCE: Subclause 5.2.3 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.5.9.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 546 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
CPE Impact: online
1.5.9.3 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The PHSI (PHS Index) has a value between 1 and 255, which
uniquely references the suppressed byte string. The index
is unique per service flow. The uplink and downlink PHSI
values are independent of each other.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.9.4 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsField
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The PHSF (PHS Field) is a string of bytes containing the
header information to be suppressed by the sending CS and
reconstructed by the receiving CS. The most significant
byte of the string corresponds to the first byte of the
CS-SDU.
Range from Standards: OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..65535))
R02.00.01.08 Page 547 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.9.5 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsMask
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The PHSM An 8-bit mask that indicates which bytes in the
PHS Field (PHSF) to suppress and which bytes to not
suppress. The PHSM allows fields, such as sequence numbers
or checksums (which vary in value), to be excluded from
suppression with the constant bytes around them suppressed.
It is encodded as follows:
bit 0:
bit 1:
bit x:
0 = don't suppress the (x+1) byte of the suppression
field
(wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsSize/8).
1.5.9.6 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: The value of this field - PHSS is the total number of bytes
in the header to be suppressed and then restored in a
service flow that uses PHS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 548 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.9.7 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsVerify
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.10 wmanIfCmnCpsServiceFlowTable
Description from Standards: This table contains Service Flow managed objects that
are common in BS and SS.
1.5.10.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 549 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
1.5.10.2 wmanIfCmnCpsSfMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: When this table is implemented on the basestation, this
object contains the SS Mac address, the reported service
flow was created for. On the SS, the value returned is
the SS's own Mac address.
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
CPE Impact: online
1.5.10.4 wmanIfCmnCpsSfCid
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfCidType
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: A 16 bit channel identifier to identify the connection
being created by DSA.
Range from Standards: WmanIfCidType
R02.00.01.08 Page 550 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.10.5 wmanIfCmnCpsSfDirection
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: An attribute indicating the service flow is downstream or
upstream.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {downstream(1),
upstream(2)}
1.5.10.6 wmanIfCmnCpsSfState
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfSfState
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: wmanIfCmnCpsSfState indicates the service flow state:
Authorized (1), Admitted (2), and Active (3) service
flow state.
Range from Standards: WmanIfSfState
1.5.10.7 wmanIfCmnCpsTrafficPriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
based on this priority
R02.00.01.08 Page 551 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.10.8 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxSustainedRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
the system.
1.5.10.9 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxTrafficBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: This parameter defines the maximum burst size that
must be accommodated for the service.
1.5.10.10 wmanIfCmnCpsMinReservedRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
R02.00.01.08 Page 552 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.10.11 wmanIfCmnCpsToleratedJitter
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
1.5.10.12 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxLatency
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
1.5.10.13 wmanIfCmnCpsFixedVsVariableSduInd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Default Value from Standards: variableLength
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies whether the SDUs
R02.00.01.08 Page 553 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

on the service flow are variable-length (0) or

fixed-length (1). The parameter is used only if
packing is on for the service flow. The default value
is 0, i.e.,variable-length SDUs.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {variableLength(0),
fixedLength(1)}
1.5.10.14 wmanIfCmnCpsSduSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies the length of the
SDU for a fixed-length SDU service flow. This parameter
is used only if packing is on and the service flow is
indicated as carrying fixed-length SDUs. The default
value is 49 bytes, i.e., VC-switched ATM cells with PHS.
The parameter is relevant for both ATM and Packet
Convergence Sublayers.
1.5.10.15 wmanIfCmnCpsSfSchedulingType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 554 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.10.16 wmanIfCmnCpsArqEnable
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: True(1) ARQ enabling is requested for the connection.
1.5.10.17 wmanIfCmnCpsArqWindowSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
1.5.10.18 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 10 us
R02.00.01.08 Page 555 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.10.19 wmanIfCmnCpsArqSyncLossTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 10 us
1.5.10.20 wmanIfCmnCpsArqDeliverInOrder
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
originating MAC.
1.5.10.21 wmanIfCmnCpsArqRxPurgeTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 10 us
R02.00.01.08 Page 556 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Infinite.
1.5.10.22 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: This value of this parameter specifies the size of an
1.5.10.23 wmanIfCmnCpsMinRsvdTolerableRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: b/s
Description from Standards: Minimum Tolerable Traffic Rate = R (bits/sec) with
time base T(sec) means the following. Let S denote
additional demand accumulated at the MAC SAP of the
transmitter during an arbitrary time interval of the
length T. Then the amount of data forwarded at the
receiver to CS (in bits) during this interval should
be not less than min {S, R * T}.
R02.00.01.08 Page 557 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.10.24 wmanIfCmnCpsReqTxPolicy
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: ,,,
reserved1(1),
noPiggybackReq(2),
noFragmentData(3),
noPHS(4),
noSduPacking(5),
noCrc(6),
reserved2(7)}
1.5.10.25 wmanIfCmnSfCsSpecification
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfCsSpecification
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies the convergence sublayer
encapsulation mode.
Range from Standards: WmanIfCsSpecification
1.5.10.26 wmanIfCmnCpsTargetSaid
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The target SAID parameter indicates the SAID onto
which the service flow being set up shall be mapped.
R02.00.01.08 Page 558 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.5.11 wmanDevSsConfigFileEncodingTable
OID: { wmanDevSsObjects 1 }
SS object group – containing tables and objects to be implemented in
the Subscriber station
Description from Standards: This table contains configuration file encoding
information of the SS.
REFERENCE: Section 11.2 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.5.11.1 wmanDevSsDeviceIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: An arbitrary index. Must have value of 1.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.11.2 wmanDevSsVendorId
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This value identifies the managed SS vendor to which the
software upgrade is to be applied.
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 559 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.11.3 wmanDevSsHwId
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This value identifies the hardware version to which the
Category: Inventory
1.5.11.4 wmanDevSsSwVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This value identifies the software version of the software
upgrade file. The value is administered by the vendor
identifed in the Vendor ID field. It should be defined by
the vendor to be unique with respect to a given hardware
ID.
Category: Inventory
device
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
R02.00.01.08 Page 560 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
to reset itself
should be ignored
Category: Action
Scope: Per BTS
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
bundle.
Category: Inventory
CPE Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 561 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 562 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
CPE Impact: online
1.5.14 ifTable


1.5.14.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
R02.00.01.08 Page 563 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


initialization.
Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: PhysAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
For example:
48.
0011 0101 0111 1011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0001 0000 1000 0000
C A E D 8 4 0 0 8 0 1 0
modification.
R02.00.01.08 Page 564 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Management Domain.

CAPCs)
CAPCs)

Category: Inventory
1.5.15 wmanMssFreqConfigTable
OID: { wmanMssPrivate 1 }
The table defines the MSS's Chan Frequency Bandwidth supported.
1.5.15.1 wmanMssFreqConfigIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
R02.00.01.08 Page 565 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
1.5.15.2 wmanMssFreqConfigBand
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Frequency band a device is configured to use.
A device model may support a couple of frequency bands.

Motorola Default Value: Default load in FAC
Motorola Range: 700MHz(0), 2.3GHz(1), 2.5GHz(2), 3.5GHz(3)
1.5.15.3 wmanMssFreqConfigChannelBw
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Bandwidth of the frequency band.

Motorola Default Value: 4, Load in FAC
Motorola Range: 1 = 3.5 MHz
2 = 5 MHz
3 = 7 MHz
4 = 10 MHz
1.5.15.4 wmanMssFreqConfigRowStatus
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 566 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: RowStatus
CPE Impact: online
1.5.16 wmanMssSpFreqTable
OID: { wmanMssPrivate 3}
This table defines the preferred frequency list that the MSS should scan during network entry. The
frequency list will be service provider specific. This table will always be loaded in factory. It is not a
mandatory configuration from the EMS. The operator can change it if needed.
1.5.16.1 wmanMssSpFreqIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
CPE Impact: online
1.5.16.2 wmanMssSpFrequency
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Units: kHz
Motorola Implementation: Preferred scan frequency (kHz) in multiples of 250.
For 2.3 GHz RF Band, the range must be in 2302500 to 2397500 inclusive.
R02.00.01.08 Page 567 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: The frequencies the MSS shall scan through. Loaded in factory, but may be
turned per service provider.
Motorola Default Value: Load in FAC.
Presentation Name: Frequency Scan List
1.5.16.3 wmanMssSpFreqRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
CPE Impact: online
1.5.17 wmanMssNapNspTable
Presentation Name: Network Access Provider To Network Service Provider Mapping

OID: {wmanMssPrivate 4}
This tables defines the NAPs that the MSS should attach to along with the NSPs mapping to the NAPs.
1.5.17.1 wmanMssNapNspIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
R02.00.01.08 Page 568 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
1.5.17.2 wmanMssNap
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Description from Standards: Network Access Provider ID - Follow the model of service provider tuned in
the factory.
NAP ID is a globally unique identifier of WiMax access network provider.
The upper 24 bits of BS ID (called also Operator ID in 802.16-2004) is set to NAP ID.
This attribute is used to match the NAP ID that is found in the BS ID of the DL_MAP.
Motorola Default Value: n/a (this is ASN dependent. Unless this is a fixed CPE there is no default data.)
Presentation Name: NAP ID
1.5.17.3 wmanMssNspId
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Description from Standards: Network Service Provider ID - Follow the model of svc provider tuned in the
factory.
NSP ID is a globally unique identifier of a WiMax network service provider.
This is the 24-bit operator ID.
Motorola Default Value: n/a (this is service provider dependent and may be configured as a part of factory
pre-provisioning)
Presentation Name: NSP ID
1.5.17.4 wmanMssNspRealm
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 569 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the NSP realm.
pre-provisioning)
Presentation Name: NSP Realm
1.5.17.5 wmanMssNapNspRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
CPE Impact: online
1.5.18 wmanMssInfo
Presentation Name: Device Information

1.5.18.1 wmanMssInfoNai
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the NAI of the address. The format is username@domain.com.
Description from Standards: Network Access Identifier of the device.

R02.00.01.08 Page 570 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Network Access Identifier
1.5.18.2 wmanMssInfoModelNum
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Device model number used to track different tiers and features of the device
as the whole.
Category: Inventory
1.5.18.3 wmanMssInfoManufacturer
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Manufacturer of the CPE.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Manufacturer
Network Element: CPE
1.5.18.4 wmanMssInfoSerialNum
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Device serial number.
Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 571 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Presentation Name: Serial Number

1.5.18.5 wmanMssInfoHwRev
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Hardware Identifier used for the revision number of the host board and radio
board.
Category: Inventory
1.5.18.6 wmanMssInfoSwVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Software Version.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Software Version
1.5.18.7 wmanMssInfoConfigVerNum
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Configuration Version Number of the CPE.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Configuration Version Number
R02.00.01.08 Page 572 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.18.8 wmanMssInfoMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Description from Standards: MAC Address
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: MAC Address
1.5.18.9 wmanMssInfoDomainName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Service Provider's Domain Name
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Service Provider's Domain Name
1.5.18.10 wmanMssInfoUserName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: CPE Customer's user name.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: CPE Customer's user name

R02.00.01.08 Page 573 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.18.11 wmanMssInfoVendorId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Vendor Id.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Vendor Id
1.5.18.12 wmanMssSnmpV3KeyLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Action variable initiated by the EMS to reset the SNMPv3 key expiration time
on the CPE/HPVM with a SNMP operation.
Description from Standards: The value shall be derived by the model.

Range from Standards: INTEGER {No(0),
Yes(1)}

Category: Action
CPE Impact: online
1.5.18.13 wmanMssInfoBootVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Bootloader Version Number
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Bootloader Version
R02.00.01.08 Page 574 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.19 wmanMssStatistics
Presentation Name: MSS Statistics

This object defines the stats for support for MSS Call Center Operation defined by the WiMAX 1.0 stats
ICD
Description from Standards: MSS stats for support for Call Center operation
1.5.19.1 wmanMssRssiDnlink
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB
Motorola Implementation: Measurement of downlink RSSI (received signal
strength indicator) in dBm
Description from Standards: Measurement of downlink RSSI (received signal
strength indicator) in dB.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.2 wmanMssHarqRetrySnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of HARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of HARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
CPE Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 575 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.19.3 wmanMssHarqRetryRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of HARQ retries received by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of HARQ retries received by the MSS.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.4 wmanMssHarqRetryExceeded
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of HARQ sub-bursts that have been
attempted the maximum number of times with failure
each time.
Description from Standards: Number of HARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.5 wmanMssArqRetrySnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of ARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 576 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.6 wmanMssArqRetryRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARQ retries received by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of ARQ retries received by the MSS.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.7 wmanMssArqRetryExceeded
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
Description from Standards: Number of ARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.8 wmanMssPduSndQpsk12
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of PDUs transmitted from MSS to AP at
MCS coded with QPSK 1/2.
Description from Standards: Number of PDUs transmitted from MSS to AP at
R02.00.01.08 Page 577 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.10 wmanMssPduSnd16Qam12
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
MCS coded with 16 QAM 1/2.
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
MCS coded with 16 QAM 3/4
R02.00.01.08 Page 578 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.12 wmanMssPduRcvQpsk12
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of PDUs received by MSS from AP at
Description from Standards: Number of PDUs received by MSS from AP at
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.14 wmanMssPduRcv16Qam12
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 579 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CPE Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 580 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
CPE Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 581 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.20 wmanMssInitRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of initial ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of initial ranging failures
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.21 wmanMssPeriodicRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of periodic ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of periodic ranging failures
CPE Impact: online
1.5.19.22 wmanMssBandwidthRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of bandwidth ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of bandwidth ranging failures
R02.00.01.08 Page 582 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CPE Impact: online
1.5.20 wmanCpeRemoteLoginAccess
Presentation Name: Techinical Support Remote Login Information

OID: { wmanCpePrivate 1}
This object allows/disallows the EMS to remotely log into the CPE.
Description from Standards: This object allows/disallows the EMS to remotely log into the CPE.
1.5.20.1 wmanCpeRemoteLoginEnabled
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
Motorola Implementation: A flag to enable or disable a remote host to log into the CPE. The EMS shall
implement it as an action variable.
Default Value from Standards: FALSE
Description from Standards: Indicates allowing or not allowing the manager to remotely login to the CPE.
Category: Action
CPE Impact: online
1.5.20.2 wmanCpeRemoteLoginPassword
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Motorola Implementation: This is the CPE's remote login password for use by Techinical Support log in.
This password will be displayed in clear text for users with Advanced Configuration security access. The
login name can not be changed. It is always set as "Tech".
Description from Standards: Password of the remotely logged in user.

Category: Action
Presentation Name: Remote login password
CPE Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 583 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.5.20.3 wmanCpeRemoteLoginIPAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: The IP address of the remote host, which is used to remotely log into the CPE.
(Must be a valid IP address)
Description from Standards: IP address of the host used to log into the CPE
Category: Action
Presentation Name: IP address of the host to remotely log into the CPE
CPE Impact: online
1.5.20.4 wmanCpeRemoteLoginNetmask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
Motorola Implementation: The netmask of the multiple hosts used to remotely login into the CPE (default
value is: 255.255.255.0). Note: the netmask here is not necessary to be set same netmask as host/EMS. The
netmask here is used to allow multiple hosts sharing the same "network" to log into a CPE remotely. If the
EMS wants to have only one host to log into the CPE (the most secure way), the netmask should be set to
255.255.255.254
Default Value from Standards: "ffffff00"
Description from Standards: Netmask of the host used to log into the CPE
Motorola Default Value: "ffffff00"
Category: Action
Presentation Name: Netmask of the hosts to remotely log into the CPE
CPE Impact: online
1.5.20.5 wmanCpeRemoteLoginPortNum
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: 8080
Motorola Implementation: The http port number that the CPE will open for the remote login access. (e.g
http://<cpeip>:8080)
Description from Standards: The http port number that the CPE should open for remote login access. (e.g
http://cpeip:8080)
R02.00.01.08 Page 584 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Category: Action
Presentation Name: The http port number that the CPE should open for remote login access.
CPE Impact: online
1.6 Name: HPVMConfiguration
1.6.1 wmanIfSsConfigurationTable
wmanIfSsConfigurationTable contains global parameters for SS
Description from Standards: This table contains one row for the SS system
parameters.
1.6.1.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.1.2 wmanIfSsLostDLMapInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 585 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time since last received DL-MAP message before downlink
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.1.3 wmanIfSsLostULMapInterval
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time since last received UL-MAP message before downlink
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.1.4 wmanIfSsContentionRangRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on contention Ranging Requests.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.1.5 wmanIfSsRequestRetries
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 586 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on bandwidth allocation requests.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.1.6 wmanIfSsRegRequestRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on registration requests.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50000,50000,50000,50000
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for DCD timeout in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
R02.00.01.08 Page 587 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

InitialValue: 10000,10000,10000,10000
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for broadcast ranging timeout in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Ranging Response reception timeout following the
transmission of a Ranging Request in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 10 s,10 s,10 s,10 s
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: Wait for unicast ranging opportunity. If the pending until
complete field was used earlier by this SS, then the value
of that field shall be added to this interval in second.
Motorola Default Value: 10 s
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 588 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for registration response in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: 50000,50000,50000,50000
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for UCD descriptor in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Wait for DSX-RVD Timeout in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 589 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: wait for SBC-RSP timeout in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time SS searches for preambles on a given channel in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: milliseconds
Description from Standards: Time SS searches for DL-MAP on a given channel in ms.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 590 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.1.17 wmanIfSsSBCRequestRetries
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Number of retries on SBC Request.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2 wmanIfSsChannelMeasurementTable
Useful for debugging purposes.
Description from Standards: This table contains downlink channel measurement
information for each SS.
REFERENCE: 6.3.2.3.33 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.6.2.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 591 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.2.2 wmanIfSsHistogramIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: wmanIfSsHistogramIndex identifies the histogram samples
in the table for each subscriber station.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.3 wmanIfSsChannelNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfChannelNumber
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Physical channel number to be reported on.
Range from Standards: WmanIfChannelNumber
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.4 wmanIfSsStartFrame
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Frame number in which measurement for this channel
started.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.5 wmanIfSsDuration
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 592 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Cumulative measurement duration on the channel in
multiples of Ts. For any value exceeding 0xFFFFFF,
report 0xFFFFFF.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.6 wmanIfSsBasicReport
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Bit #0: WirelessHUMAN detected on the channel
Bit #1: Unknown transmissions detected on the channel
Bit #2: Primary User detected on the channel
Bit #3: Unmeasured. Channel not measured
Range from Standards: BITS {wirelessHuman(0),
unknownTransmission(1),
primaryUser(2),
channelNotMeasured(3)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.7 wmanIfSsMeanCinrReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Mean CINR report.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 593 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.2.8 wmanIfSsStdDeviationCinrReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Standard deviation CINR report.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.9 wmanIfSsMeanRssiReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
Description from Standards: Mean RSSI report.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.2.10 wmanIfSsStdDeviationRssiReport
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dB
Description from Standards: Standard deviation RSSI report.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 594 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthTable
Table wmanIfSsPkmAuthTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the PKM attributes related
to the authorization for each SS wireless interface.
1.6.3.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.2 wmanIfSsPkmAuthState
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the state of the SS
authorization FSM. The start state indicates that FSM is
in its initial state.
authWait(2),
authorized(3),
reauthWait(4),
authRejectWait(5),
silent(6)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 595 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.3 wmanIfSsPkmAuthKeySequenceNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the most recent authorization
key sequence number for this FSM.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.4 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresOld
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
authorization key for this FSM. If this FSM has only one
authorization key, then the value is the time of activation
of this FSM.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.5 wmanIfSsPkmAuthExpiresNew
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
expiration of the most recent authorization key for this
FSM.
R02.00.01.08 Page 596 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.6 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReset
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Setting this object to TRUE generates a Reauthorize event
in the authorization FSM. Reading this object always
returns FALSE.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.7 wmanIfSsPkmAuthentInfos
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
transmitted an Authentication Information message.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.8 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
transmitted an Authorization Request message.
R02.00.01.08 Page 597 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.9 wmanIfSsPkmAuthReplies
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received an Authorization Reply message.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.10 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejects
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received an Authorization Reject message.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.11 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalids
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received an Authorization Invalid message.
R02.00.01.08 Page 598 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.12 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
the Error-Code in most recent Authorization Reject message
Reject message has been received since reboot.
unknown(2),
unauthorizedSs(3),
unauthorizedSaid(4),
permanentAuthorizationFailure(8),
timeOfDayNotAcquired(11)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.13 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent Authorization Reject message received by the SS.
This is a zero length string if no Authorization Reject
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.14 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 599 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

the Error-Code in most recent Authorization Invalid message

Invalid message has been received since reboot.
unknown(2),
unauthorizedSs(3),
unsolicited(5),
invalidKeySequence(6),
keyRequestAuthenticationFailure(7)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.15 wmanIfSsPkmAuthInvalidErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent Authorization Invalid message received by the SS.
This is a zero length string if no Authorization Invalid
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.16 wmanIfSsPkmAuthGraceTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the grace time for an
authorization key. A SS is expected to start trying to get
a new authorization key beginning AuthGraceTime seconds
before the authorization key actually expires.
R02.00.01.08 Page 600 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekGraceTime
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 3600
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the grace time for the TEK in
seconds. The SS is expected to start trying to acquire a
new TEK beginning TEK GraceTime seconds before the
expiration of the most recent TEK.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.18 wmanIfSsPkmAuthWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Authorize Wait Timeout.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.19 wmanIfSsPkmReauthWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 10
Units: seconds
R02.00.01.08 Page 601 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Reauthorize Wait Timeout
in seconds.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.20 wmanIfSsPkmOpWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Operational Wait Timeout
in seconds.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.3.21 wmanIfSsPkmRekeyWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Rekey Wait Timeout in
seconds.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 602 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.3.22 wmanIfSsPkmAuthRejectWaitTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 60
Units: seconds
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Authorization Reject Wait
Timeout in seconds.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekTable
Table wmanIfSsPkmTekTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the attributes of each SS Traffic
Encryption Key(TEK) association. The SS maintains (no more
than) one TEK association per SAID per SS wireless
interface.
1.6.4.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 603 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.2 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAId
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the Security Association
ID (SAID).
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.3 wmanIfSsPkmTekSAType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the type of security
association.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {primarySA(0),
staticSA(1),
dynamicSA(2)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.4 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataEncryptAlg
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
being utilized.
R02.00.01.08 Page 604 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.5 wmanIfSsPkmTekDataAuthentAlg
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
algorithm being utilized.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.6 wmanIfSsPkmTekEncryptAlg
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.7 wmanIfSsPkmTekState
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the state of the indicated TEK
FSM. The start(1) state indicates that FSM is in its
initial state.
opWait(2),
opReauthWait(3),
operational(4),
rekeyWait(5),
rekeyReauthWait(6)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 605 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.8 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeySequenceNumber
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the most recent TEK key
sequence number for this TEK FSM.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.9 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresOld
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
TEK for this FSM. If this FSM has only one TEK, then the
value is the time of activation of this FSM.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.10 wmanIfSsPkmTekExpiresNew
OID: <optional>
Type: DateAndTime
expiration of the most recent TEK for this FSM.
R02.00.01.08 Page 606 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.11 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
transmitted a Key Request message.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.12 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyReplies
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received a Key Reply message, including a message whose
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.13 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejects
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received a Key Reject message, including a message whose
R02.00.01.08 Page 607 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.14 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalids
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received a TEK Invalid message, including a message whose
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.15 wmanIfSsPkmTekAuthPends
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value of this object is the count of times an
Authorization Pending (Auth Pend) event occurred in this
FSM.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.16 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
the Error-Code in most recent Key Reject message received
by the SS. This has value unknown(2) if the last Error-Code
value was 0, and none(1) if no Key Reject message has been
R02.00.01.08 Page 608 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


unknown(2),
unauthorizedSaid(4)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.17 wmanIfSsPkmTekKeyRejectErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent Key Reject message received by the SS. This is a
zero length string if no Key Reject message has been
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.4.18 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
the Error-Code in most recent TEK Invalid message received
by the SS. This has value unknown(2) if the last
Error-Code value was 0, and none(1) if no TEK Invalid
unknown(2),
invalidKeySequence(6)}
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 609 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.4.19 wmanIfSsPkmTekInvalidErrorString
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
recent TEK Invalid message received by the SS. This is a
zero length string if no TEK Invalid message has been
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.5 wmanIfSsDeviceCertTable
Description from Standards: This table describes the PKM device certificates for each
SS wireless interface.
1.6.5.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 610 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.5.2 wmanIfSsDeviceCert
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The X509 DER-encoded subscriber station certificate.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.5.3 wmanIfSsDeviceManufCert
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The X509 DER-encoded manufacturer certificate which is
signed by the CA root authority certificate.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6 wmanIfSsNotificationObjectsTable
OID: { wmanIfSsTrapDefinitions 1 }
Description from Standards: This table contains SS notification objects that have been
reported by the trap.
Network Element: MSS(HPVM)
1.6.6.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 611 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6.2 wmanIfSsMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The MAC address of the SS generating the trap.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6.3 wmanIfSsUnknownTlv
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Indicating the value of the unknown TLV.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6.4 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object indicates the dynamic service flow
creation command type.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {ssSfCreationReq(1),
R02.00.01.08 Page 612 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

ssSfCreationRsp(2),
ssSfCreationAck(3)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6.5 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceFailReason
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object indicates the reason why the service flow
creation has failed.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6.6 wmanIfSsRssiStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: A RSSI alarm is generated if the RSSI is lower than
wmanIfSsRssiLowThreshold, or above
wmanIfSsRssiHighThreshold after alarm is restored.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {ssRssiAlarm(1),
ssRssiNoAlarm(2)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.6.7 wmanIfSsRssiStatusInfo
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object provides additional information about RSSI
alarm. It is implementation specific
R02.00.01.08 Page 613 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkChannelTable
REFERENCE: Subclause 11.3.1, table 349 and 353, in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.6.7.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaCtBasedResvTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of UL-MAPs to receive before contention-based
reservation is attempted again for the same connection.
R02.00.01.08 Page 614 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaUplinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaPeriodicRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 615 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaBWReqCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffStart
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Initial backoff window size for periodic ranging
contention, expressed as a power of 2.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaPerRngBackoffEnd
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 616 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
expressed as a power of 2.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaStartOfRngCodes
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaPermutationBase
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 617 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaBinStatRepMAXPeriod
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: Frame
Description from Standards: This object defines the OFDMA bin status reporting
maximum period.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.12 wmanIfSsOfdmaSafetyChaRetryTimer
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: Frame
Description from Standards: This object defines the OFDMA safety channel retry
timer.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.7.13 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayULBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
twoframesoffset(2),
R02.00.01.08 Page 618 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkChannelTable
1.6.8.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.2 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsEIRP
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
R02.00.01.08 Page 619 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.3 wmanIfSsOfdmaTTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.4 wmanIfSsOfdmaRTG
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.5 wmanIfSsOfdmaInitRngMaxRSS
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: dBm
R02.00.01.08 Page 620 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.6 wmanIfSsOfdmaDownlinkCenterFreq
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: kHz
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.7 wmanIfSsOfdmaBsId
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.8 wmanIfSsOfdmaMacVersion
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 621 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.8.9 wmanIfSsOfdmaFrameDurationCode
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
duration2ms(1),
duration2dot5ms(2),
duration4ms(3),
duration5ms(4),
duration8ms(5),
duration10ms(6),
duration20ms(8)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.10 wmanIfSsOfdmaSizeCqichIdField
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
0 = Reserved
1 = 3 bits
2 = 4 bits
3 = 5 bits
4 = 6 bits
5 = 7 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 9 bits
8...255 = Reserved
fourbits(2),
fivebits(3),
sixbits(4),
sevenbits(5),
eightbits(6),
ninebits(7)}
R02.00.01.08 Page 622 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.8.11 wmanIfSsOfdmaHARQAackDelayBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
twoframesoffset(2),
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleTable
with service flows.
1.6.9.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
R02.00.01.08 Page 623 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.3 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: An index is assigned to each classifier in the classifiers
table
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.4 wmanIfCmnClassifierRulePriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The value specifies the order of evaluation of the
classifiers. The higher the value the higher the
priority. The value of 0 is used as default in
provisioned service flows classifiers. The default
value of 64 is used for dynamic service flow classifiers.
, this object reports the default value as defined above
R02.00.01.08 Page 624 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Access: -
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.5 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosLow
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.6 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosHigh
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
, this object reports the value of 0.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.7 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpTosMask
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The mask value is bitwise ANDed with TOS byte in an IP
packet and this value is used for the range checking of
TosLow and TosHigh. If the referenced parameter is not
present in a classifier, this object reports the value
of 0.
R02.00.01.08 Page 625 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.8 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpProtocol
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.9 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
ANDed with the wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask value
equals the wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr value.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.10 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 626 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


ANDed with the
wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceMask value equals the
wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpSourceAddr value.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.11 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestAddr
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.12 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleIpDestMask
OID: <optional>
Type: InetAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 627 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.13 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortStart
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
TCP/UDP source port numbers to which a packet is compared
. This object is irrelevant for non-TCP/UDP IP packets.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.14 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleSourcePortEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.15 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortStart
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 628 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.9.16 wmanIfCmnClassifierRuleDestPortEnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
65535.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.10 wmanIfCmnPhsRuleTable
Need help to identify if we need to support PHS.
Description from Standards: This table contains PHS rule dictionary entries. Each
entry contains the data of the header to be suppressed
along with its identification - PHSI. The classifier
uniquely maps packets to its associated PHS Rule. The
receiving entity uses the CID and the PHSI to restore the
PHSF. Once a PHSF has been assigned to a PHSI, it shall
not be changed. To change the value of a PHSF on a
service flow, a new PHS rule shall be defined, the old
rule is removed from the service flow, and the new rule
is added. When a classifier is deleted, any associated
PHS rule shall also be deleted.
REFERENCE: Subclause 5.2.3 in IEEE 802.16-2004
R02.00.01.08 Page 629 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.10.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.10.3 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: The PHSI (PHS Index) has a value between 1 and 255, which
uniquely references the suppressed byte string. The index
is unique per service flow. The uplink and downlink PHSI
values are independent of each other.
R02.00.01.08 Page 630 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.10.4 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsField
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The PHSF (PHS Field) is a string of bytes containing the
header information to be suppressed by the sending CS and
reconstructed by the receiving CS. The most significant
byte of the string corresponds to the first byte of the
CS-SDU.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.10.5 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsMask
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The PHSM An 8-bit mask that indicates which bytes in the
PHS Field (PHSF) to suppress and which bytes to not
suppress. The PHSM allows fields, such as sequence numbers
or checksums (which vary in value), to be excluded from
suppression with the constant bytes around them suppressed.
It is encodded as follows:
bit 0:
bit 1:
bit x:
0 = don't suppress the (x+1) byte of the suppression
field
(wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsSize/8).
R02.00.01.08 Page 631 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.10.6 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: The value of this field - PHSS is the total number of bytes
in the header to be suppressed and then restored in a
service flow that uses PHS.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.10.7 wmanIfCmnPhsRulePhsVerify
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11 wmanIfCmnCpsServiceFlowTable
Description from Standards: This table contains Service Flow managed objects that
are common in BS and SS.
R02.00.01.08 Page 632 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.11.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.2 wmanIfCmnCpsSfMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: When this table is implemented on the basestation, this
object contains the SS Mac address, the reported service
flow was created for. On the SS, the value returned is
the SS's own Mac address.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
Stereotype: Index
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 633 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.11.4 wmanIfCmnCpsSfCid
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfCidType
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: A 16 bit channel identifier to identify the connection
being created by DSA.
Range from Standards: WmanIfCidType
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.5 wmanIfCmnCpsSfDirection
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: An attribute indicating the service flow is downstream or
upstream.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {downstream(1),
upstream(2)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.6 wmanIfCmnCpsSfState
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfSfState
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: wmanIfCmnCpsSfState indicates the service flow state:
Authorized (1), Admitted (2), and Active (3) service
flow state.
Range from Standards: WmanIfSfState
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 634 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.11.7 wmanIfCmnCpsTrafficPriority
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
based on this priority
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.8 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxSustainedRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
the system.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.9 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxTrafficBurst
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: This parameter defines the maximum burst size that
must be accommodated for the service.
R02.00.01.08 Page 635 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.10 wmanIfCmnCpsMinReservedRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.11 wmanIfCmnCpsToleratedJitter
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.12 wmanIfCmnCpsMaxLatency
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: millisecond
R02.00.01.08 Page 636 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.13 wmanIfCmnCpsFixedVsVariableSduInd
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Default Value from Standards: variableLength
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies whether the SDUs
on the service flow are variable-length (0) or
fixed-length (1). The parameter is used only if
packing is on for the service flow. The default value
is 0, i.e.,variable-length SDUs.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {variableLength(0),
fixedLength(1)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.14 wmanIfCmnCpsSduSize
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: The value of this parameter specifies the length of the
SDU for a fixed-length SDU service flow. This parameter
is used only if packing is on and the service flow is
indicated as carrying fixed-length SDUs. The default
value is 49 bytes, i.e., VC-switched ATM cells with PHS.
The parameter is relevant for both ATM and Packet
Convergence Sublayers.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 637 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.11.15 wmanIfCmnCpsSfSchedulingType
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.16 wmanIfCmnCpsArqEnable
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: True(1) ARQ enabling is requested for the connection.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.17 wmanIfCmnCpsArqWindowSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 638 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.11.18 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 10 us
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.19 wmanIfCmnCpsArqSyncLossTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 10 us
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.20 wmanIfCmnCpsArqDeliverInOrder
OID: <optional>
Type: TruthValue
InitialValue: ,,,
originating MAC.
R02.00.01.08 Page 639 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.21 wmanIfCmnCpsArqRxPurgeTimeout
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: 10 us
Infinite.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.22 wmanIfCmnCpsArqBlockSize
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: byte
Description from Standards: This value of this parameter specifies the size of an
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.23 wmanIfCmnCpsMinRsvdTolerableRate
OID: <optional>
Type: Unsigned32
InitialValue: ,,,
Units: b/s
Description from Standards: Minimum Tolerable Traffic Rate = R (bits/sec) with
time base T(sec) means the following. Let S denote
R02.00.01.08 Page 640 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

additional demand accumulated at the MAC SAP of the

transmitter during an arbitrary time interval of the
length T. Then the amount of data forwarded at the
receiver to CS (in bits) during this interval should
be not less than min {S, R * T}.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.24 wmanIfCmnCpsReqTxPolicy
OID: <optional>
Type: BITS
InitialValue: ,,,
reserved1(1),
noPiggybackReq(2),
noFragmentData(3),
noPHS(4),
noSduPacking(5),
noCrc(6),
reserved2(7)}
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.25 wmanIfCmnSfCsSpecification
OID: <optional>
Type: WmanIfCsSpecification
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This parameter specifies the convergence sublayer
encapsulation mode.
Range from Standards: WmanIfCsSpecification
R02.00.01.08 Page 641 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.11.26 wmanIfCmnCpsTargetSaid
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The target SAID parameter indicates the SAID onto
which the service flow being set up shall be mapped.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.12 wmanDevSsConfigFileEncodingTable
OID: { wmanDevSsObjects 1 }
SS object group – containing tables and objects to be implemented in
the Subscriber station
Description from Standards: This table contains configuration file encoding
information of the SS.
REFERENCE: Section 11.2 in IEEE 802.16-2004
1.6.12.1 wmanDevSsDeviceIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
Description from Standards: An arbitrary index. Must have value of 1.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 642 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.12.2 wmanDevSsVendorId
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This value identifies the managed SS vendor to which the
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.12.3 wmanDevSsHwId
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This value identifies the hardware version to which the
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.12.4 wmanDevSsSwVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This value identifies the software version of the software
upgrade file. The value is administered by the vendor
identifed in the Vendor ID field. It should be defined by
the vendor to be unique with respect to a given hardware
ID.
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 643 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

device
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
to reset itself
should be ignored
Category: Action
Scope: Per BTS
HPVM Impact: online
MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
R02.00.01.08 Page 644 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

bundle.
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 645 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.15 ifTable


R02.00.01.08 Page 646 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.15.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
initialization.
Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: PhysAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
For example:
48.
0011 0101 0111 1011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0001 0000 1000 0000
R02.00.01.08 Page 647 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

C A E D 8 4 0 0 8 0 1 0
modification.

Management Domain.

CAPCs)
CAPCs)

Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 648 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


1.6.16.1 radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Response packets
received from unknown addresses.
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 649 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Stereotype: Index
communicates.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.2 radiusAuthClientRoundTripTime
OID: <optional>
Type: TimeTicks
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The time interval (in hundredths of a second) between
the most recent Access-Reply/Access-Challenge and the
Access-Request that matched it from this RADIUS
authentication server.
Range from Standards: TimeTicks
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.3 radiusAuthClientAccessRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Request/Response statistics
R02.00.01.08 Page 650 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

TotalIncomingPackets = Accepts + Rejects + Challenges + UnknownTypes
TotalIncomingPackets - MalformedResponses - BadAuthenticators -

UnknownTypes - PacketsDropped = Successfully received
AccessRequests + PendingRequests + ClientTimeouts =

Successfully Received
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets sent
to this server. This does not include retransmissions.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.4 radiusAuthClientAccessRetransmissions
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets
retransmitted to this RADIUS authentication server.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.5 radiusAuthClientAccessAccepts
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Accept packets
(valid or invalid) received from this server.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 651 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.17.6 radiusAuthClientAccessRejects
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Reject packets
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.7 radiusAuthClientAccessChallenges
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Challenge packets
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.8 radiusAuthClientMalformedAccessResponses
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: "Access-Response" includes an Access-Accept, Access-Challenge
or Access-Reject
Description from Standards: The number of malformed RADIUS Access-Response
packets received from this server.
Malformed packets include packets with
an invalid length. Bad authenticators or
Signature attributes or unknown types are not
included as malformed access responses.
R02.00.01.08 Page 652 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.9 radiusAuthClientBadAuthenticators
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
containing invalid authenticators or Signature
attributes received from this server.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.10 radiusAuthClientPendingRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Gauge32
InitialValue: ,,,
destined for this server that have not yet timed out
or received a response. This variable is incremented
when an Access-Request is sent and decremented due to
receipt of an Acess-Accept, Access-Reject or
Access-Challenge, a timeout or retransmission.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.11 radiusAuthClientTimeouts
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of authentication timeouts to this server.
After a timeout the client may retry to the same
server, send to a different server, or
give up. A retry to the same server is counted as a
retransmit as well as a timeout. A send to a different
server is counted as a Request as well as a timeout.
R02.00.01.08 Page 653 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.12 radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS packets of unknown type which
were received from this server on the authentication port.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.17.13 radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS packets of which were
received from this server on the authentication port
and dropped for some other reason.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.18 wmanMssFreqConfigTable
The table defines the MSS's Chan Frequency Bandwidth supported.
R02.00.01.08 Page 654 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.18.1 wmanMssFreqConfigIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.18.2 wmanMssFreqConfigBand
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Frequency band a device is configured to use.
A device model may support a couple of frequency bands.

Motorola Default Value: Default load in FAC
Motorola Range: 700MHz(0), 2.3GHz(1), 2.5GHz(2), 3.5GHz(3)
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.18.3 wmanMssFreqConfigChannelBw
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Description from Standards: Bandwidth of the frequency band.

Motorola Default Value: 4, Load in FAC
Motorola Range: 1 = 3.5 MHz
2 = 5 MHz
3 = 7 MHz
4 = 10 MHz
R02.00.01.08 Page 655 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.18.4 wmanMssFreqConfigRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.19 wmanMssSpFreqTable
This table defines the preferred frequency list that the MSS should scan during network entry. The
frequency list will be service provider specific. This table will always be loaded in factory. It is not a
mandatory configuration from the EMS. The operator can change it if needed.
1.6.19.1 wmanMssSpFreqIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.19.2 wmanMssSpFrequency
OID: <optional>
R02.00.01.08 Page 656 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Type: Unsigned32
Units: kHz
Motorola Implementation: Preferred scan frequency (kHz) in multiples of 250.
Description from Standards: The frequencies the MSS shall scan through. Loaded in factory, but may be
turned per service provider.
Motorola Default Value: Load in FAC.
Presentation Name: Frequency Scan List
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.19.3 wmanMssSpFreqRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.20 wmanMssNapNspTable
Presentation Name: Network Access Provider To Network Service Provider Mapping

OID: {wmanMssPrivate 4}
This tables defines the NAPs that the MSS should attach to along with the NSPs mapping to the NAPs.
R02.00.01.08 Page 657 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.20.1 wmanMssNapNspIndex
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Stereotype: Index
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.20.2 wmanMssNap
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Description from Standards: Network Access Provider ID - Follow the model of service provider tuned in
the factory.
NAP ID is a globally unique identifier of WiMax access network provider.
The upper 24 bits of BS ID (called also Operator ID in 802.16-2004) is set to NAP ID.
This attribute is used to match the NAP ID that is found in the BS ID of the DL_MAP.
Motorola Default Value: n/a (this is ASN dependent. Unless this is a fixed CPE there is no default data.)
Presentation Name: NAP ID
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.20.3 wmanMssNspId
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
Description from Standards: Network Service Provider ID - Follow the model of svc provider tuned in the
factory.
NSP ID is a globally unique identifier of a WiMax network service provider.
This is the 24-bit operator ID.
pre-provisioning)
Presentation Name: NSP ID
R02.00.01.08 Page 658 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
1.6.20.4 wmanMssNspRealm
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: This is the NSP realm.
pre-provisioning)
Presentation Name: NSP Realm
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.20.5 wmanMssNapNspRowStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: RowStatus
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21 wmanMssInfo
Presentation Name: Device Information

R02.00.01.08 Page 659 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.21.1 wmanMssInfoNai
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: This is the NAI of the address. The format is username@domain.com.
Description from Standards: Network Access Identifier of the device.

Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Network Access Identifier
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.2 wmanMssInfoModelNum
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Device model number used to track different tiers and features of the device
as the whole.
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.3 wmanMssInfoSerialNum
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Device serial number.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Serial Number
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 660 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.21.4 wmanMssInfoHwRev
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Hardware Identifier used for the revision number of the host board and radio
board.
Category: Inventory
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.5 wmanMssInfoSwVersion
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Software Version.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Software Version
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.6 wmanMssInfoConfigVerNum
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Configuration Version Number of the CPE.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Configuration Version Number
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.7 wmanMssInfoDomainName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Service Provider's Domain Name
R02.00.01.08 Page 661 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Service Provider's Domain Name
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.8 wmanMssInfoUserName
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Motorola Implementation: CPE Customer's user name.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: CPE Customer's user name

HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.9 wmanMssInfoVendorId
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Description from Standards: Vendor Id.
Category: Inventory
Presentation Name: Vendor Id
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.21.10 wmanMssSnmpV3KeyLifetime
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Motorola Implementation: Action variable initiated by the EMS to reset the SNMPv3 key expiration time
on the CPE/HPVM with a SNMP operation.
R02.00.01.08 Page 662 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Description from Standards: The value shall be derived by the model.

Range from Standards: INTEGER {No(0),
Yes(1)}

Category: Action
HPVM Impact: online

ICD
1.6.22.1 wmanMssRssiDnlink
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
Units: dB
Motorola Implementation: Measurement of downlink RSSI (received signal
strength indicator) in dBm
Description from Standards: Measurement of downlink RSSI (received signal
strength indicator) in dB.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.2 wmanMssHarqRetrySnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 663 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Motorola Implementation: Number of HARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.

Description from Standards: Number of HARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.3 wmanMssHarqRetryRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of HARQ retries received by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of HARQ retries received by the MSS.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.4 wmanMssHarqRetryExceeded
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of HARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
Description from Standards: Number of HARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 664 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.22.5 wmanMssArqRetrySnd
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of ARQ retries transmitted by the MSS.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.6 wmanMssArqRetryRcv
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARQ retries received by the MSS.
Description from Standards: Number of ARQ retries received by the MSS.
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.7 wmanMssArqRetryExceeded
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of ARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
Description from Standards: Number of ARQ sub-bursts that have been
each time.
R02.00.01.08 Page 665 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 666 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 667 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
R02.00.01.08 Page 668 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 669 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.20 wmanMssInitRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of initial ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of initial ranging failures
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.21 wmanMssPeriodicRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of periodic ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of periodic ranging failures
HPVM Impact: online
R02.00.01.08 Page 670 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.6.22.22 wmanMssBandwidthRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of bandwidth ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of bandwidth ranging failures
HPVM Impact: online
1.6.22.23 wmanMssHoRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Handover ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of Handover ranging failures
HPVM Impact: online
1.7 Name: MSSConfiguration
1.7.1 wmanIfSsNotificationObjectsTable
OID: { wmanIfSsTrapDefinitions 1 }
Description from Standards: This table contains SS notification objects that have been
reported by the trap.
R02.00.01.08 Page 671 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.7.1.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
initialization.
1.7.1.2 wmanIfSsMacAddress
OID: <optional>
Type: MacAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The MAC address of the SS generating the trap.
1.7.1.3 wmanIfSsUnknownTlv
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: Indicating the value of the unknown TLV.
1.7.1.4 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceType
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object indicates the dynamic service flow
creation command type.
R02.00.01.08 Page 672 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Range from Standards: INTEGER {ssSfCreationReq(1),

ssSfCreationRsp(2),
ssSfCreationAck(3)}
1.7.1.5 wmanIfSsDynamicServiceFailReason
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object indicates the reason why the service flow
creation has failed.
1.7.1.6 wmanIfSsRssiStatus
OID: <optional>
Type: INTEGER
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: A RSSI alarm is generated if the RSSI is lower than
wmanIfSsRssiLowThreshold, or above
wmanIfSsRssiHighThreshold after alarm is restored.
Range from Standards: INTEGER {ssRssiAlarm(1),
ssRssiNoAlarm(2)}
1.7.1.7 wmanIfSsRssiStatusInfo
OID: <optional>
Type: OCTET STRING
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: This object provides additional information about RSSI
alarm. It is implementation specific
R02.00.01.08 Page 673 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


MAXACCESS:
REFERENCE:
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
bundle.
Category: Inventory
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
R02.00.01.08 Page 674 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Category: Inventory
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
OID: <optional>
Type: DisplayString
Category: Inventory
1.7.3 ifTable
R02.00.01.08 Page 675 of 761 WMX-ICD-015



1.7.3.1 ifIndex
OID: <optional>
Stereotype: Index
initialization.
Category: Inventory
CAPC-->Payload Card
CPE/HPVM-->Device
OID: <optional>
Type: PhysAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 676 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

For example:
48.
0011 0101 0111 1011 0001 0010 0000 0000 0001 0000 1000 0000
C A E D 8 4 0 0 8 0 1 0
modification.

Management Domain.

CAPCs)
CAPCs)

Category: Inventory
R02.00.01.08 Page 677 of 761 WMX-ICD-015



1.7.4.1 radiusAuthClientInvalidServerAddresses
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
received from unknown addresses.
OID: <optional>
InitialValue: ,,,
R02.00.01.08 Page 678 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
Stereotype: Index
communicates.
OID: <optional>
Type: IpAddress
InitialValue: ,,,
CAPC proxy.).
Scope: Per CAPC
R02.00.01.08 Page 679 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OID: <optional>
Type: Integer32
InitialValue: 1812 ,1812 ,1812 ,1812
Scope: Per CAPC
1.7.5.4 radiusAuthClientRoundTripTime
OID: <optional>
Type: TimeTicks
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The time interval (in hundredths of a second) between
the most recent Access-Reply/Access-Challenge and the
Access-Request that matched it from this RADIUS
authentication server.
Range from Standards: TimeTicks
1.7.5.5 radiusAuthClientAccessRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: Request/Response statistics
TotalIncomingPackets = Accepts + Rejects + Challenges + UnknownTypes
TotalIncomingPackets - MalformedResponses - BadAuthenticators -

UnknownTypes - PacketsDropped = Successfully received
AccessRequests + PendingRequests + ClientTimeouts =

Successfully Received
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets sent
to this server. This does not include retransmissions.
R02.00.01.08 Page 680 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.7.5.6 radiusAuthClientAccessRetransmissions
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
retransmitted to this RADIUS authentication server.
1.7.5.7 radiusAuthClientAccessAccepts
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Accept packets
1.7.5.8 radiusAuthClientAccessRejects
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Reject packets
R02.00.01.08 Page 681 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.7.5.9 radiusAuthClientAccessChallenges
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS Access-Challenge packets
1.7.5.10 radiusAuthClientMalformedAccessResponses
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Motorola Implementation: "Access-Response" includes an Access-Accept, Access-Challenge
or Access-Reject
Description from Standards: The number of malformed RADIUS Access-Response
packets received from this server.
Malformed packets include packets with
an invalid length. Bad authenticators or
Signature attributes or unknown types are not
included as malformed access responses.
1.7.5.11 radiusAuthClientBadAuthenticators
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
containing invalid authenticators or Signature
attributes received from this server.
R02.00.01.08 Page 682 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.7.5.12 radiusAuthClientPendingRequests
OID: <optional>
Type: Gauge32
InitialValue: ,,,
destined for this server that have not yet timed out
or received a response. This variable is incremented
when an Access-Request is sent and decremented due to
receipt of an Acess-Accept, Access-Reject or
Access-Challenge, a timeout or retransmission.
1.7.5.13 radiusAuthClientTimeouts
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of authentication timeouts to this server.
After a timeout the client may retry to the same
server, send to a different server, or
give up. A retry to the same server is counted as a
retransmit as well as a timeout. A send to a different
server is counted as a Request as well as a timeout.
1.7.5.14 radiusAuthClientUnknownTypes
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS packets of unknown type which
were received from this server on the authentication port.
R02.00.01.08 Page 683 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.7.5.15 radiusAuthClientPacketsDropped
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
InitialValue: ,,,
Description from Standards: The number of RADIUS packets of which were
received from this server on the authentication port
and dropped for some other reason.

ICD
1.7.6.1 wmanMssHoRangingFail
OID: <optional>
Type: Counter32
Motorola Implementation: Number of Handover ranging failures
Description from Standards: Number of Handover ranging failures
1.8 Appendix: Textual Convention Definition

The following table shows the Textual Conventions used as base MIB types on many attributes throughout
the information model. A Textual Convention is a way in SNMP to create new data-type-like definitions.
R02.00.01.08 Page 684 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Textual Conventions allow for the definition of additional restrictions to be specified for an existing ASN.1
type without creating a new tag (data type). 1
Please note that Textual Conventions specify a full range of allowable values and that the range defined for
the MIB attribute must be used when available.
1
http://www3.ietf.org
R02.00.01.08 Page 685 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Textual Description Status Motorola Reference Hint Type

Convention Interpretatio
n
Represents an independently current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> OBJECT IDENTIFIER
Autonomo extensible type identification CONVENTION
usType value. It may, for example,
indicate a particular sub-tree
with further MIB definitions, or
define a particular type of
protocol or hardware.
A date-time specification. current TEXTUAL- <optional> 2d-1d- OCTET STRING (SIZE (8 |
DateAndT field octets contents CONVENTION 1d,1d:1d:1 11))
ime range d.1d,1a1d:
----- ------ -------- 1d
-----
1 1-2 year* 0..65536
2 3 month 1..12
3 4 day 1..31
4 5 hour 0..23
5 6 minutes
0..59
6 7 seconds
0..60 (use 60 for leap-
second)
7 8 deci-seconds
0..9
8 9 direction from UTC
'+' / '-'
9 10 hours from UTC*
0..13
10 11 minutes from UTC
0..59
* Notes:
- the value of year is in
network-byte order
- daylight saving time in New
Zealand is +13
For example, Tuesday May 26, 1992
at 1:30:15 PM EDT would be
R02.00.01.08 Page 686 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

displayed as:
1992-5-26,13:30:15.0,-4:0
Upon initialization, or upon current -- Diffie- <optional> OCTET STRING

DHKeyCha creation of a row containing an Hellman
nge object of this type, and after Key-
any successful SET of this value, Agreement
a Standard,
GET of this value returns 'y' PKCS #3;
where y = g^xa MOD p, and where g RSA
is Laboratori
the base from usmDHParameters, p es,
is the prime from November
usmDHParameters, and xa is a new 1993
random integer selected by the
agent in the interval 2^(l-1) <=
xa < 2^l < p-1. 'l' is the
optional privateValueLength from
usmDHParameters in bits. If 'l'
is omitted, then xa (and xr
below) is selected in the
interval 0
<= xa < p-1. y is expressed as
an OCTET STRING 'PV' of length
'k'
which satisfies
k
y = SUM 2^(8(k-i)) PV'i
i=1
where PV1,...,PVk are the

octets of PV from first to last,
and
where PV1 <> 0.
A successful SET consists of the

value 'y' expressed as an OCTET
STRING as above concatenated with
the value 'z'(expressed as an
R02.00.01.08 Page 687 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OCTET STRING in the same manner

as y) where z = g^xr MOD p, where
g, p and l are as above, and
where xr is a new random integer
selected by the manager in the
interval 2^(l-1) <= xr < 2^l <
p-1. A SET to an object of this
type will fail with the error
wrongValue if the current 'y'
does not match the 'y' portion of
the value of the varbind for the
object. (E.g. GET yout, SET
concat(yin, z), yout <> yin).
Note that the private values xa

and xr are never transmitted from
manager to device or vice versa,
only the values y and z.
Obviously, these values must be
retained until a successful SET
on
the associated object.
The shared secret 'sk' is

calculated at the agent as sk =
z^xa MOD
p, and at the manager as sk =
y^xr MOD p.
Each object definition of this

type MUST describe how to map
from
the shared secret 'sk' to the
operational key value used by the
protocols and operations related
to the object. In general, if n
bits of key are required, the
author suggests using the n
right-most bits of the shared
secret as the operational key
R02.00.01.08 Page 688 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

value.
Represents textual information current TEXTUAL- <optional> 255a OCTET STRING (SIZE
DisplayS taken from the NVT ASCII CONVENTION (0..255))
tring character set, as defined in
pages 4, 10-11 of RFC 854.
To summarize RFC 854, the NVT
ASCII repertoire specifies:
- the use of character codes 0-
127 (decimal)
- the graphics characters (32-
126) are interpreted as US ASCII
- NUL, LF, CR, BEL, BS, HT, VT
and FF have the special meanings
specified in RFC 854
- the other 25 codes have no
standard interpretation
- the sequence 'CR LF' means
newline
- the sequence 'CR NUL' means
carriage-return
- an 'LF' not preceded by a 'CR'
means moving to the same column
on the next line.
- the sequence 'CR x' for any x
other than LF or NUL is illegal.
(Note that this also means that a
string may end with either 'CR
LF' or 'CR NUL', but not with
CR.)
Any object defined using this
syntax may not exceed 255
characters in length.
This data type is used as the current <optional> INTEGER {
IANAifTy syntax of the ifType other(1),
pe object in the (updated) -- none of the following
definition of MIB-II's regular1822(2),
ifTable. hdh1822(3),
ddnX25(4),
The definition of this textual rfc877x25(5),
convention with the ethernetCsmacd(6),
R02.00.01.08 Page 689 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

addition of newly assigned values -- for all ethernet-like

is published interfaces,
periodically by the IANA, in
either the Assigned -- regardless of speed,
Numbers RFC, or some derivative as per RFC3635
of it specific to iso88023Csmacd(7),
Internet Network Management -- Deprecated via RFC-
number assignments. (The draft-ietf-hubmib-
latest arrangements can be etherif-mib-v3
obtained by contacting the ethernetCsmacd (6) should
IANA.) be used instead
iso88024TokenBus(8)
Requests for new values should be ,
made to IANA via iso88025TokenRing(9
email (iana@iana.org). ),
iso88026Man(10),
The relationship between the starLan(11), --
assignment of ifType Deprecated via RFC-draft-
values and of OIDs to particular ietf-hubmib-etherif-mib-
media-specific MIBs v3 ethernetCsmacd (6)
is solely the purview of IANA and should be used instead
is subject to change proteon10Mbit(12),
without notice. Quite often, a proteon80Mbit(13),
media-specific MIB's hyperchannel(14),
OID-subtree assignment within fddi(15),
MIB-II's 'transmission' lapb(16),
subtree will be the same as its sdlc(17),
ifType value. ds1(18),
However, in some circumstances -- DS1-MIB
this will not be the e1(19),
case, and implementors must not -- Obsolete see DS1-MIB
pre-assume any basicISDN(20),
specific relationship between primaryISDN(21),
ifType values and propPointToPointSer
transmission subtree OIDs. ial(22), -- proprietary
serial
ppp(23),
softwareLoopback(24
),
eon(25),
R02.00.01.08 Page 690 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

-- CLNP over IP
ethernet3Mbit(26),
nsip(27),
-- XNS over IP
slip(28),
-- generic SLIP
ultra(29),
-- ULTRA technologies
ds3(30),
-- DS3-MIB
sip(31),
-- SMDS, coffee
frameRelay(32),
-- DTE only.
rs232(33),
para(34),
-- parallel-port
arcnet(35),
-- arcnet
arcnetPlus(36),
-- arcnet plus
atm(37),
-- ATM cells
miox25(38),
sonet(39),
-- SONET or SDH
x25ple(40),
iso88022llc(41),
localTalk(42),
smdsDxi(43),
frameRelayService(4
4), -- FRNETSERV-MIB
v35(45),
hssi(46),
hippi(47),
modem(48),
-- Generic modem
aal5(49),
-- AAL5 over ATM
sonetPath(50),
R02.00.01.08 Page 691 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

sonetVT(51),
smdsIcip(52),
-- SMDS InterCarrier
Interface
propVirtual(53),
-- proprietary
virtual/internal
propMultiplexor(54)
,-- proprietary
multiplexing
ieee80212(55),
-- 100BaseVG
fibreChannel(56),
-- Fibre Channel
hippiInterface(57),
-- HIPPI interfaces
frameRelayInterconn
ect(58), -- Obsolete use
either
-- frameRelay(32) or
-- frameRelayService(44).
aflane8023(59),
-- ATM Emulated LAN for
802.3
aflane8025(60),
-- ATM Emulated LAN for
802.5
cctEmul(61),
-- ATM Emulated circuit
fastEther(62),
-- Obsoleted via RFC-
draft-ietf-hubmib-
etherif-mib-v3
ethernetCsmacd (6) should
be used instead
isdn(63),
-- ISDN and X.25
v11(64),
R02.00.01.08 Page 692 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

-- CCITT V.11/X.21
v36(65),
-- CCITT V.36
g703at64k(66),
-- CCITT G703 at 64Kbps
g703at2mb(67),
-- Obsolete see DS1-MIB
qllc(68),
-- SNA QLLC
fastEtherFX(69),
-- Obsoleted via RFC-
draft-ietf-hubmib-
etherif-mib-v3
be used instead
channel(70),
-- channel
ieee80211(71),
-- radio spread spectrum
ibm370parChan(72),
-- IBM System 360/370
OEMI Channel
escon(73),
-- IBM Enterprise Systems
Connection
dlsw(74),
-- Data Link Switching
isdns(75),
-- ISDN S/T interface
isdnu(76),
-- ISDN U interface
lapd(77),
-- Link Access Protocol D
ipSwitch(78),
-- IP Switching Objects
rsrb(79),
-- Remote Source Route
Bridging
atmLogical(80),
-- ATM Logical Port
R02.00.01.08 Page 693 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

ds0(81),
-- Digital Signal Level 0
ds0Bundle(82),
-- group of ds0s on the
same ds1
bsc(83),
-- Bisynchronous Protocol
async(84),
-- Asynchronous Protocol
cnr(85),
-- Combat Net Radio
iso88025Dtr(86),
-- ISO 802.5r DTR
eplrs(87),
-- Ext Pos Loc Report Sys
arap(88),
-- Appletalk Remote
Access Protocol
propCnls(89),
-- Proprietary
Connectionless Protocol
hostPad(90),
-- CCITT-ITU X.29 PAD
Protocol
termPad(91),
-- CCITT-ITU X.3 PAD
Facility
frameRelayMPI(92),
-- Multiproto
Interconnect over FR
x213(93),
-- CCITT-ITU X213
adsl(94),
-- Asymmetric Digital
Subscriber Loop
radsl(95),
-- Rate-Adapt. Digital
Subscriber Loop
sdsl(96),
-- Symmetric Digital
R02.00.01.08 Page 694 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Subscriber Loop
vdsl(97),
-- Very H-Speed Digital
Subscrib. Loop
iso88025CRFPInt(98)
, -- ISO 802.5 CRFP
myrinet(99),
-- Myricom Myrinet
voiceEM(100),
-- voice recEive and
transMit
voiceFXO(101),
-- voice Foreign Exchange
Office
voiceFXS(102),
-- voice Foreign Exchange
Station
voiceEncap(103),
-- voice encapsulation
voiceOverIp(104),
-- voice over IP
encapsulation
atmDxi(105),
-- ATM DXI
atmFuni(106),
-- ATM FUNI
atmIma (107),
-- ATM IMA
pppMultilinkBundle(
108), -- PPP Multilink
Bundle
ipOverCdlc (109),
-- IBM ipOverCdlc
ipOverClaw (110),
-- IBM Common Link Access
to Workstn
stackToStack (111),
-- IBM stackToStack
virtualIpAddress
(112), -- IBM VIPA
R02.00.01.08 Page 695 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

mpc (113),
-- IBM multi-protocol
channel support
ipOverAtm (114),
-- IBM ipOverAtm
iso88025Fiber
(115), -- ISO 802.5j
Fiber Token Ring
tdlc (116),
-- IBM twinaxial data
link control
gigabitEthernet
(117), -- Obsoleted via
RFC-draft-ietf-hubmib-
etherif-mib-v3
be used instead
hdlc (118),
-- HDLC
lapf (119),
-- LAP F
v37 (120),
-- V.37
x25mlp (121),
-- Multi-Link Protocol
x25huntGroup (122),
-- X25 Hunt Group
trasnpHdlc (123),
-- Transp HDLC
interleave (124),
-- Interleave channel
fast (125),
-- Fast channel
ip (126),
-- IP (for APPN HPR in IP
networks)
docsCableMaclayer
(127), -- CATV Mac Layer
docsCableDownstream
(128), -- CATV Downstream
R02.00.01.08 Page 696 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

interface
docsCableUpstream
(129), -- CATV Upstream
interface
a12MppSwitch (130),
-- Avalon Parallel
Processor
tunnel (131),
-- Encapsulation
interface
coffee (132),
-- coffee pot
ces (133),
-- Circuit Emulation
Service
atmSubInterface
(134), -- ATM Sub
Interface
l2vlan (135),
-- Layer 2 Virtual LAN
using 802.1Q
l3ipvlan (136),
using IP
l3ipxvlan (137),
using IPX
digitalPowerline
(138), -- IP over Power
Lines
mediaMailOverIp
(139), -- Multimedia Mail
over IP
dtm (140), -
- Dynamic syncronous
Transfer Mode
dcn (141), --
Data Communications
Network
ipForward (142),
R02.00.01.08 Page 697 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

-- IP Forwarding
Interface
msdsl (143),
-- Multi-rate Symmetric
DSL
ieee1394 (144), --
IEEE1394 High Performance
Serial Bus
if-gsn (145),
-- HIPPI-6400
dvbRccMacLayer
(146), -- DVB-RCC MAC
Layer
dvbRccDownstream
(147), -- DVB-RCC
Downstream Channel
dvbRccUpstream
(148), -- DVB-RCC
Upstream Channel
atmVirtual (149),
-- ATM Virtual Interface
mplsTunnel (150),
-- MPLS Tunnel Virtual
Interface
srp (151), --
Spatial Reuse Protocol
voiceOverAtm (152),
-- Voice Over ATM
voiceOverFrameRelay
(153), -- Voice Over
Frame Relay
idsl (154), -
- Digital Subscriber Loop
over ISDN
compositeLink
(155), -- Avici
Composite Link Interface
ss7SigLink (156),
-- SS7 Signaling Link
propWirelessP2P
R02.00.01.08 Page 698 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

(157), -- Prop. P2P

wireless interface
frForward (158),
-- Frame Forward
Interface
rfc1483 (159), -
- Multiprotocol over ATM
AAL5
usb (160), -
- USB Interface
ieee8023adLag
(161), -- IEEE 802.3ad
Link Aggregate
bgppolicyaccounting
(162), -- BGP Policy
Accounting
frf16MfrBundle
(163), -- FRF .16
Multilink Frame Relay
h323Gatekeeper
(164), -- H323 Gatekeeper
h323Proxy (165), --
H323 Voice and Video
Proxy
mpls (166), -- MPLS
mfSigLink (167), --
Multi-frequency signaling
link
hdsl2 (168), --
High Bit-Rate DSL - 2nd
generation
shdsl (169), --
Multirate HDSL2
ds1FDL (170), --
Facility Data Link 4Kbps
on a DS1
pos (171), --
Packet over SONET/SDH
Interface
dvbAsiIn (172), --
R02.00.01.08 Page 699 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

DVB-ASI Input
dvbAsiOut (173), --
DVB-ASI Output
plc (174), -- Power
Line Communtications
nfas (175), -- Non
Facility Associated
Signaling
tr008 (176), --
TR008
gr303RDT (177), --
Remote Digital Terminal
gr303IDT (178), --
Integrated Digital
Terminal
isup (179), -- ISUP
propDocsWirelessMac
layer (180), -- Cisco
proprietary Maclayer
propDocsWirelessDow
nstream (181), -- Cisco
proprietary Downstream
propDocsWirelessUps
tream (182), -- Cisco
proprietary Upstream
hiperlan2 (183), --
HIPERLAN Type 2 Radio
Interface
propBWAp2Mp (184),
--
PropBroadbandWirelessAcce
sspt2multipt
sonetOverheadChanne
l (185), -- SONET
Overhead Channel
digitalWrapperOverh
eadChannel (186), --
Digital Wrapper
aal2 (187), -- ATM
adaptation layer 2
R02.00.01.08 Page 700 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

radioMAC (188), --
MAC layer over radio
links
atmRadio (189), --
ATM over radio links
imt (190), -- Inter
Machine Trunks
mvl (191), --
Multiple Virtual Lines
DSL
reachDSL (192), --
Long Reach DSL
frDlciEndPt (193),
-- Frame Relay DLCI End
Point
atmVciEndPt (194),
-- ATM VCI End Point
opticalChannel
(195), -- Optical Channel
opticalTransport
(196), -- Optical
Transport
propAtm (197), --
Proprietary ATM
voiceOverCable
(198), -- Voice Over
Cable Interface
infiniband (199), -
- Infiniband
teLink (200), -- TE
Link
q2931 (201), --
Q.2931
virtualTg (202), --
Virtual Trunk Group
sipTg (203), -- SIP
Trunk Group
sipSig (204), --
SIP Signaling
docsCableUpstreamCh
R02.00.01.08 Page 701 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

annel (205), -- CATV

Upstream Channel
econet (206), --
Acorn Econet
pon155 (207), --
FSAN 155Mb Symetrical PON
interface
pon622 (208), --
FSAN622Mb Symetrical PON
interface
bridge (209), --
Transparent bridge
interface
linegroup (210), --
Interface common to
multiple lines
voiceEMFGD (211), -
- voice E&M Feature Group
D
voiceFGDEANA (212),
-- voice FGD Exchange
Access North American
voiceDID (213), --
voice Direct Inward
Dialing
mpegTransport
(214), -- MPEG transport
interface
sixToFour (215), --
6to4 interface
(DEPRECATED)
gtp (216), -- GTP
(GPRS Tunneling Protocol)
pdnEtherLoop1
(217), -- Paradyne
EtherLoop 1
pdnEtherLoop2
(218), -- Paradyne
EtherLoop 2
opticalChannelGroup
R02.00.01.08 Page 702 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

(219), -- Optical Channel

Group
homepna (220), --
HomePNA ITU-T G.989
gfp (221), --
Generic Framing Procedure
(GFP)
ciscoISLvlan (222),
using Cisco ISL
actelisMetaLOOP
(223), -- Acteleis
proprietary MetaLOOP High
Speed Link
fcipLink (224), --
FCIP Link
rpr (225), --
Resilient Packet Ring
Interface Type
qam (226), -- RF
Qam Interface
lmp (227), -- Link
Management Protocol
cblVectaStar (228)
-- Cambridge Broadband
Limited VectaStar
}
The encapsulation method used by current <optional> INTEGER {
IANAtunn a tunnel. The value other(1), --
elType direct indicates that a packet is none of the following
encapsulated direct(2), --
directly within a normal IP no intermediate header
header, with no gre(3), --
intermediate header, and unicast GRE encapsulation
to the remote tunnel minimal(4), --
endpoint (e.g., an RFC 2003 IP- Minimal encapsulation
in-IP tunnel, or an RFC l2tp(5), --
1933 IPv6-in-IPv4 tunnel). The L2TP encapsulation
value minimal indicates pptp(6), --
that a Minimal Forwarding Header PPTP encapsulation
R02.00.01.08 Page 703 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

(RFC 2004) is l2f(7), --

inserted between the outer header L2F encapsulation
and the payload udp(8), --
packet. The value UDP indicates UDP encapsulation
that the payload atmp(9), --
packet is encapsulated within a ATMP encapsulation
normal UDP packet msdp(10), --
(e.g., RFC 1234). MSDP encapsulation
sixToFour(11), --
The values sixToFour, 6to4 encapsulation
sixOverFour, and isatap sixOverFour(12), --
indicates that an IPv6 packet is 6over4 encapsulation
encapsulated directly isatap(13), --
within an IPv4 header, with no ISATAP encapsulation
intermediate header, teredo(14) --
and unicast to the destination Teredo encapsulation
determined by the 6to4, }
6over4, or ISATAP protocol.
The remaining protocol-specific

values indicate that a
header of the protocol of that
name is inserted
between the outer header and the
payload header.
The assignment policy for

IANAtunnelType values is
identical to the policy for
assigning IANAifType
values.
Denotes a generic Internet current <optional> OCTET STRING (SIZE
InetAddr address. (0..255))
ess
An InetAddress value is always
interpreted within the context
of an InetAddressType value.
Every usage of the InetAddress
textual convention is required to
specify the InetAddressType
R02.00.01.08 Page 704 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

object which provides the

context. It is suggested that
the
InetAddressType object is
logically registered before the
object(s) which use the
InetAddress textual convention if
they appear in the same logical
row.
The value of an InetAddress

object must always be
consistent with the value of the
associated InetAddressType
object. Attempts to set an
InetAddress object to a value
which is inconsistent with the
associated InetAddressType
must fail with an
inconsistentValue error.
When this textual convention is

used as the syntax of an
index object, there may be issues
with the limit of 128
sub-identifiers specified in
SMIv2, STD 58. In this case,
the object definition MUST
include a 'SIZE' clause to
limit the number of potential
instance sub-identifiers.
Represents an IPv4 network current <optional> 1d.1d.1d.1 OCTET STRING (SIZE (4))
InetAddr address: d
essIPv4
octets contents
encoding
1-4 IPv4 address
network-byte order
The corresponding InetAddressType
R02.00.01.08 Page 705 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

value is ipv4(1).
This textual convention SHOULD

NOT be used directly in object
definitions since it restricts
addresses to a specific format.
However, if it is used, it MAY be
used either on its own or in
conjunction with InetAddressType
as a pair.
A value that represents a type of current <optional> INTEGER {
InetAddr Internet address. unknown(0),
essType unknown(0) An unknown address ipv4(1),
type. This value MUST ipv6(2),
be used if the value ipv4z(3),
of the corresponding ipv6z(4),
InetAddress object is dns(16)
a zero-length string. }
It may also be used
to indicate an IP address
which is not in one
of the formats defined
below.
ipv4(1) An IPv4 address as

defined by the
InetAddressIPv4
textual convention.
ipv6(2) A global IPv6 address

as defined by the
InetAddressIPv6
textual convention.
ipv4z(3) A non-global IPv4

address including a zone
index as defined by
the InetAddressIPv4z
textual convention.
R02.00.01.08 Page 706 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

ipv6z(4) A non-global IPv6

address including a zone
index as defined by
the InetAddressIPv6z
textual convention.
dns(16) A DNS domain name as

defined by the
InetAddressDNS
textual convention.
Each definition of a concrete

InetAddressType value must be
accompanied by a definition of a
textual convention for use
with that InetAddressType.
To support future extensions, the

InetAddressType textual
convention SHOULD NOT be sub-
typed in object type definitions.
It MAY be sub-typed in compliance
statements in order to
require only a subset of these
address types for a compliant
implementation.
Implementations must ensure that

InetAddressType objects
and any dependent objects (e.g.

InetAddress objects) are
consistent. An inconsistentValue
error must be generated
if an attempt to change an
InetAddressType object would,
for example, lead to an undefined
InetAddress value. In
particular,
InetAddressType/InetAddress pairs
R02.00.01.08 Page 707 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

must be
changed together if the address
type changes (e.g. from
ipv6(2) to ipv4(1)).
A unique value, greater than current InterfaceI <optional> d Integer32 (1..2147483647)
Interfac zero, for each interface or ndex
eIndex interface sub-layer in the contains
managed system. It is the
recommended that values are semantics
assigned contiguously starting of ifIndex
from 1. The value for each and should
interface sub-layer must remain be used
constant at least from one re- for any
initialization of the entity's objects
network management system to the defined in
next re-initialization. other MIB
modules
that need
these
semantics.
This textual convention is an current <optional> d Integer32 (0..2147483647)

Interfac extension of the
eIndexOr InterfaceIndex convention. The
Zero latter defines a greater
than zero value used to identify
an interface or interface
sub-layer in the managed system.
This extension permits the
additional value of zero. the
value zero is object-specific
and must therefore be defined as
part of the description of
any object which uses this
syntax. Examples of the usage of
zero might include situations
where interface was unknown,
or when none or all interfaces
need to be referenced.
Every definition of an object current Textual <optional> <optional> OCTET STRING
R02.00.01.08 Page 708 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

KeyChang with this syntax must identify Convention

e a protocol P, a secret key K, and s
a hash algorithm H
that produces output of L octets.
The object's value is a manager-

generated, partially-random
value which, when modified,
causes the value of the secret
key K, to be modified via a one-
way function.
The value of an instance of this

object is the concatenation
of two components: first a
'random' component and then a
'delta' component.
The lengths of the random and

delta components
are given by the corresponding
value of the protocol P;
if P requires K to be a fixed
length, the length of both the
random and delta components is
that fixed length; if P
allows the length of K to be
variable up to a particular
maximum length, the length of the
random component is that
maximum length and the length of
the delta component is any
length less than or equal to that
maximum length.
For example,
usmHMACMD5AuthProtocol requires K
to be a fixed
length of 16 octets and L - of 16
octets.
usmHMACSHAAuthProtocol requires K
R02.00.01.08 Page 709 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

to be a fixed length of
20 octets and L - of 20 octets.
Other protocols may define
other sizes, as deemed
appropriate.
When a requester wants to change

the old key K to a new
key keyNew on a remote entity,
the 'random' component is
obtained from either a true
random generator, or from a
pseudorandom generator, and the
'delta' component is
computed as follows:
- a temporary variable is
initialized to the existing value
of K;
- if the length of the keyNew is
greater than L octets,
then:
- the random component is
appended to the value of the
temporary variable, and the
result is input to the
the hash algorithm H to
produce a digest value, and
the temporary variable is
set to this digest value;
- the value of the temporary
variable is XOR-ed with
the first (next) L-octets
(16 octets in case of MD5)
of the keyNew to produce
of the 'delta' component.
- the above two steps are
repeated until the unused
R02.00.01.08 Page 710 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

portion of the keyNew

component is L octets or less,
hash algorithm H to produce a
digest value;
- this digest value, truncated
if necessary to be the same
length as the unused portion
of the keyNew, is XOR-ed
with the unused portion of the
keyNew to produce the
(final portion of the) 'delta'
component.
For example, using MD5 as the

hash algorithm H:
iterations = (lenOfDelta -
1)/16; /* integer division */
temp = keyOld;
for (i = 0; i < iterations;
i++) {
temp = MD5 (temp ||
random);
delta[i*16 .. (i*16)+15]
=
temp XOR
keyNew[i*16 .. (i*16)+15];
}
temp = MD5 (temp || random);
delta[i*16 .. lenOfDelta-1] =
temp XOR keyNew[i*16
.. lenOfDelta-1];
The 'random' and 'delta'

components are then concatenated
as
R02.00.01.08 Page 711 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

described above, and the

resulting octet string is sent to
the recipient as the new value of
an instance of this object.
At the receiver side, when an

instance of this object is set
to a new value, then a new value
of K is computed as follows:
- a temporary variable is
initialized to the existing value
of K;
- if the length of the delta
component is greater than L
octets, then:
hash algorithm H to produce
a digest value, and the
temporary variable is set
to this digest value;
- the value of the temporary
variable is XOR-ed with
of the delta component to
produce the first (next)
L-octets (16 octets in case
of MD5) of the new value
of K.
- the above two steps are
repeated until the unused
portion of the delta
component is L octets or less,
R02.00.01.08 Page 712 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


hash algorithm H to produce a
digest value;
- this digest value, truncated
if necessary to be the same
length as the unused portion
of the delta component, is
XOR-ed with the unused portion
of the delta component to
produce the (final portion of
the) new value of K.
For example, using MD5 as the

hash algorithm H:
iterations = (lenOfDelta -
1)/16; /* integer division */
temp = keyOld;
for (i = 0; i < iterations;
i++) {
temp = MD5 (temp ||
random);
keyNew[i*16 .. (i*16)+15]
=
temp XOR
delta[i*16 .. (i*16)+15];
}
temp = MD5 (temp || random);
keyNew[i*16 .. lenOfDelta-1]
=
temp XOR delta[i*16 ..
lenOfDelta-1];
The value of an object with this

syntax, whenever it is
retrieved by the management
protocol, is always the zero
length string.
Note that the keyOld and keyNew
R02.00.01.08 Page 713 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

are the localized keys.
Note that it is probably wise

that when an SNMP entity sends
a SetRequest to change a key,
that it keeps a copy of the old
key until it has confirmed that
the key change actually
succeeded.
Represents an 802 MAC address current TEXTUAL- <optional> 1x: OCTET STRING (SIZE (6))
MacAddre represented in the 'canonical' CONVENTION
ss order defined by IEEE 802.1a,
i.e., as if it
were transmitted least
significant bit first, even
though 802.5 (in contrast to
other 802.x protocols) requires
MAC
addresses to be transmitted most
significant bit first.
This data type is used to current RFC3024 - <optional> INTEGER { direct(1),
MipDeliv indicate the delivery Reverse encapsulating(2) }
eryStyle style requested by the mobile Tunneling
node in its registration for Mobile
request. IP
Represents the generic identifier current <optional> <optional> OCTET STRING (SIZE
MipEntit for Mobile IP (1..64))
yIdentif entities. A MipEntityIdentifier
ier value is always
interpreted within the context of
a
MipEntityIdentifierType value.
Foreign agents and Home agents

are
identified by the IP addresses.
Mobile nodes can be
identified in more than one way
e.g. IP addresses,
network access identifiers (NAI).
R02.00.01.08 Page 714 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

If mobile node is
identified by something other
than IP address say by
NAI and it gets IP address
dynamically from the home
agent then value of object of
this type should be same
as NAI. This is because IP
address is not tied with
mobile node and it can change
across registrations over
period of time. Note that the
first 64 octets are used
as index element.
Represents a Network Access current RFC2794 - <optional> OCTET STRING (SIZE
MipEntit Identifier (NAI). Mobile Mobile IP (1..255))
yIdentif nodes may use NAI to authenticate Network
ierNAI themselves to the Access
foreign agent and home agent and Identifier
to get the home Extension
address dynamically from the home for IPv4
agent.
A value that represents a type of current RFC2851 - <optional> INTEGER {
MipEntit Mobile IP entity identifier. Textual other(1),
yIdentif other(1) Indicates identifier Convention ipaddress(2),
ierType which s for nai(3)
is not in one of the Internet }
formats defined below. Network
Addresses
ipaddress(2) IP address as
defined by InetAddressIPv4
textual convention
in INET-ADDRESS-MIB.
nai(3) A network access

identifier as defined by
the
MipEntityIdentifierNAI textual
convention.
This data type is used to model (2) Textual <optional> 255a OCTET STRING
R02.00.01.08 Page 715 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

OwnerStr an administratively Convention (SIZE(0..255))

ing assigned name of the owner of a s
resource. This information
is taken from the NVT ASCII OwnerStrin
character set. It is suggested g has the
that this name contain one or same
more of the following: ASCII semantics
form of the manager station's as used in
transport address, management RFC 1271
station name (e.g., domain name),
network management
personnel's name, location, or
phone number. In some cases
the agent itself will be the
owner of an entry. In these
cases, this string shall be set
to a string starting with
'agent'.
Represents media- or physical- current TEXTUAL- <optional> 1x: OCTET STRING
PhysAddr level addresses. CONVENTION
ess
This data type is used to define current Textual <optional> <optional> BITS {
Registra the registration convention reserved1(1),
tionFlag flags for Mobile IP registration reverseTunnel(2),
s extension: reserved2(3),
reserved1 gre(4),
-- Reserved minEnc(5),
reverseTunnel decapsulationbyMN(6
-- Request to support ),
reverse tunneling broadcastDatagram(7
reserved2 ),
-- Reserved simultaneousBinding
gre s(8)
-- Request to use GRE }
minEnc
-- Request to use minimal
encapsulation
decapsulationByMN
-- Decapsulation by mobile
node
R02.00.01.08 Page 716 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

broadcastDatagram
-- Request to receive
broadcasts
simultaneousBindings
-- Request to retain prior
binding(s)
reverseTunnel
-- Request to support
reverse tunneling.
Represents a pointer to a current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> OBJECT IDENTIFIER
RowPoint conceptual row. The value is the CONVENTION
er name of the instance of the first
accessible columnar
object in the conceptual row.
For example, ifIndex.3 would
point to the 3rd row in the
ifTable (note that if ifIndex
were not-accessible, then
ifDescr.3 would be used instead).
The RowStatus textual convention current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> INTEGER {
RowStatu is used to manage the creation CONVENTION --
s and deletion of conceptual rows, This the following two values
and is used as the textual are states:
value of the SYNTAX clause for convention --
the status column of a conceptual may be these values may be read
row. used for a or written
The status column has six defined MIB table,
values: irrespecti active(1),
- àctive', which indicates that ve of
the conceptual row is available whether notInService(2),
for use by the managed device; the values
- `notInService', which indicates of that --
that the conceptual row exists in table's the following value is a
the agent, but is unavailable for conceptual state:
use by the managed device; rows are --
'notInService' has no implication able to be this value may be read,
regarding the internal modified but not written
consistency of the row, while it
availability of resources, or is active, notReady(3),
consistency with the or whether
R02.00.01.08 Page 717 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

current state of the managed its --

device; conceptual the following three
- `notReady', which indicates rows must values are
that the conceptual row exists in be taken --
the agent, but is missing out of actions: these values may
information necessary in order to service in be written,
be available for order to --
use by the managed device (i.e., be but are never read
one or more required columns in modified.
the conceptual row have not been That is, createAndGo(4),
instanciated); it is the
- `createAndGo', which is responsibi createAndWait(5),
supplied by a management station lity of
wishing to create a new instance the destroy(6)
of a conceptual row and to have DESCRIPTIO }
its status N clause
automatically set to active, of the
making it available for use by status
the managed device; column to
- `createAndWait', which is specify
supplied by a management station whether
wishing to create a new instance the status
of a conceptual row (but not make column
it must not
available for use by the managed be
device); and, àctive'
- `destroy', which is supplied by in order
a management station wishing to for the
delete all of the instances value of
associated with an existing some other
conceptual row. column of
Whereas five of the six values the same
(all except `notReady') may be conceptual
specified in a management row to be
protocol set operation, only modified.
three values will be If such a
returned in response to a specificat
management protocol retrieval ion is
operation: `notReady', made,
`notInService' or àctive'. That affected
R02.00.01.08 Page 718 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

is, when queried, an columns

existing conceptual row has only may be
three states: it is either changed by
available for use by the managed an SNMP
device (the status column has set PDU if
value àctive'); the
it is not available for use by RowStatus
the managed device, though the would not
agent has sufficient information be equal
to attempt to make it so (the to
status column àctive'
has value `notInService'); or, it either
is not available for use by the immediatel
managed device, and an attempt to y before
make it so would fail because the or after
agent processing
has insufficient information (the the PDU.
state column has value In other
`notReady'). words, if
the PDU
also
contained
a varbind
that would
change the
RowStatus
value, the
column in
question
may be
changed if
the
RowStatus
was not
equal to
àctive'
as the PDU
was
received,
or if the
R02.00.01.08 Page 719 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

varbind
sets the
status to
a value
other than
'active'.
Also note
that
whenever
any
elements
of a row
exist, the
RowStatus
column
must also
exist.
The RowStatus textual convention current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> INTEGER {

RowStatu is used to manage the creation CONVENTION --
s and deletion of conceptual rows, This the following two values
and is used as the textual are states:
value of the SYNTAX clause for convention --
the status column of a conceptual may be these values may be read
row. used for a or written
The status column has six defined MIB table,
values: irrespecti active(1),
- àctive', which indicates that ve of
the conceptual row is available whether notInService(2),
for use by the managed device; the values
- `notInService', which indicates of that --
that the conceptual row exists in table's the following value is a
the agent, but is unavailable for conceptual state:
use by the managed device; rows are --
'notInService' has no implication able to be this value may be read,
regarding the internal modified but not written
consistency of the row, while it
availability of resources, or is active, notReady(3),
consistency with the or whether
current state of the managed its --
R02.00.01.08 Page 720 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

device; conceptual the following three

- `notReady', which indicates rows must values are
that the conceptual row exists in be taken --
the agent, but is missing out of actions: these values may
information necessary in order to service in be written,
be available for order to --
use by the managed device (i.e., be but are never read
one or more required columns in modified.
the conceptual row have not been That is, createAndGo(4),
instanciated); it is the
- `createAndGo', which is responsibi createAndWait(5),
supplied by a management station lity of
wishing to create a new instance the destroy(6)
of a conceptual row and to have DESCRIPTIO }
its status N clause
automatically set to active, of the
making it available for use by status
the managed device; column to
- `createAndWait', which is specify
supplied by a management station whether
wishing to create a new instance the status
of a conceptual row (but not make column
it must not
available for use by the managed be
device); and, àctive'
- `destroy', which is supplied by in order
a management station wishing to for the
delete all of the instances value of
associated with an existing some other
conceptual row. column of
Whereas five of the six values the same
(all except `notReady') may be conceptual
specified in a management row to be
protocol set operation, only modified.
three values will be If such a
returned in response to a specificat
management protocol retrieval ion is
operation: `notReady', made,
`notInService' or àctive'. That affected
is, when queried, an columns
R02.00.01.08 Page 721 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

existing conceptual row has only may be

three states: it is either changed by
available for use by the managed an SNMP
device (the status column has set PDU if
value àctive'); the
it is not available for use by RowStatus
the managed device, though the would not
agent has sufficient information be equal
to attempt to make it so (the to
status column àctive'
has value `notInService'); or, it either
is not available for use by the immediatel
managed device, and an attempt to y before
make it so would fail because the or after
agent processing
has insufficient information (the the PDU.
state column has value In other
`notReady'). words, if
the PDU
also
contained
a varbind
that would
change the
RowStatus
value, the
column in
question
may be
changed if
the
RowStatus
was not
equal to
àctive'
as the PDU
was
received,
or if the
varbind
R02.00.01.08 Page 722 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

sets the
status to
a value
other than
'active'.
Also note
that
whenever
any
elements
of a row
exist, the
RowStatus
column
must also
exist.
An octet string containing current <optional> 255t OCTET STRING (SIZE

SnmpAdmi administrative (0..255))
nString information, preferably in human-
readable form.
To facilitate
internationalization, this
information is represented using
the ISO/IEC
IS 10646-1 character set, encoded
as an octet
string using the UTF-8
transformation format
described in [RFC2279].
Since additional code points are

added by
amendments to the 10646 standard
from time
to time, implementations must be
prepared to
encounter any code point from
0x00000000 to
R02.00.01.08 Page 723 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

0x7fffffff. Byte sequences that

do not
correspond to the valid UTF-8
encoding of a
code point or are outside this
range are
prohibited.
The use of control codes should

be avoided.
When it is necessary to represent

a newline,
the control code sequence CR LF
should be used.
The use of leading or trailing

white space should
be avoided.
For code points not directly

supported by user
interface hardware or software,
an alternative
means of entry and display, such
as hexadecimal,
may be provided.
For information encoded in 7-bit

US-ASCII,
the UTF-8 encoding is identical
to the
US-ASCII encoding.
UTF-8 may require multiple bytes

to represent a
single character / code point;
thus the length
of this object in octets may be
different from
R02.00.01.08 Page 724 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

the number of characters encoded.

Similarly,
size constraints refer to the
number of encoded
octets, not the number of
characters represented
by an encoding.
Note that when this TC is used

for an object that
is used or envisioned to be used
as an index, then
a SIZE restriction MUST be
specified so that the
number of sub-identifiers for any
object instance
does not exceed the limit of 128,
as defined by
[RFC3416].
Note that the size of an

SnmpAdminString object is
measured in octets, not
characters.
An SNMP engine's current Textual <optional> <optional> OCTET STRING
SnmpEngi administratively-unique Convention (SIZE(5..32))
neID identifier. s used in
Objects of this type are for the SNMP
identification, not for Management
addressing, even though it is Architectu
possible that an re
address may have been used in the
generation of
a specific value.
The value for this object may not

be all zeros or
all 'ff'H or the empty (zero
length) string.
R02.00.01.08 Page 725 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

The initial value for this object

may be configured
via an operator console entry or
via an algorithmic
function. In the latter case,
the following
example algorithm is recommended.
In cases where there are multiple

engines on the
same system, the use of this
algorithm is NOT
appropriate, as it would result
in all of those
engines ending up with the same
ID value.
1) The very first bit is used to

indicate how the
rest of the data is composed.
0 - as defined by enterprise
using former methods
that existed before
SNMPv3. See item 2 below.
1 - as defined by this
architecture, see item 3
below.
Note that this allows existing

uses of the
engineID (also known as
AgentID [RFC1910]) to
co-exist with any new uses.
2) The snmpEngineID has a length

of 12 octets.
The first four octets are set
R02.00.01.08 Page 726 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

to the binary
equivalent of the agent's SNMP
management
private enterprise number as
assigned by the
Internet Assigned Numbers
Authority (IANA).
For example, if Acme Networks
has been assigned
{ enterprises 696 }, the first
four octets would
be assigned '000002b8'H.
The remaining eight octets are

determined via
one or more enterprise-
specific methods. Such
methods must be designed so as
to maximize the
possibility that the value of
this object will
be unique in the agent's
administrative domain.
For example, it may be the IP
address of the SNMP
entity, or the MAC address of
one of the
interfaces, with each address
suitably padded
with random octets. If
multiple methods are
defined, then it is
recommended that the first
octet indicate the method
being used and the
remaining octets be a function
of the method.
3) The length of the octet string

varies.
R02.00.01.08 Page 727 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

The first four octets are set

to the binary
equivalent of the agent's SNMP
management
private enterprise number as
assigned by the
Internet Assigned Numbers
Authority (IANA).
For example, if Acme Networks
has been assigned
{ enterprises 696 }, the first
four octets would
be assigned '000002b8'H.
The very first bit is set to

1. For example, the
above value for Acme Networks
now changes to be
'800002b8'H.
The fifth octet indicates how

the rest (6th and
following octets) are
formatted. The values for
the fifth octet are:
0 - reserved, unused.
1 - IPv4 address (4
octets)
lowest non-special
IP address
2 - IPv6 address (16

octets)
lowest non-special
IP address
3 - MAC address (6
R02.00.01.08 Page 728 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

octets)
lowest IEEE MAC
address, canonical
order
4 - Text,
administratively assigned
Maximum remaining
length 27
5 - Octets,
administratively assigned
Maximum remaining
length 27
6-127 - reserved, unused
128-255 - as defined by the

enterprise
Maximum remaining
length 27
An identifier that uniquely current <optional> <optional> INTEGER(0 .. 2147483647)

SnmpMess identifies a Message
ageProce Processing Model of the Message
ssingMod Processing
el Subsystem within this SNMP
Management Architecture.
The values for

messageProcessingModel are
allocated as follows:
- Values between 0 and 255,

inclusive, are
reserved for standards-track
Message Processing
Models and are managed by the
Internet Assigned
Numbers Authority (IANA).
R02.00.01.08 Page 729 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

- Values greater than 255 are

allocated to
enterprise-specific Message
Processing Models.
An enterprise
messageProcessingModel value is
defined to be:
enterpriseID * 256 +
messageProcessingModel
within enterprise
For example, the fourth Message

Processing Model
defined by the enterprise whose
enterpriseID
is 1 would be 259.
This scheme for allocating

messageProcessingModel
values allows for a maximum of
255 standards-
based Message Processing Models,
and for a
maximum of 256 Message Processing
Models per
enterprise.
It is believed that the

assignment of new
messageProcessingModel values
will be rare
in practice because the larger
the number of
simultaneously utilized Message
Processing Models,
the larger the chance that
interoperability
R02.00.01.08 Page 730 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

will suffer. It is believed that

such a range
will be sufficient. In the
unlikely event that
the standards committee finds
this number to be
insufficient over time, an
enterprise number
can be allocated to obtain an
additional 256
possible values.
Note that the most significant

bit must be zero;
hence, there are 23 bits
allocated for various
organizations to design and
define non-standard
messageProcessingModels. This
limits the ability
to define new proprietary
implementations of
Message Processing Models to the
first 8,388,608
enterprises.
It is worthwhile to note that, in

its encoded
form, the messageProcessingModel
value will
normally require only a single
byte since, in
practice, the leftmost bits will
be zero for
most messages and sign extension
is suppressed
by the encoding rules.
As of this writing, there are

several values of
R02.00.01.08 Page 731 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

messageProcessingModel defined
for use with SNMP.
They are as follows:
0 reserved for SNMPv1

1 reserved for SNMPv2c
2 reserved for SNMPv2u and
SNMPv2*
A Level of Security at which SNMP current <optional> <optional> INTEGER {

SnmpSecu messages can be noAuthNoPriv(1),
rityLeve sent or with which operations are authNoPriv(2),
l being processed; authPriv(3)
in particular, one of: }
noAuthNoPriv - without
authentication and
without privacy,
authNoPriv - with
authentication but
without privacy,
authPriv - with
authentication and
with privacy.
These three values are ordered

such that
noAuthNoPriv is less than
authNoPriv and
authNoPriv is less than authPriv.
An identifier that uniquely current <optional> <optional> INTEGER(0 .. 2147483647)
SnmpSecu identifies a
rityMode Security Model of the Security
l Subsystem within
this SNMP Management
Architecture.
The values for securityModel are

allocated as
R02.00.01.08 Page 732 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

follows:
- The zero value does not

identify any particular
security model.
- Values between 1 and 255,

inclusive, are reserved
for standards-track Security
Models and are
managed by the Internet
Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA).
- Values greater than 255 are
allocated to
enterprise-specific Security
Models. An
enterprise-specific
securityModel value is defined
to be:
enterpriseID * 256 + security

model within
enterprise
For example, the fourth

Security Model defined by
the enterprise whose
enterpriseID is 1 would be
259.
This scheme for allocation of

securityModel
values allows for a maximum of
255 standards-
based Security Models, and for a
maximum of
256 Security Models per
enterprise.
R02.00.01.08 Page 733 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

It is believed that the

assignment of new
securityModel values will be rare
in practice
because the larger the number of
simultaneously
utilized Security Models, the
larger the
chance that interoperability will
suffer.
Consequently, it is believed that
such a range
will be sufficient. In the
unlikely event that
the standards committee finds
this number to be
insufficient over time, an
enterprise number
can be allocated to obtain an
additional 256
possible values.
Note that the most significant

bit must be zero;
hence, there are 23 bits
allocated for various
organizations to design and
define non-standard
securityModels. This limits the

ability to
define new proprietary
implementations of Security
Models to the first 8,388,608
enterprises.
It is worthwhile to note that, in

its encoded
form, the securityModel value
will normally
R02.00.01.08 Page 734 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

require only a single byte since,

in practice,
the leftmost bits will be zero
for most messages
and sign extension is suppressed
by the encoding
rules.
As of this writing, there are

several values
of securityModel defined for use
with SNMP or
reserved for use with supporting
MIB objects.
They are as follows:
0 reserved for 'any'

2 reserved for SNMPv2c
3 User-Based Security Model
(USM)
An octet string containing a list current <optional> 255t OCTET STRING (SIZE
SnmpTagL of tag values. (0..255))
ist Tag values are preferably in
human-readable form.
To facilitate
information
is represented using the ISO/IEC
IS 10646-1 character
set, encoded as an octet string
using the UTF-8
character encoding scheme
described in RFC 2279.

added by amendments
to the 10646 standard from time
to time,
R02.00.01.08 Page 735 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

implementations must be prepared

to encounter any code
point from 0x00000000 to
0x7fffffff.

be avoided, except as
described below.

supported by user
an alternative means
of entry and display, such as
hexadecimal, may be
provided.

US-ASCII, the UTF-8
representation is identical to
the US-ASCII encoding.
An object of this type contains a

list of tag values
which are used to select a set of
entries in a table.
A tag value is an arbitrary

string of octets, but
may not contain a delimiter
character. Delimiter
characters are defined to be one
of the following:
- An ASCII space character

(0x20).
- An ASCII TAB character

(0x09).
R02.00.01.08 Page 736 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

- An ASCII carriage return

(CR) character (0x0D).
- An ASCII line feed (LF)

character (0x0A).
Delimiter characters are used to

separate tag values
in a tag list. Only a single

delimiter character may
occur between two tag values. A
tag value may not
have a zero length. These
constraints imply certain
restrictions on the contents of
this object:
- There cannot be a leading

or trailing delimiter
character.
- There cannot be multiple

adjacent delimiter
characters.
Some examples of valid tag lists

are:
- '' -- an empty list
- 'acme' -- list of one tag
- 'host router bridge' -

- list of several tags
Note that although a tag value

may not have a length of
zero, an empty string is still
valid. This indicates
R02.00.01.08 Page 737 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

an empty list (i.e. there are no

tag values in the list).
The use of the tag list to select

table entries is
application and MIB specific.
Typically, an application
will provide one or more tag
values, and any entry
which contains some combination
of these tag values
will be selected.
An octet string containing a tag current <optional> 255t OCTET STRING (SIZE
SnmpTagV value. (0..255))
alue Tag values are preferably in
human-readable form.
To facilitate
information
is represented using the ISO/IEC
IS 10646-1 character
set, encoded as an octet string
using the UTF-8
character encoding scheme
described in RFC 2279.

added by amendments
to the 10646 standard from time
to time,
implementations must be prepared
to encounter any code
point from 0x00000000 to
0x7fffffff.

be avoided, and certain
control codes are not allowed as
R02.00.01.08 Page 738 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

described below.

supported by user
an alternative means
of entry and display, such as
hexadecimal, may be
provided.

US-ASCII, the UTF-8
representation is identical to
the US-ASCII encoding.
Note that when this TC is used

for an object that
is used or envisioned to be used
as an index, then a
SIZE restriction must be
specified so that the number
of sub-identifiers for any object
instance does not
exceed the limit of 128, as
defined by [RFC1905].
An object of this type contains a

single tag value
which is used to select a set of
entries in a table.
A tag value is an arbitrary

string of octets, but
may not contain a delimiter
character. Delimiter
characters are defined to be one
of the following:
- An ASCII space character

(0x20).
R02.00.01.08 Page 739 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

- An ASCII TAB character

(0x09).
- An ASCII carriage return

(CR) character (0x0D).
- An ASCII line feed (LF)

character (0x0A).
Delimiter characters are used to

separate tag values
in a tag list. An object of this
type may only
contain a single tag value, and
so delimiter
characters are not allowed in a
value of this type.
Note that a tag value of 0 length

means that no tag is
defined. In other words, a tag
value of 0 length would
never match anything in a tag
list, and would never
select any table entries.
Some examples of valid tag values

are:
- 'acme'
- 'router'
- 'host'
The use of a tag value to select

table entries is
application and MIB specific.
Describes the memory realization current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> INTEGER {
R02.00.01.08 Page 740 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

StorageT of a conceptual row. A row which CONVENTION

ype is volatile(2) is lost upon other(1), -- eh?
reboot. A row which
is either nonVolatile(3), volatile(2), -- e.g.,
permanent(4) or readOnly(5), is in RAM
backed up by stable storage. A
row which is permanent(4) nonVolatile(3), -- e.g.,
can be changed but not deleted. in NVRAM
A row which is readOnly(5) cannot
be changed nor deleted. permanent(4), -- e.g.,
If the value of an object with partially in ROM
this syntax is either
permanent(4) or readOnly(5), it readOnly(5) -- e.g.,
cannot be written. completely in ROM
Conversely, if the value is }
either other(1), volatile(2) or
nonVolatile(3), it cannot be
modified to be permanent(4) or
readOnly(5). (All illegal
modifications result in a
'wrongValue' error.)
Every usage of this textual
convention is required to specify
the columnar objects which a
permanent(4) row must
at a minimum allow to be
writable.
Denotes a transport service current TEXTUAL- The <optional> OCTET STRING (SIZE
TAddress address. A TAddress value is CONVENTION SNMPv2-TM (1..255))
always interpreted within the MIB module
context of a is defined
TDomain value. Thus, each in RFC
definition of a TDomain value 1906.
must be accompanied by a
definition of a
textual convention for use with
that TDomain. Some possible
textual conventions, such as
SnmpUDPAddress for snmpUDPDomain,
are defined in the SNMPv2-TM MIB
R02.00.01.08 Page 741 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

module.
Other possible textual
conventions are defined in other
MIB modules.
Denotes a kind of transport current TEXTUAL- The <optional> OBJECT IDENTIFIER
TDomain service. CONVENTION SNMPv2-TM
Some possible values, such as MIB module
snmpUDPDomain, are defined in the is defined
SNMPv2-TM MIB in RFC
module. Other possible values 1906.
are defined in other MIB modules.
Represents integer-valued current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> INTEGER (0..2147483647)
TestAndI information used for atomic CONVENTION
ncr operations. When the management
protocol is used to specify
that an object instance having
this syntax is to be modified,
the new value supplied via the
management protocol
must precisely match the value
presently held by the instance.
If not, the management protocol
set operation fails
with an error of
ìnconsistentValue'. Otherwise,
if the current value is the
maximum value of 2^31-1
(2147483647 decimal), then
the value held by the instance is
wrapped to zero; otherwise, the
value held by the instance is
incremented by one. (Note that
regardless of whether the
management protocol set operation
succeeds, the variable-binding in
the request and
response PDUs are identical.)
The value of the ACCESS clause
for objects having this syntax is
either `read-write' or `read-
R02.00.01.08 Page 742 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

create'. When an instance of a

columnar object having this
syntax is created, any value may
be supplied via the management
protocol.
When the network management
portion of the system is re-
initialized, the value of every
object instance having this
syntax must
either be incremented from its
value prior to the re-
initialization, or (if the value
prior to the re-initialization is
unknown) be set to a
pseudo-randomly generated value.
A period of time, measured in current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> INTEGER (0..2147483647)
TimeInte units of 0.01 seconds. CONVENTION
rval
The value of the sysUpTime object current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> TimeTicks
TimeStam at which a specific occurrence CONVENTION
p happened. The specific
occurrence must be defined in the
description of any object defined
using this type.
If sysUpTime is reset to zero as
a result of a re-initialization
of the network management
(sub)system, then
the values of all TimeStamp
objects are also reset. However,
after approximately 497 days
without a
re-initialization, the sysUpTime
object will reach 2^^32-1 and
then increment around to zero; in
this
case, existing values of
TimeStamp objects do not change.
This can lead to ambiguities in
R02.00.01.08 Page 743 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

the
value of TimeStamp objects.
Represents a boolean value. current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> INTEGER { true(1),

TruthVal CONVENTION false(2) }
ue
A pointer to a specific object current TEXTUAL- <optional> <optional> OBJECT IDENTIFIER
Variable instance. For example, CONVENTION
Pointer sysContact.0 or ifInOctets.3.
Describes the modem configuration current This <optional> INTEGER {trunked(0), non-
wmanBTSM in the BTS. Can be either indicates trunked(1)
odemConf TRUNKED or NON-TRUNKED the
Type configurat
ion of the
modems in
the BTS.
Valid
values are
{ TRUNKED,
NON-
TRUNKED }
wmanDevEventSeverity defines the current Textual <optional> INTEGER {emergency(1),
WmanDevE alarm Severity of an Convention alert(2),
ventSeve event. s critical(3),
rity error(4),
warning(5),
notice(6),
informational(7),
debug(8)}
The object of this type indicates current Subclause INTEGER
WmanIfAr whether the SS supports 11.7.8.1 {arqNotSupported(0),
qSupport ARQ. in IEEE arqSupported(1)}
Type 802.16-
2004
The object of this type specifies current Need to Subclause BITS {
WmanIfAu authorization policy enhance 11.7.8.7 ieee802Dot16PrivacySuppor
thPolicy that both SS and BS need to this data in IEEE ted(0),
Type negotiate and synchronize. type with 802.16- eapAuthorizationIni
A bit value of 0 = not supported, the 2004 tialEntry(1),
R02.00.01.08 Page 744 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1 = supported. If this following IEEE authenticatedEAPAut

field is omitted, then both SS definition P802.16e/D horizationInitialEntry(2)
and BS shall use the IEEE s from 11, ,
802.16 security, constituting Page 574 September reserved3(3),
X.509 digital certificates of IEEE 2005, Page rsaAuthorizationRee
and the RSA public key encryption P802.16e/D 574 ntry(4),
algorithm, as 11, eapAuthorizationRee
authorization policy. September ntry(5),
2005. authenticatedEAPAut
Bit# 0: horizationReentry(6),
RSA-based reserved7(7) }
authorizat
ion at the
initial
network
entry
Bit# 1:
EAP-based
authorizat
ion at the
initial
network
entry
Bit# 2:
Authentica
ted EAP-
based
authorizat
ion at the
initial
network
entry
Bit# 3:
Reserved.
Set to 0
Bit# 4:
RSA-based
authorizat
ion at re-
entry
R02.00.01.08 Page 745 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Bit# 5:
EAP-based
authorizat
ion at re-
entry
Bit# 6:
Authentica
ted EAP-
based
authorizat
ion at re-
entry
Bits #7:
Reserved.
Set to 0
Defines the encoding of BSID. The current <optional> OCTET STRING (SIZE(6))
WmanIfBs BSID is a 6 byte number
IdType and follows the encoding rules of
MacAddress textual
convention, i.e. as if it were
transmitted
least-significant bit first. The
value should be displayed
with 2 parts clearly separated by
a colon e.g:
001DFF:00003A. The most
significant part is representing
the Operator ID.
This field indicates properties current Subclause BITS {reserved(0),
WmanIfBw of the SS that the BS 11.8.1 in halfDuplexFdd(1),
AllocSup needs to know for bandwidth IEEE fullDuplexFdd(2)}
port allocation purposes. When 802.16-
a bit is set, it indicates the 2004
corresponding feature
is supported. All unspecified and
reserved bits should
be set to zero.
Physical channel number current <optional> INTEGER (0 .. 199)
WmanIfCh
annelNum
R02.00.01.08 Page 746 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

ber
Type of CID. current <optional> INTEGER (0 .. 65535)
WmanIfCi
dType
A bit of of this object is set to current Subclause BITS {priority(0),
WmanIfCl 1 if the parameter 11.13.19.3 ipTos(1),
assifier indicated by the comment was .4 in IEEE ipProtocol(2),
BitMap present in the classifier 802.16- ipMaskedSrcAddr(3),
encoding, and 0 otherwise. 2004 ipMaskedDestAddr(4)
Note: that BITS are encoded most ,
significant bit first, srcPort(5),
so that if e.g. bits 6 and 7 are destPort(6),
set, this object is destMacAddr(7),
encoded as the octet string srcMacAddr(8),
'030000'H. ethernetProtocol(9)
,
userPriority(10),
vlanId(11),
ipv6FlowLabel(12)}
WmanIfCsSpecification defines the current <optional> INTEGER {noCs(0),
WmanIfCs types of convergence packetIpV4(1),
Specific sublayer. packetIpV6(2),
ation packet802dot3Ethern
et(3),
packet802dot1QVlan(
4),
packetIpV4Over802do
t3(5),
packetIpV6Over802do
t3(6),
packetIpV4Over802do
t1Q(7),
packetIpV6Over802do
t1Q(8),
atm(9)}
Data authentication algorithm current IEEE Table 376 INTEGER {
WmanIfDa identifiers. 802.16f-D6 in IEEE noDataAuthentication(0),
taAuthAl defines 802.16- aesCcmMode(1),
gId this data 2004 reserved(2) }
R02.00.01.08 Page 747 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

type as Table 376—

INTEGER Data
{noDataAut authentica
henticatio tion
n(0), algorithm
reserved(1 identifier
)}. s on page
However, 584 of
Table 376— IEEE
Data P802.16e/D
authentica 11,
tion September
algorithm 2005
identifier
s on page
584 of
IEEE
P802.16e/D
11,
September
2005
extends
this data
type as
follows.
0: No data
authentica
tion
1: CCM-
Mode, 128-
bit AES
2-255:
Reserved
As CCM-
Mode, 128-
bit AES is
used in
Motorola
implementa
R02.00.01.08 Page 748 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

tion, this
textual
convention
needs to
be
extended
to INTEGER
{noDataAut
henticatio
n(0),
aesCcmMode
(1),
reserved(2
)}
Data encryption algorithm current IEEE Table 375 INTEGER {none(0),
WmanIfDa identifiers. 802.16f-D6 in IEEE des56BitCbcMode(1),
taEncryp defines 802.16- aesCcmMode(2)}
tAlgId this data 2004
type as
INTEGER
{none(0),
des56BitCb
cMode(1),
aesCcmMode
(2)}.
Table 375—
Data
encryption
algorithm
identifier
s on page
584 of
IEEE
P802.16e/D
11,
September
2005
extends
this data
type as
R02.00.01.08 Page 749 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

follows:
0: No data
encryption
(Supported
by
Motorola)
1: CBC-
Mode, 56-
bit DES
2: AES,
CCM-Mode,
128-bit
AES
(Supported
by
Motorola)
3: CBC-
Mode, 128-
bit AES
128: CTR-
Mode 128
bits AES
for MBS
with 8
bits ROC
24-127 &
129-255:
Reserve
As current
Motorola
implementa
tion only
requires
aesCcmMode
(2), (2:
AES, CCM-
Mode, 128-
bit AES),
there is
R02.00.01.08 Page 750 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

no need to
change the
range at
this time.
WmanIfEventSeverity defines the current <optional> INTEGER {emergency(1),
WmanIfEv alarm Severity of an alert(2),
entSever event. critical(3),
ity error(4),
warning(5),
notice(6),
informational(7),
debug(8)}
The value of this field specifies current <optional> OCTET STRING (SIZE(3))
WmanIfIp the matching values for
v6FlowLa the IPv6 Flow label field. As the
bel flow label field has a
length of 20 bits, the first 4
bits of the most
significant byte shall be set to
0x0 and disregarded.
The object of this type indicates current Subclause INTEGER {undefined(0),
WmanIfIp the version of IP used 11.7.4 in ipv4(1),
VersionT on the Secondary Management IEEE ipv6(2)}
ype Connection. The value should 802.16-
be undefined if the 2nd 2004
management CID doesn't exist.
The object of this type indicates current Subclause INTEGER
WmanIfMa whether or not the SS 11.7.8.3 {noMacCrcSupport(0),
cCrcSupp supports MAC level CRC. in IEEE macCrcSupport(1)}
ort 802.16-
2004
The object of this type indicates current Subclause BITS {atm(0),
WmanIfMa the set of MAC 11.7.7.1 packetIpv4(1),
cCsBitMa convergence sublayer support. in IEEE packetIpv6(2),
p When a bit is set, it 802.16- packet802Dot3(3),
indicates the corresponding CS 2004 packet802Dot1Q(4),
feature is supported. packetIpv4Over802Do
t3(5),
packetIpv6Over802Do
R02.00.01.08 Page 751 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

t3(6),
packetIpv4Over802Do
t1Q(7),
packetIpv6Over802Do
t1Q(8)}
Version number of IEEE 802.16. current <optional> INTEGER
WmanIfMa {ieee802Dot16Of2001(1),
cVersion ieee802Dot16cOf2002
(2),
ieee802Dot16aOf2003
(3),
ieee802Dot16Of2004(
4)}
The object of this type specifies current Subclause INTEGER (0..255)
WmanIfMa the maximum number of 11.7.8.2
xDsxFlow concurrent DSA, DSC, or DSD in IEEE
Type transactions that may be 802.16-
outstanding. 2004
xMcaFlow concurrent MCA transactions that in IEEE
Type may be outstanding. 802.16-
2004
The object of this type indicates current Subclause INTEGER (0..255)
xMcpGrou simultaneous Multicast Polling in IEEE
pCid Groups the SS is 802.16-
capable of belonging to. 2004
The object of this type indicates current Subclause INTEGER (0..65535)
xNumOfCl admitted Classifiers that the SS in IEEE
asfier is allowed to have. 802.16-
2004
This field specifies maximum current Subclause INTEGER (0..255)
WmanIfMa number of supported 11.7.8.8
xNumOfSa security association of the SS. in IEEE
Type 802.16-
2004
R02.00.01.08 Page 752 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


xPkmFlow concurrent PKM transactions that in IEEE
Type may be outstanding. 802.16-
2004
This type is used to define current Subclause INTEGER (0..255)
WmanIfMa maximum available power for 11.8.3.2
xTxPower BPSK, QPSK, 16-QAM and 64-QAM in IEEE
Type constellations. The maximum 802.16-
power parameters are reported in 2004
dBm and quantized in 0.5
dBm steps ranging from -64 dBm
(encoded 0x00) to 63.5 dBm
(encoded 0xFF). Values outside
this range shall be
assigned the closest extreme. SSs
that do not support
QAM64 shall report the value of
0x00 in the maximum QAM64
power field.
The object of this type shows the current Textual Subclause INTEGER (2..65535)
WmanIfNu number of Uplink CIDs Convention 11.7.4 in
mOfUplin the SS can support. for IEEE
kCid Capabiliti 802.16-
es 2004
Encodings
FEC code type and modulation type current Table 356 INTEGER {qpskCc1Over2(0),
WmanIfOf and Table qpskCc3Over4(1),
dmaFecCo 362 in sixteenQamCc1Over2(
deType IEEE 2),
802.16- sixteenQamCc3Over4(
2004 3),
sixtyFourQamCc2Over
3(4),
sixtyFourQamCc3Over
4(5),
qpskBtc1Over2(6),
qpskBtc2Over3(7),
sixteenQamBtc3Over5
(8),
sixteenQamBtc4Over5
R02.00.01.08 Page 753 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

(9),
sixtyFourQamBtc5Ove
r8(10),
sixtyFourQamBtc4Ove
r5(11),
qpskCtc1Over2(12),
qpskCtc2Over3(13),
qpskCtc3Over4(14),
sixteenQamCtc1Over2
(15),
sixteenQamCtc3Over4
(16),
sixtyFourQamCtc2Ove
r3(17),
sixtyFourQamCtc3Ove
r4(18),
sixtyFourQamCtc5Ove
r6(19),
qpskZtCc1Over2(20),
qpskZtCc3Over4(21),
sixteenQamZtCc1Over
2(22),
sixteenQamZtCc3Over
4(23),
sixtyFourQamZtCc2Ov
er3(24),
sixtyFourQamZtCc3Ov
er4(25)}
FEC code type and modulation type current Table 356 INTEGER {bpskCc1Over2(0),
WmanIfOf and Table qpskRsCcCc1Over2(1)
dmFecCod 362 in ,
eType IEEE qpskRsCcCc3Over4(2)
802.16- ,
2004 sixteenQamRsCcCc1Ov
er2(3),
sixteenQamRsCcCc3Ov
er4(4),
sixtyFourQamRsCcCc2
Over3(5),
sixtyFourQamRsCcCc3
R02.00.01.08 Page 754 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Over4(6),
qpskBtc1Over2(7),
qpskBtc3Over4(8),
sixteenQamBtc3Over4
(9),
sixteenQamBtc4Over5
(10),
sixtyFourQamBtc2Ove
r3(11),
sixtyFourQamBtc5Ove
r6(12),
qpskCtc1Over2(13),
qpskCtc2Over3(14),
qpskCtc3Over4(15),
sixteenQamCtc1Over2
(16),
sixteenQamCtc3Over4
(17),
sixtyFourQamCtc2Ove
r3(18),
sixtyFourQamCtc3Ove
r4(19)}
This field indicates the FFT current Subclause BITS {fft256(0),
WmanIfOf sizes supported by the SS. 11.8.3.6.1 fft2048(1)}
dmFftSiz For each FFT size, a bit value of in IEEE
es 0 indicates 802.16-
'not supported' while 1 indicates 2004
'supported'.
This field indicates whether the current Subclause BITS
WmanIfOf SS supports Focused 11.8.3.6.4 {focusedCtSupport(0)}
dmFocuse Contention (see 8.3.7.3.3). A bit in IEEE
dCt value of 0 indicates 802.16-
'supported'.
This field indicates the current Subclause BITS {qam64(0),
WmanIfOf different demodulator options 11.8.3.6.2 btc(1),
dmSsDeMo supported by a WirelessMAN-OFDM in IEEE ctc(2),
dType PHY SS for downlink. This 802.16- stc(3),
field is not used for other PHY 2004 aac(4)}
specifications. A bit
R02.00.01.08 Page 755 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

value of 0 indicates 'not

supported' while 1 indicates
'supported'.
This field indicates the current Subclause BITS {qam64(0),
WmanIfOf different modulator options 11.8.3.6.3 btc(1),
dmSsModT supported by a WirelessMAN-OFDM in IEEE ctc(2),
ype PHY SS for uplink. This 802.16- subchanellization(3
field is not used for other PHY 2004 ),
specifications. A bit focusedCtBwReq(4)}
value of 0 indicates 'not
supported' while 1 indicates
'supported'.
This field indicates whether or current Subclause BITS
WmanIfOf not the SS supports the 11.8.3.6.5 {tcSublayerSupport(0)}
dmTcSubl TC sublayer (see 8.3.4). A bit in IEEE
ayer value of 0 indicates 802.16-
'supported'.
Specifies capabilities for current Subclause BITS
WmanIfPd construction and transmission 11.8.2 in {piggybackedRequests(0),
uConstru of MAC PDUs. When IEEE fsnValuesSize(1)}
ction piggybackedRequests bit is set, 802.16-
it 2004
indicates that the piggybacked
requests are supported. The
fsnValuesSize bit is coded as
follows:
0 - only 3-bit FSN values are
supported
1 - only 11-bit FSN values are
supported
All unspecified and reserved bits
should be set to zero.
The value of this field indicates current Subclause INTEGER
WmanIfPh to the sending entity 11.13.19.3 {phsVerifyEnable(0),
sRuleVer whether or not the packet header .7.5 in phsVerifyDisable(1)
ify contents are to be IEEE }
verified prior to performing 802.16-
suppression. If PHSV is 2004
R02.00.01.08 Page 756 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

enabled, the sender shall compare

the bytes in the packet
header with the bytes in the PHSF
that are to be
suppressed as indicated by the
PHSM.
The object of this type indicates current Subclause INTEGER {noPhsSupport(0),
WmanIfPh the level of PHS support. 11.7.7.3 atmPhsSupport(1),
sSupport in IEEE packetPhsSupport(2)
Type 802.16- }
2004
WmanIfServClassName defines the current <optional> OCTET STRING
WmanIfSe type of service (SIZE(2..128))
rvClassN class name.
ame
The data delivery service current Subclause INTEGER {
WmanIfSf provided by a SC for a downstream 6.3.20, unsolicitedGrantService(0
DataDeli service flow. IEEE ),
veryServ If the parameter is omitted from P802.16e/D realTimeVariableRat
iceType a downstream QOS Parameter Set, 12, eService(1),
this object takes the value of October nonRealTimeVariable
bestEffort (2). 2005 RateService(2),
The parameter of this type must bestEffortsService(
be reported as noSuchName if 3),
polled for upstream QOS Parameter extendedRealTimeVar
Sets. iableRateService(4) }
The scheduling service provided current Textual Changed INTEGER {undefined(1),
WmanIfSf by a SC for an Convention reserved(5 bestEffort(2),
Scheduli upstream service flow. If the s ) to nonRealTimePollingS
ngType parameter is omitted extendedRe ervice(3),
from an upstream QOS Parameter alTimePoll realTimePollingServ
Set, this object takes ingService ice(4),
the value of bestEffort (2). This (5) per extendedRealTimePol
parameter must be Subclause lingService(5),
reported as undefined (1) for 11.13.11, unsolicitedGrantSer
downstream QOS Parameter IEEE vice(6)}
Sets. P802.16e/D
12,
October
R02.00.01.08 Page 757 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

2005.
WmanIfSfState defines the state current <optional> INTEGER {authorized(1),
WmanIfSf of a service flow. admitted(2),
State active(3)}
This field indicates the current Subclause INTEGER (0..100)
WmanIfSs transition speed SSTTG and SSRTG 11.8.3.1
Transiti for TDD and H-FDD SSs. Allowed in IEEE
onGap values are: 802.16-
OFDM mode: TDD and H-FDD 0..100 2004
Other modes: TDD: 0..50; H-FDD:
0..100
TEK encryption algorithm current IEEE Table 377 INTEGER {
WmanIfTe identifiers. 802.16f in IEEE tripleDes128BitKey(1),
kEncrypt defines 802.16- rsa1024BitKey(2),
AlgId this data 2004 aes128BitKey(3),
type as Table 377— aesKeyWrap128BitKey(4),
INTEGER TEK reserved(5) }
{tripleDes encryption
128BitKey( algorithm
1), identifier
rsa1024Bit s on page
Key(2), 584 of
aes128BitK IEEE
ey(3)}. P802.16e/D
However, 11,
Table 377— September
TEK 2005
encryption
algorithm
identifier
s on page
584 of
IEEE
P802.16e/D
11,
September
2005
extendes
this
definition
R02.00.01.08 Page 758 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

.
0:
Reserved
1: 3-DES
EDE with
128-bit
key
2: RSA
with 1024-
bit key
3: ECB
mode AES
with 128-
bit key
4: AES Key
Wrap with
128-bit
key
5-255:
Reserved
As 4: AES
Key Wrap
with 128-
bit key is
used in
Motorola
implementa
tion, this
data type
needs to
extended
to INTEGER
{tripleDes
128BitKey(
1),
rsa1024Bit
Key(2),
aes128BitK
ey(3),
R02.00.01.08 Page 759 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

aesKeyWrap
128BitKey(
4),
reserved(5
)}.
R02.00.01.08 Page 760 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

R02.00.01.08 Page 761 of 761 WMX-ICD-015


WMX Info Model r02 Necb Explanation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

WMX Info Model r02 Necb Explanation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WiMAX Information Model

WiMAX Interface Control Document (ICD)

WiMAX Information Model

The information contained in this document is classified Motorola Confidential

R02.00.01.08 Page 1 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Compass Location: http://compass.mot.com/go/wimaximreports

Revision Date Author Description/FTR# Release

R01.00.02 03/10/2006 Yongyu Zhao Updated per SECCB 98 WiMAX 1.0

R02.00.01.08 Page 2 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

R01.00.03.02 09/20/2006 Renee He This version includes all I3 WiMAX 2.0

R02.00.01.08 Page 3 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Acronyms and Definitions

3-DES Triple Data Encryption Standard

R02.00.01.08 Page 4 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

BWA Broadband Wireless Access

R02.00.01.08 Page 5 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

CTC HARQ Convolutional Turbo Coding

R02.00.01.08 Page 6 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

FCC Federal Communications Commision

R02.00.01.08 Page 7 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

ITU-R International Telecommunications Union-Radio communications

R02.00.01.08 Page 8 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

MVP Minimum Viable Product

R02.00.01.08 Page 9 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

PHS Payload Header Suppression

R02.00.01.08 Page 10 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

SAD System Architecture Description

R02.00.01.08 Page 11 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

TCP Transmission Control Protocol

R02.00.01.08 Page 12 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

Terms and Phrases

Some UML and SNMP Notations

WiMAX Tag Definitions

Presentation name at the EMS if configured or displayed to the operator.

R02.00.01.08 Page 13 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

EMS/Operator Usage of the data (see table below).

Class Access Description

Configuration Written Normally configured data.

Advanced Configured on advanced settings screens only, Changed rarely

Displayed to operator (constant or calculated based on a

Factory Constants supplied by NE in NE load not displayed to operator,

Variables used for NE control that are written by the manager,

Inventory Read Inventory data reported to and audited by manager

Object state (admin, operational) reported to and readable by

Other data that changes real-time in the NE, such as actual

Realtime Realtime performance data whose latest value is readable on

Non-realtime performance data that is collected at the end of

NoAccess None No access by manager, and defaulted in MIB by NE if needed.

• Supported by Network Elements:

• Motorola Value Range:

Range as restricted by Motorola, if different.

• Motorola Default Value:

Default as modified by Motorola, if different.

R02.00.01.08 Page 14 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

R02.00.01.08 Page 15 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

R02.00.01.08 Page 16 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

R02.00.01.08 Page 17 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.8.8 wmanIfBsOfdmaMacVersion .......................................................................................................... 95

R02.00.01.08 Page 18 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.17.7 wmanIfBsHoRetransmissionTime ............................................................................................. 121

R02.00.01.08 Page 19 of 761 WMX-ICD-015

1.3.22.2 wmanIfBsHoCellTriggerIndex .................................................................................................. 144